WO2020181476A1 - Video image prediction method and device - Google Patents

Video image prediction method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020181476A1
WO2020181476A1 PCT/CN2019/077726 CN2019077726W WO2020181476A1 WO 2020181476 A1 WO2020181476 A1 WO 2020181476A1 CN 2019077726 W CN2019077726 W CN 2019077726W WO 2020181476 A1 WO2020181476 A1 WO 2020181476A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
motion vector
prediction block
block
reference prediction
candidate
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/077726
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
陈旭
郑建铧
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2019/077726 priority Critical patent/WO2020181476A1/en
Priority to CN201980093851.6A priority patent/CN113557738B/en
Priority to CN202310526825.6A priority patent/CN116600139A/en
Publication of WO2020181476A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020181476A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N19/00Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
    • H04N19/50Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using predictive coding
    • H04N19/503Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using predictive coding involving temporal prediction
    • H04N19/51Motion estimation or motion compensation
    • H04N19/513Processing of motion vectors
    • H04N19/517Processing of motion vectors by encoding
    • H04N19/52Processing of motion vectors by encoding by predictive encoding
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N19/00Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
    • H04N19/10Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding
    • H04N19/169Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the coding unit, i.e. the structural portion or semantic portion of the video signal being the object or the subject of the adaptive coding
    • H04N19/17Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the coding unit, i.e. the structural portion or semantic portion of the video signal being the object or the subject of the adaptive coding the unit being an image region, e.g. an object
    • H04N19/176Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the coding unit, i.e. the structural portion or semantic portion of the video signal being the object or the subject of the adaptive coding the unit being an image region, e.g. an object the region being a block, e.g. a macroblock
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N19/00Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
    • H04N19/50Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using predictive coding
    • H04N19/503Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using predictive coding involving temporal prediction
    • H04N19/51Motion estimation or motion compensation
    • H04N19/513Processing of motion vectors
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N19/00Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
    • H04N19/50Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using predictive coding
    • H04N19/503Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using predictive coding involving temporal prediction
    • H04N19/51Motion estimation or motion compensation
    • H04N19/513Processing of motion vectors
    • H04N19/517Processing of motion vectors by encoding

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of image coding and decoding technologies, and in particular to video image prediction methods and devices, and corresponding video encoders and video decoders.
  • Video compression technology has increasingly become an indispensable key technology in the field of video applications.
  • the basic principle of video coding and compression is to use the correlation between spatial domain, time domain and codewords to remove redundancy as much as possible.
  • the current popular approach is to use a hybrid video coding framework based on image blocks to implement video coding compression through steps such as prediction (including intra-frame prediction and inter-frame prediction), transformation, quantization, and entropy coding.
  • motion estimation/motion compensation in inter-frame prediction is a key technology that affects encoding/decoding performance.
  • MMVD merge with motion vector difference
  • the embodiments of the present application provide video image prediction methods, devices, and corresponding encoders and decoders, which can reduce redundancy to a certain extent, improve image prediction accuracy, and thereby improve coding and decoding performance.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a video image prediction method, including:
  • the second initial motion vector predicted value execute a motion vector correction process (or a motion vector refinement process, such as decoder-side motion vector refinement (DMVR)) to obtain the first corrected motion vector Predicted value and the second modified motion vector prediction value; determine the first motion vector prediction value according to the difference between the first modified motion vector prediction value and the first motion vector, and determine the first motion vector prediction value according to the second modified motion vector prediction value and the The second motion vector difference determines a second motion vector predictor; and predicts the current image block to be processed according to the first motion vector predictor and the second motion vector predictor.
  • a motion vector correction process or a motion vector refinement process, such as decoder-side motion vector refinement (DMVR)
  • DMVR decoder-side motion vector refinement
  • the image block currently to be processed (referred to as the current block for short) herein can be understood as the image block currently being processed.
  • the current block for short
  • the image block currently being processed in the encoding process, it refers to the image block currently being encoded (encoding); in the decoding process, it refers to the image block currently being decoded (decoding block).
  • the first initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the initial motion vector prediction value of the first list (ie list0), and accordingly, the second initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the second list (ie list1) The initial motion vector prediction value.
  • the first initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the initial motion vector prediction value in the first direction (for example, forward), and correspondingly, the second initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the second direction (for example, Backward) initial motion vector prediction value; this application does not limit this.
  • the initial motion information of the current image block in the embodiment of the present application may include a motion vector MV and reference image indication information.
  • the initial motion information may also include either or both of them.
  • the initial motion information may only include the motion vector MV.
  • the reference image indication information is used to indicate which one or which reconstructed images are used in the current block as the reference image, and the motion vector indicates the position offset of the reference block position relative to the current block position in the reference image used, generally including horizontal component offset and Vertical component offset. For example, use (x, y) to represent MV, x to represent the position offset in the horizontal direction, and y to represent the position offset in the vertical direction.
  • the reference image indication information may include a reference image list and/or a reference image index corresponding to the reference image list.
  • the reference image index is used to identify the reference image corresponding to the used motion vector in the specified reference image list (list0 or list1).
  • the image may be referred to as a frame, and the reference image may be referred to as a reference frame.
  • the initial motion information of the current image block in the embodiment of the present application is initial bidirectional prediction motion information, that is, it includes motion information used for forward and backward prediction directions.
  • the forward and backward prediction directions are the two prediction directions of the bidirectional prediction mode. It can be understood that "forward" and “backward” respectively correspond to the reference image list 0 (list0, above The first list) and reference image list 1 (list1, the second list above).
  • the execution subject of the method in the embodiments of the present application may be an image prediction device, for example, a video encoder or a video decoder, or an electronic device with video encoding and decoding functions, for example, it may be a frame in a video encoder. Inter prediction unit, or motion compensation unit in video decoder.
  • the motion vector correction process is performed according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value to obtain the first corrected motion vector predicted value and the second corrected motion
  • the vector prediction value may include: performing a motion vector correction process according to the first initial motion vector prediction value to obtain a first modified motion vector prediction value, and performing a motion vector correction process according to the second initial motion vector prediction value to obtain a second modified motion vector Predictive value.
  • the above design can be applied to inter-frame prediction on the encoding side, and can also be applied to inter-frame prediction on the decoding side.
  • the motion vector correction process may be a DMVR process, and in the embodiment of the present application, the two may be replaced with each other.
  • the first modified motion vector prediction value or the second modified motion vector prediction value may also be referred to as the first refined motion vector prediction value or the second refined motion vector prediction value.
  • the image prediction method in the embodiments of this application is not only suitable for merge prediction mode (merge) and/or advanced motion vector prediction mode (advanced motion vector prediction, AMVP), but also suitable for using spatial reference blocks, time domain reference blocks and / Or other modes in which the motion information of the inter-view reference block predicts the motion information of the current image block, thereby improving the coding and decoding performance.
  • the bidirectional initial motion vector prediction value is optimized by the motion vector refinement method, and then combined with the MVD information for decoding.
  • the first reference image and the second reference image that is, between the forward and backward prediction images
  • the traditional method reduces the redundancy to a certain extent, so that the prediction accuracy is relatively improved.
  • determining the first initial motion vector prediction value, the second initial motion vector prediction value, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed includes:
  • the first flag parsed from the code stream (such as mmvd_flag[x0][y0]) indicates that the current image block to be processed is inter-frame prediction using the fused motion vector difference MMVD method, it is determined that the current image block to be processed
  • the first initial motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference it is determined that the current image block to be processed.
  • the first flag may also be called mmvd_flag[x0][y0], and the above name is also used in the standard text or code.
  • mmvd_flag[x0][y0] when mmvd_flag[x0][y0] is the first value, it indicates that the inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed adopts the fused motion vector difference MMVD method, and when mmvd_flag[x0][y0] is the second value, Indicates that the inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed does not use the merged motion vector difference MMVD mode.
  • the first value can be 1 (or true), and the second value can be 0 (or false).
  • the MMVD method combined with the motion vector refinement method (ie, the DMVR method based on MMVD) is used to perform inter-frame prediction.
  • the two-way prediction process is optimized and then combined with MVD information for decoding
  • the matching relationship between the first reference image and the second reference image that is, between the forward and backward prediction images
  • the redundancy is reduced to a certain extent, and the prediction accuracy is relatively Can be improved.
  • the first initial motion vector predictor of the current image block to be processed when it is determined that the current image block to be processed is inter-frame prediction using the fused motion vector difference MMVD method, the first initial motion vector predictor of the current image block to be processed, The second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference.
  • the available inter-frame prediction modes can include multiple, for example, the inter-frame prediction mode with the least rate-distortion cost can be selected among multiple inter-frame prediction modes.
  • the selected inter-frame prediction mode is MMVD
  • the solution provided in this application can be used when determining the prediction block of the current processing block based on MMVD, and then the rate-distortion cost algorithm can be compared with other inter-frame The prediction blocks determined by the prediction prediction mode are compared, and the inter prediction mode with the least rate-distortion cost is selected.
  • the determining the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed includes:
  • the corresponding candidate motion information (for example, base candidate) is determined from the candidate list, and the candidate motion information includes the third motion vector predictor and the fourth motion vector predictor.
  • Motion vector predictor, the third motion vector predictor is used as the first initial motion vector predictor, and the fourth motion vector predictor is used as the second initial motion vector predictor; or, the first position in the candidate list is determined
  • the third motion vector predictor and the fourth motion vector predictor included in the candidate motion information are the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
  • the determining the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed includes:
  • select candidate motion information for example, base candidate
  • the candidate motion information includes a third motion vector predictor and a fourth motion vector predictor
  • the third motion vector predictor As the first initial motion vector predictor, the fourth motion vector predictor is used as the second initial motion vector predictor; or, determine the third motion vector predictor and the second motion vector predictor included in the candidate motion information at the first position in the candidate list
  • the four motion vector predictors are the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
  • the executing a motion vector correction process according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value includes:
  • the candidate motion information corresponding to the candidate index (or the selected candidate motion information) is from the temporal neighboring block of the current image block
  • the motion information of the T1 pixel position of the corresponding position is not located in the image where the current image block to be processed is located), and the motion vector correction is performed according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value process.
  • the motion vector correction process is performed. Because of different images, the success rate of performing correction to find a better motion vector predictor is higher. High, the redundancy can be reduced through the above design.
  • the above design can be applied to the encoding side or the decoding side.
  • it also includes:
  • the candidate motion information corresponding to the candidate index (or the selected candidate motion information) is from the spatial neighboring block of the current image block
  • the motion information of the A0 pixel position is located in the image where the current image block to be processed is located
  • determine the first target motion vector predicted value according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the first motion vector difference
  • Determine the second target motion vector predictor according to the second initial motion vector predictor and the second motion vector difference; according to the first target motion vector predictor and the second target motion vector predictor, the current The image block to be processed is decoded.
  • the above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
  • the motion vector correction process is not performed. Because of the same image, the correction is performed to find a better motion vector predictor. The success rate is low, which can improve resource utilization to a certain extent.
  • the determining the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed includes:
  • the candidate including the first candidate motion information and the second candidate motion Information
  • the first candidate motion information includes a fifth motion vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor
  • the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor
  • the fifth motion vector predictor value and the sixth motion vector predictor value are The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value (that is, the fifth motion vector prediction value is the first initial motion vector prediction value, and the sixth motion vector prediction value is the second initial motion vector prediction value );or,
  • the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value (the seventh motion vector prediction value is the first initial motion vector prediction value, and the eighth motion vector prediction value is the second initial motion vector prediction value).
  • the construction of the candidate list uses the motion information (for example, motion vector MV) of the image blocks that have been previously encoded or decoded before the current image block to be processed.
  • Some previously encoded or decoded image blocks are provided in accordance with this application.
  • the motion vector correction method is processed. Some previously encoded or decoded image blocks are processed in the traditional way.
  • the candidate index only corresponds to the second candidate motion information (that is, the original candidate motion information, that is, the non-correction method).
  • Candidate motion information corresponds to the first candidate motion information (in the previous encoding or decoding process, the candidate motion vector information in the correction mode) and the second candidate motion information.
  • the fifth motion vector predicted value and the sixth motion vector predicted value are modified motion vector predicted values
  • the seventh motion vector predicted value and the eighth motion vector predicted value are original motion vector predicted values.
  • the image block to which the first candidate motion information and the second candidate motion information belong is the same image block (such as the A0 pixel position), and the first candidate motion information is corrected (DMVR), and the second candidate motion information The information is uncorrected (DMVR).
  • the determining the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor of the current image block to be processed includes:
  • the corresponding candidate (for example, base candidate) is determined from the candidate list.
  • the candidate includes first candidate motion information and second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate motion information includes the fifth candidate.
  • the fifth motion vector predictor value and the sixth motion vector predictor value are The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value (that is, the fifth motion vector prediction value is the first initial motion vector prediction value, and the sixth motion vector prediction value is the sixth motion vector prediction value) ;or,
  • the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value (the seventh motion vector prediction value is the first initial motion vector prediction value, and the eighth motion vector prediction value is the second motion vector prediction value).
  • the candidate at the first position in the candidate list includes first candidate motion information (modified candidate motion information) and second candidate motion information (original candidate motion information).
  • a candidate motion information includes a fifth motion vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor, and the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
  • the determining the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed includes:
  • the fifth motion vector predictor and the sixth motion vector predictor are the first An initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value
  • the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
  • the above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
  • the executing a motion vector correction process according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value includes:
  • the difference between the first modified reference prediction block and the second modified reference prediction block is less than or equal to the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block
  • the first modified reference prediction block A prediction block is an image block in a first preset area that has the same size as the first reference prediction block, the first preset area includes the first reference prediction block
  • the second modified reference prediction block is An image block in a second preset area that has the same size as the second reference prediction block, the second preset area includes the second reference prediction block; the first modified reference prediction block corresponds to the The first modified motion vector predictor, and the second modified reference prediction block corresponds to the second modified motion vector predictor.
  • the above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
  • determining a first modified reference prediction block according to the first reference prediction block and determining a second modified reference prediction block according to the second reference prediction block includes:
  • the first reference prediction block pair includes the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block;
  • the second reference prediction block pair includes a third reference prediction block and a fourth reference prediction block, and the The third reference prediction block is obtained based on the motion search of the first reference prediction block in the first preset area, and the fourth reference prediction block is obtained based on the second reference prediction block in the second It is obtained by motion search in the preset area;
  • the third reference prediction block pair includes a fifth reference prediction block and a sixth reference prediction block
  • the fifth reference prediction block is based on the third reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference. Obtained by performing a motion search in the first preset area, and the sixth reference prediction block is based on a second reference prediction block with the smallest difference to a fourth reference prediction block included in a motion search in the second preset area get;
  • the fifth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is the first modified reference prediction block
  • the above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
  • it also includes:
  • the first reference prediction block is the first modified reference prediction block
  • it is determined that the second reference prediction block is a second modified reference prediction block.
  • the above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
  • it also includes:
  • the difference between the fifth reference prediction block and the sixth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is greater than the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference
  • the third reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is the first modified reference prediction block
  • it is determined that the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is The second modification refers to the prediction block.
  • the above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
  • the executing a motion vector correction process according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value includes:
  • the reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference among the at least one reference prediction block pair obtained by the motion search is less than the difference of the basic reference prediction block pair
  • the reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is updated to the basic reference prediction block pair , Continue to perform motion search based on the updated basic reference prediction block pair;
  • the difference between the reference prediction block pair is the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block included in the reference prediction block pair, and the first reference prediction block included in the reference prediction block pair after search is determined based on the basic reference prediction block.
  • a motion search is performed on the included first reference prediction block in the surrounding preset area, and the surrounding preset area of the first reference prediction block included in the basic reference prediction block is located in the first preset area;
  • the second reference prediction block included in the reference prediction block pair is obtained by performing a motion search on the included second reference prediction block in the surrounding preset area based on the basic reference prediction block.
  • the comparison between the basic reference prediction block and the included second reference prediction block The peripheral preset area is located in the second preset area;
  • the motion search is stopped, the first reference prediction block included in the basic reference prediction block pair is used as the target reference prediction block, and the basic reference prediction block The second reference prediction block included in the prediction block pair is used as the target reference prediction block;
  • Stop motion search If it is determined that the search area of the first reference prediction block included in the basic reference prediction block pair exceeds the first preset area or the search area of the second reference prediction block included in the basic reference prediction block pair exceeds the second preset area, Stop motion search.
  • the above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a video image prediction method, including:
  • the predicted value performs a motion vector correction process to obtain a first corrected motion vector predicted value, and performs a motion vector correction process according to the second initial motion vector predicted value to obtain a second corrected motion vector predicted value); according to the first motion vector predicted value 1.
  • the second motion vector predictor performs a motion vector correction process to obtain a first modified motion vector predictor and a second modified motion vector predictor; according to the first modified motion vector predictor and the second modified The motion vector predictor predicts the first image block to be processed.
  • the first initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the initial motion vector prediction value of the first list (ie list0), and accordingly, the second initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the second list (ie list1) The initial motion vector prediction value.
  • the first initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the initial motion vector prediction value in the first direction (for example, forward), and correspondingly, the second initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the second direction (for example, Backward) initial motion vector prediction value; this application does not limit this.
  • the above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
  • the motion vector correction process may be a DMVR process, and in the embodiment of the present application, the two may be replaced with each other.
  • the first modified motion vector prediction value or the second modified motion vector prediction value may also be referred to as the first refined motion vector prediction value or the second refined motion vector prediction value.
  • the motion vector correction process is performed, and then the motion vector prediction value after the correction is used for inter-frame prediction. Compared with the traditional In terms of processing methods, the prediction accuracy will be relatively improved.
  • determining the first initial motion vector prediction value, the second initial motion vector prediction value, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed includes:
  • the first flag parsed in the code stream indicates that when the current image block to be processed is inter-predicted using the fused motion vector difference MMVD method, the first flag of the current image block to be processed is determined
  • the first flag may also be called mmvd_flag[x0][y0], and the above name is also used in the standard text or code.
  • mmvd_flag[x0][y0] when mmvd_flag[x0][y0] is the first value, it indicates that the inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed adopts the fused motion vector difference MMVD method, and when mmvd_flag[x0][y0] is the second value, Indicates that the inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed does not use the merged motion vector difference MMVD mode.
  • the first value can be 1 (or true), and the second value can be 0 (or false).
  • the solution provided by the embodiment of this application is adopted, and the motion vector correction process is performed based on the two initial motion vector prediction values obtained by the MMVD method. Compared with the traditional method, the accuracy is Will be relatively improved.
  • the decoding side when determining the first initial motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector of the current image block to be processed Before the difference, it also includes: determining the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed when the fused motion vector difference MMVD method is used for inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed , The first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference.
  • the determining the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor of the currently to-be-processed image block includes: from the candidate index parsed from the code stream from The candidate list determines the corresponding candidate motion information, the candidate motion information includes a third motion vector predictor and a fourth motion vector predictor, the third motion vector predictor is used as the first initial motion vector predictor, and the second Four motion vector predictors are used as the second initial motion vector predictors; or, the third motion vector predictor and the fourth motion vector predictor included in the candidate motion information at the first position in the candidate list are determined to be the first initial motion The vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value.
  • the determining the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor of the current image block to be processed includes: selecting from a candidate list according to a rate-distortion cost algorithm
  • the candidate motion information includes a third motion vector predictor and a fourth motion vector predictor, the third motion vector predictor serves as the first initial motion vector predictor, and the fourth motion vector predictor
  • the vector predictor is used as the second initial motion vector predictor; or, it is determined that the third motion vector predictor and the fourth motion vector predictor included in the candidate motion information at the first position in the candidate list are the first initial motion vector predictor. Value and the second initial motion vector predicted value.
  • the executing the motion vector correction process according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value includes:
  • a motion vector correction process is performed according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value.
  • the above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
  • it also includes:
  • the current image block to be processed is determined according to the first motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value. Make predictions.
  • the above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
  • determining the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor of the current image block to be processed includes: according to a candidate index parsed from the code stream (for example, base candidate index) Determine the corresponding candidate (for example, base candidate) from the candidate list, where the candidate includes the first candidate motion information and the second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate motion information includes the fifth motion A vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor, and the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
  • the fifth motion vector predictor value and the sixth motion vector predictor value are The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value; or,
  • the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
  • the construction of the candidate list uses the motion information (for example, motion vector MV) of the image blocks that have been previously encoded or decoded before the current image block to be processed.
  • Some previously encoded or decoded image blocks are provided in accordance with this application.
  • the motion vector correction method is processed. Some previously encoded or decoded image blocks are processed in the traditional way.
  • the candidate index only corresponds to the second candidate motion information (that is, the original candidate motion information, that is, the non-correction method).
  • Candidate motion information corresponds to the first candidate motion information (in the previous encoding or decoding process, the candidate motion vector information in the correction mode) and the second candidate motion information.
  • the fifth motion vector predicted value and the sixth motion vector predicted value are modified motion vector predicted values
  • the seventh motion vector predicted value and the eighth motion vector predicted value are original motion vector predicted values.
  • the corresponding candidate (for example, base candidate) is determined from the candidate list.
  • the candidate includes first candidate motion information and second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate motion information includes the fifth candidate.
  • the fifth motion vector predictor value and the sixth motion vector predictor value are The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value; or,
  • the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
  • the determining the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed includes:
  • the candidate at the first position in the candidate list includes first candidate motion information and second candidate motion information, where the first candidate motion information includes a fifth motion vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor.
  • the second candidate motion information includes the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor;
  • the fifth motion vector predictor and the sixth motion vector predictor are the first An initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value
  • the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
  • the above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
  • the executing the motion vector correction process according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value includes:
  • the difference between the first modified reference prediction block and the second modified reference prediction block is less than or equal to the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block
  • the first modified reference prediction block A prediction block is an image block in a first preset area that has the same size as the first reference prediction block, the first preset area includes the first reference prediction block
  • the second modified reference prediction block is An image block in a second preset area that has the same size as the second reference prediction block, the second preset area includes the second reference prediction block;
  • the first modified reference prediction block corresponds to the The first modified motion vector predictor, and the second modified reference prediction block corresponds to the second modified motion vector predictor.
  • determining a first modified reference prediction block according to the first reference prediction block and determining a second modified reference prediction block according to the second reference prediction block includes:
  • the first reference prediction block pair includes the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block;
  • the second reference prediction block pair includes a third reference prediction block and a fourth reference prediction block, and the The third reference prediction block is obtained based on the motion search of the first reference prediction block in the first preset area, and the fourth reference prediction block is obtained based on the second reference prediction block in the second It is obtained by motion search in the preset area;
  • the third reference prediction block pair includes a fifth reference prediction block and a sixth reference prediction block
  • the fifth reference prediction block is based on the third reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference. Obtained by performing a motion search in the first preset area, and the sixth reference prediction block is based on a second reference prediction block with the smallest difference to a fourth reference prediction block included in a motion search in the second preset area get;
  • the fifth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is the first modified reference prediction block
  • the above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
  • it also includes:
  • the first reference prediction block is the first modified reference prediction block
  • it is determined that the second reference prediction block is a second modified reference prediction block.
  • it also includes:
  • the difference between the fifth reference prediction block and the sixth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is greater than the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference
  • the third reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is the first modified reference prediction block
  • it is determined that the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is The second modification refers to the prediction block.
  • the above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a video image prediction device, including:
  • a prediction unit configured to determine the first initial motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed
  • a correction unit configured to perform a motion vector correction process according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value to obtain a first corrected motion vector predicted value and a second corrected motion vector predicted value;
  • the prediction unit is further configured to determine a first motion vector prediction value according to the difference between the first modified motion vector prediction value and the first motion vector, and determine the first motion vector prediction value according to the second modified motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value.
  • the motion vector difference determines a second motion vector predictor; and predicts the current image block to be processed according to the first motion vector predictor and the second motion vector predictor.
  • the image prediction device is for example applied to a video encoding device (video encoder) or a video decoding device (video decoder).
  • the function of the foregoing apparatus may be implemented by an inter prediction unit.
  • the inter prediction unit includes a prediction unit and a correction unit.
  • the prediction unit determines the first initial motion vector predicted value, the second initial motion vector predicted value, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector of the current image block to be processed.
  • the bad aspects are specifically used for:
  • the first initial motion vector predictor and the second prediction value of the current image block to be processed are determined.
  • the device provided by this design can be applied to the decoder.
  • the action of parsing the first identifier from the code stream may be performed by the entropy decoding unit in the decoder, and the entropy decoding unit parses the first identifier from the code stream and transmits it to the prediction unit in the image prediction device.
  • the prediction unit determines the first initial motion vector predicted value, the second initial motion vector predicted value, and the second predicted value of the current image block to be processed.
  • the aspects of the first motion vector difference and the second motion vector difference are specifically used for:
  • the first image block of the current image block to be processed is determined An initial motion vector predictor, a second initial motion vector predictor, a first motion vector difference, and a second motion vector difference.
  • the prediction unit is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
  • the corresponding candidate motion information is determined from the candidate list.
  • the candidate motion information includes a third motion vector predictor and a fourth motion vector predictor.
  • the third motion vector predictor Value as the first initial motion vector prediction value
  • the fourth motion vector prediction value as the second initial motion vector prediction value.
  • the device provided by the above design can be applied to a decoder.
  • the device is applied to an encoder, and the prediction unit is specifically designed to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed Used for:
  • the candidate motion information includes a third motion vector predictor and a fourth motion vector predictor.
  • the third motion vector predictor is used as the first initial motion vector.
  • Predicted value, the fourth motion vector predicted value is used as the second initial motion vector predicted value.
  • the prediction unit is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
  • the third motion vector predictor and the fourth motion vector predictor included in the candidate motion information of the first position in the candidate list are determined as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
  • the device provided by the above design can be applied to an encoder or a decoder.
  • the correction unit is specifically used for:
  • a motion vector correction process is performed according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value.
  • the prediction unit is further configured to, when the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs and the current image block to be processed belong to the same image, according to the first initial motion vector predicted value, The first motion vector difference determines the first target motion vector predictor, and the second target motion vector predictor is determined according to the second initial motion vector predictor and the second motion vector difference; according to the first target motion vector predictor And the second target motion vector predictor to predict the current image block to be processed.
  • the device provided by the above design can be applied to an encoder or a decoder.
  • the prediction unit is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
  • a corresponding candidate item is determined from the candidate list according to the candidate index parsed from the code stream, the candidate item includes the first candidate motion information and the second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate motion information includes the fifth motion A vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor, and the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
  • the fifth motion vector predictor value and the sixth motion vector predictor value are The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value; or,
  • the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
  • the device provided by the above design can be applied to a decoder.
  • the device provided by this design is applied to an encoder, and the prediction unit is used in determining the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed , Specifically used for:
  • a corresponding candidate item is determined from the candidate list.
  • the candidate item includes the first candidate motion information and the second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate motion information includes the fifth motion vector predictor and the second candidate motion information.
  • the fifth motion vector predictor value and the sixth motion vector predictor value are The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value; or,
  • the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
  • the candidate at the first position in the candidate list includes first candidate motion information and second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate motion information includes the fifth motion vector predictor and the sixth candidate motion information.
  • the prediction unit is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
  • the fifth motion vector predictor and the sixth motion vector predictor are the first An initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value
  • the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
  • the device provided by the above design can be applied to an encoder or a decoder.
  • the correction unit is specifically configured to perform a motion vector correction process according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value:
  • the difference between the first modified reference prediction block and the second modified reference prediction block is less than or equal to the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block
  • the first modified reference prediction block A prediction block is an image block in a first preset area that has the same size as the first reference prediction block, the first preset area includes the first reference prediction block
  • the second modified reference prediction block is An image block in a second preset area that has the same size as the second reference prediction block, the second preset area includes the second reference prediction block; the first modified reference prediction block corresponds to the The first modified motion vector predictor, and the second modified reference prediction block corresponds to the second modified motion vector predictor.
  • the device provided by the above design can be applied to an encoder or a decoder.
  • the modification unit specifically uses the aspect of determining a first modified reference prediction block according to the first reference prediction block and determining a second modified reference prediction block according to the second reference prediction block. in:
  • the first reference prediction block pair includes the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block;
  • the second reference prediction block pair includes a third reference prediction block and a fourth reference prediction block, and the The third reference prediction block is obtained based on the motion search of the first reference prediction block in the first preset area, and the fourth reference prediction block is obtained based on the second reference prediction block in the second It is obtained by motion search in the preset area;
  • the third reference prediction block pair includes a fifth reference prediction block and a sixth reference prediction block
  • the fifth reference prediction block is based on the third reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference. Obtained by performing a motion search in the first preset area, and the sixth reference prediction block is based on a second reference prediction block with the smallest difference to a fourth reference prediction block included in a motion search in the second preset area get;
  • the fifth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is the first modified reference prediction block
  • the device provided by the above design can be applied to an encoder or a decoder.
  • the correction unit is also used for:
  • the first reference prediction block is the first modified reference prediction block
  • it is determined that the second reference prediction block is a second modified reference prediction block.
  • the device provided by the above design can be applied to an encoder or a decoder.
  • the correction unit is also used for:
  • the difference between the fifth reference prediction block and the sixth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is greater than the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference
  • the third reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is the first modified reference prediction block
  • it is determined that the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is The second modification refers to the prediction block.
  • the device provided by the above design can be applied to an encoder or a decoder.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a video image prediction device, including:
  • a prediction unit configured to determine a first initial motion vector prediction value, a second initial motion vector prediction value, a first motion vector difference, and a second motion vector difference of the first image block to be processed;
  • the correction unit is configured to determine a first motion vector predictor according to the first initial motion vector predictor and the first motion vector difference, and determine a second motion according to the second initial motion vector predictor and the second motion vector difference Vector predicted value;
  • the prediction unit is further configured to perform a motion vector correction process according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value to obtain the first corrected motion vector predicted value and the second corrected motion vector predicted value ; Predict the first image block to be processed according to the first modified motion vector prediction value and the second modified motion vector prediction value.
  • the video image prediction device is applied to, for example, a video encoding device (video encoder) or a video decoding device (video decoder).
  • the prediction unit determines the first initial motion vector predicted value, the second initial motion vector predicted value, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector of the current image block to be processed.
  • the bad aspects are specifically used for:
  • the first initial motion vector predictor and the second prediction value of the current image block to be processed are determined.
  • the device provided by the above design can be applied to a decoder.
  • the prediction unit when applied to an encoder, determines the first initial motion vector prediction value, the second initial motion vector prediction value, and the first motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed.
  • the aspect of the second motion vector difference specifically used for:
  • the first initial motion vector predictor of the current image block to be processed is determined, The second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference.
  • the prediction unit is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
  • the corresponding candidate motion information is determined from the candidate list.
  • the candidate motion information includes a third motion vector predictor and a fourth motion vector predictor.
  • the third motion vector predictor Value as the first initial motion vector prediction value
  • the fourth motion vector prediction value as the second initial motion vector prediction value
  • the third motion vector predictor and the fourth motion vector predictor included in the candidate motion information of the first position in the candidate list are determined as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
  • the device provided by the above design can be applied to a decoder.
  • the prediction unit when applied to an encoder, specifically uses the predictive value of the first initial motion vector and the second predictive value of the initial motion vector of the current image block to be processed. in:
  • the candidate motion information includes a third motion vector predictor and a fourth motion vector predictor.
  • the third motion vector predictor is used as the first initial motion vector.
  • Predicted value, the fourth motion vector predicted value is used as the second initial motion vector predicted value; or,
  • the third motion vector predictor and the fourth motion vector predictor included in the candidate motion information of the first position in the candidate list are determined as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
  • the correction unit is specifically configured to perform a motion vector correction process according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value:
  • a motion vector correction process is performed according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value.
  • the device provided by the above design can be applied to an encoder or a decoder.
  • the prediction unit is also used for:
  • the current image block to be processed is determined according to the first motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value. Make predictions.
  • the device provided by the above design can be applied to an encoder or a decoder.
  • the prediction unit is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
  • a corresponding candidate item is determined from the candidate list according to the candidate index parsed from the code stream, the candidate item includes the first candidate motion information and the second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate motion information includes the fifth motion A vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor, and the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
  • the fifth motion vector predictor value and the sixth motion vector predictor value are The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value; or,
  • the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
  • the device provided by the above design can be applied to a decoder.
  • the device provided by this design is applied to an encoder, and the prediction unit is used in determining the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed , Specifically used for:
  • the corresponding candidate items are determined from the candidate list according to the rate-distortion cost algorithm.
  • the candidates include first candidate motion information and second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate motion information includes the fifth motion vector predictor and the second candidate motion information.
  • the fifth motion vector predictor value and the sixth motion vector predictor value are The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value; or,
  • the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
  • the prediction unit is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
  • the candidate at the first position in the candidate list includes first candidate motion information and second candidate motion information, where the first candidate motion information includes a fifth motion vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor.
  • the second candidate motion information includes the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor;
  • the fifth motion vector predictor and the sixth motion vector predictor are the first An initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value
  • the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
  • the device provided by the above design can be applied to an encoder or a decoder.
  • the correction unit in terms of performing a motion vector correction process according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value, specifically includes:
  • the difference between the first modified reference prediction block and the second modified reference prediction block is less than or equal to the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block
  • the first modified reference prediction block A prediction block is an image block in a first preset area that has the same size as the first reference prediction block, the first preset area includes the first reference prediction block
  • the second modified reference prediction block is An image block in a second preset area that has the same size as the second reference prediction block, the second preset area includes the second reference prediction block; the first modified reference prediction block corresponds to the The first modified motion vector predictor, and the second modified reference prediction block corresponds to the second modified motion vector predictor.
  • the device provided by the above design can be applied to an encoder or a decoder.
  • a fifth aspect of the present application provides an image prediction device, the device includes: a processor and a memory coupled to the processor; the processor is configured to execute various implementation manners of the first aspect or the second aspect Method in.
  • a sixth aspect of the present application provides a video encoder.
  • the video encoder is used to encode a current image block to be processed and includes: an inter-frame prediction module, wherein the inter-frame prediction module includes the application in the third aspect or the fourth aspect
  • the inter-frame prediction module is used to predict the predicted value of the pixel value of the current image block to be processed;
  • the entropy coding module is used to encode the indication information into the code stream ,
  • the indication information is used to indicate the initial motion information of the image block (including the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value);
  • the reconstruction module is used to indicate the pixels of the current image block to be processed The predicted value of the value reconstructs the image block.
  • the seventh aspect of the present application provides a video decoder, which is used to decode image blocks from a code stream, and includes: an entropy decoding module, which is used to decode indication information from the code stream.
  • an entropy decoding module which is used to decode indication information from the code stream.
  • the inter-frame prediction module includes the one applied to the decoder in the third or fourth aspect Design the provided image prediction device, the inter-frame prediction module is used to predict the predicted value of the pixel value of the current image block to be processed; the reconstruction module is used to predict the pixel value based on the current image block to be processed Value reconstruction of the current image block to be processed.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a device for decoding video data, and the device includes:
  • the memory is used to store video data in the form of a code stream, and the video data includes one or more image blocks;
  • a video decoder is used to determine (or obtain) the first initial motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second Motion vector difference; according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value, perform a motion vector correction (or motion vector refinement, such as DMVR) process to obtain the first corrected motion vector predicted value And the second modified motion vector predictor (in other words, the motion vector correction process is performed according to the first initial motion vector predictor to obtain the first modified motion vector predictor, and the motion vector correction process is performed according to the second initial motion vector predictor to Obtain the second modified motion vector predictor); determine the first motion vector predictor according to the difference between the first modified motion vector predictor and the first motion vector, and determine the first motion vector predictor according to the second modified motion vector predictor and the The second motion vector difference determines a second motion vector prediction value; the current image block to be processed is predicted according to the first motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value.
  • DMVR motion vector refinement
  • the video decoder can specifically implement the method corresponding to the design of the decoder described in the first aspect.
  • the video decoder includes any device in the third aspect applied to the design of an inter prediction unit or a decoder.
  • a video decoder is used to determine (or obtain) the first initial motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the first image block to be processed.
  • a second motion vector difference determine a first motion vector predictor according to the first initial motion vector predictor and a first motion vector difference, and determine a second motion vector predictor according to the second initial motion vector predictor and a second motion vector difference Motion vector prediction value (in other words, the motion vector correction process is performed according to the first initial motion vector prediction value to obtain the first modified motion vector prediction value, and the motion vector correction process is performed according to the second initial motion vector prediction value to obtain the second correction Motion vector prediction value); according to the first motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value, perform a motion vector correction process to obtain the first modified motion vector prediction value and the second modified motion vector prediction value; The first modified motion vector predictor and the second modified motion vector predictor predict the first image block to be processed.
  • the video decoder can specifically implement the method corresponding to the design of the decoder described in the second aspect.
  • the video decoder includes any device in the fourth aspect applied to the design of an inter prediction unit or a decoder.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a device for encoding video data, and the device includes:
  • the memory is used to store video data in the form of a code stream, and the video data includes one or more image blocks;
  • a video encoder is used to determine (or obtain) the first initial motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second Motion vector difference; according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value, perform a motion vector correction (or motion vector refinement, such as DMVR) process to obtain the first corrected motion vector predicted value
  • a motion vector correction or motion vector refinement, such as DMVR
  • the second modified motion vector predictor in other words, the motion vector correction process is performed according to the first initial motion vector predictor to obtain the first modified motion vector predictor, and the motion vector correction process is performed according to the second initial motion vector predictor to Obtain the second modified motion vector predictor); determine the first motion vector predictor according to the difference between the first modified motion vector predictor and the first motion vector, and determine the first motion vector predictor according to the second modified motion vector predictor and the The second motion vector difference determines a second motion vector prediction value; the current image block to be processed is predicted according to the first motion vector prediction value and the second motion
  • the video encoder may implement the method corresponding to the design of the encoder described in the first aspect.
  • the video encoder includes any device in the third aspect applied to the design of the inter prediction unit.
  • a video encoder is used to determine (or obtain) the first initial motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the first image block to be processed.
  • a second motion vector difference determine a first motion vector predictor according to the first initial motion vector predictor and a first motion vector difference, and determine a second motion vector predictor according to the second initial motion vector predictor and a second motion vector difference Motion vector prediction value (in other words, the motion vector correction process is performed according to the first initial motion vector prediction value to obtain the first modified motion vector prediction value, and the motion vector correction process is performed according to the second initial motion vector prediction value to obtain the second correction Motion vector prediction value); according to the first motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value, perform a motion vector correction process to obtain the first modified motion vector prediction value and the second modified motion vector prediction value; The first modified motion vector predictor and the second modified motion vector predictor predict the first image block to be processed.
  • the video encoder may implement the method corresponding to the design of the encoder described in the second aspect.
  • the video encoder includes any device applied to the design of an inter prediction unit in the fourth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an encoding device, including: a non-volatile memory and a processor coupled with each other, the processor calls the program code stored in the memory to execute the first aspect or the second aspect
  • the method described in the aspect corresponds to some or all of the steps of the method applied to the design of the encoder.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a decoding device, including: a non-volatile memory and a processor coupled with each other, the processor calls the program code stored in the memory to execute the first aspect or the second aspect
  • the second aspect corresponds to some or all of the steps of the method applied to the design of the decoder.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores program code, where the program code includes any one of the first aspect or the second aspect Instructions for some or all of the steps of the method.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product, which when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute part or all of the steps of any one of the first aspect or the second aspect .
  • a fourteenth aspect of the present application provides an electronic device, including the video encoder according to the sixth aspect, or the video decoder according to the seventh aspect, or the third, fourth, or fifth aspect.
  • FIG. 1A is a block diagram of an example of a video encoding and decoding system 10 used to implement an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 1B is a block diagram of an example of a video decoding system 40 used to implement an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram of an example structure of an encoder 20 used to implement an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an example structure of a decoder 30 used to implement an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram of an example of a video decoding device 400 used to implement an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 5 is a block diagram of another example of an encoding device or a decoding device for implementing an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of candidate blocks in the spatial domain and the time domain used to implement an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 7A is a schematic diagram of MMVD search points used to implement an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7B is a schematic diagram of an MMVD search process used to implement an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method for predicting and predicting a video image according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of forward and backward reference images used to implement an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10A is a schematic diagram of a candidate list used to implement an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 10B is a schematic diagram of selecting a motion vector of a prediction block of a current block for implementing an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a search point used to implement an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 12 is a schematic diagram of a motion vector refinement process used to implement an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of another video image prediction and prediction method used to implement an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a motion vector refinement process used to implement an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a structural block diagram of a video image prediction device 1500 used to implement an embodiment of the present application.
  • the corresponding device may include one or more units such as functional units to perform the described one or more method steps (for example, one unit performs one or more steps) , Or multiple units, each of which performs one or more of multiple steps), even if such one or more units are not explicitly described or illustrated in the drawings.
  • the corresponding method may include one step to perform the functionality of one or more units (for example, one step performs one or more units). The functionality, or multiple steps, each of which performs the functionality of one or more of the multiple units), even if such one or more steps are not explicitly described or illustrated in the drawings.
  • Video coding generally refers to processing a sequence of pictures that form a video or video sequence.
  • the terms "picture”, "frame” or “image” can be used as synonyms.
  • Video encoding used in this article means video encoding or video decoding.
  • Video encoding is performed on the source side and usually includes processing (for example, by compressing) the original video picture to reduce the amount of data required to represent the video picture, so as to store and/or transmit more efficiently.
  • Video decoding is performed on the destination side and usually involves inverse processing relative to the encoder to reconstruct the video picture.
  • the “encoding” of video pictures involved in the embodiments should be understood as involving “encoding” or “decoding” of a video sequence.
  • the combination of the encoding part and the decoding part is also called codec (encoding and decoding).
  • a video sequence includes a series of pictures, the pictures are further divided into slices, and the slices are divided into blocks.
  • Video coding is performed in units of blocks.
  • the concept of blocks is further expanded.
  • MB macroblock
  • the macroblock can be further divided into multiple prediction blocks (partitions) that can be used for predictive coding.
  • HEVC high-efficiency video coding
  • basic concepts such as coding unit (CU), prediction unit (PU), and transform unit (TU) are adopted, which are functionally
  • CU coding unit
  • PU prediction unit
  • TU transform unit
  • the CU can be divided into smaller CUs according to the quadtree, and the smaller CUs can be further divided to form a quadtree structure.
  • the CU is a basic unit for dividing and encoding the coded image.
  • PU can correspond to prediction block and is the basic unit of prediction coding.
  • the CU is further divided into multiple PUs according to the division mode.
  • the TU can correspond to the transform block and is the basic unit for transforming the prediction residual.
  • no matter CU, PU or TU they all belong to the concept of block (or image block) in nature.
  • a CTU is split into multiple CUs by using a quadtree structure represented as a coding tree.
  • a decision is made at the CU level whether to use inter-picture (temporal) or intra-picture (spatial) prediction to encode picture regions.
  • Each CU can be further split into one, two or four PUs according to the PU split type.
  • the same prediction process is applied in a PU, and relevant information is transmitted to the decoder on the basis of the PU.
  • the CU may be divided into transform units (TU) according to other quadtree structures similar to the coding tree used for the CU.
  • quad-tree and binary tree Quad-tree and binary tree (Quad-tree and Binary Tree, QTBT) are used to divide frames to divide coding blocks.
  • the CU may have a square or rectangular shape.
  • the image block to be processed in the current image can be referred to as the current block or image block to be processed.
  • a reference block is a block that provides a reference signal for the current block, where the reference signal represents the pixel value in the image block.
  • the block in the reference image that provides the prediction signal for the current block may be a prediction block, where the prediction signal represents the pixel value or sample value or sample signal in the prediction block. For example, after traversing multiple reference blocks, the best reference block is found. This best reference block will provide prediction for the current block, and this block is called a prediction block.
  • the original video picture can be reconstructed, that is, the reconstructed video picture has the same quality as the original video picture (assuming no transmission loss or other data loss during storage or transmission).
  • quantization is performed to perform further compression to reduce the amount of data required to represent the video picture, and the decoder side cannot completely reconstruct the video picture, that is, the quality of the reconstructed video picture is compared with the original video picture The quality is low or poor.
  • Video coding standards of H.261 belong to "lossy hybrid video coding and decoding” (that is, combining spatial and temporal prediction in the sample domain with 2D transform coding for applying quantization in the transform domain).
  • Each picture of a video sequence is usually divided into a set of non-overlapping blocks, and is usually coded at the block level.
  • the encoder side usually processes the video at the block (video block) level, that is, encodes the video.
  • the prediction block is generated by spatial (intra-picture) prediction and temporal (inter-picture) prediction, from the current block (currently processed or to be processed).
  • the processed block subtracts the prediction block to obtain the residual block, transforms the residual block in the transform domain and quantizes the residual block to reduce the amount of data to be transmitted (compressed), and the decoder side will process the inverse of the encoder Partially applied to the coded or compressed block to reconstruct the current block for representation.
  • the encoder duplicates the decoder processing loop, so that the encoder and the decoder generate the same prediction (for example, intra prediction and inter prediction) and/or reconstruction for processing, that is, to encode subsequent blocks.
  • FIG. 1A exemplarily shows a schematic block diagram of a video encoding and decoding system 10 applied in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the video encoding and decoding system 10 may include a source device 12 and a destination device 14.
  • the source device 12 generates encoded video data. Therefore, the source device 12 may be referred to as a video encoding device.
  • the destination device 14 can decode the encoded video data generated by the source device 12, and therefore, the destination device 14 can be referred to as a video decoding device.
  • Various implementations of source device 12, destination device 14, or both may include one or more processors and memory coupled to the one or more processors.
  • the memory may include, but is not limited to, RAM, ROM, EEPROM, flash memory, or any other medium that can be used to store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures accessible by a computer, as described herein.
  • the source device 12 and the destination device 14 may include various devices, including desktop computers, mobile computing devices, notebook (for example, laptop) computers, tablet computers, set-top boxes, telephone handsets such as so-called "smart" phones. Computers, televisions, cameras, display devices, digital media players, video game consoles, on-board computers, wireless communication equipment, or the like.
  • FIG. 1A shows the source device 12 and the destination device 14 as separate devices
  • the device embodiment may also include the source device 12 and the destination device 14 or the functionality of both, that is, the source device 12 or the corresponding The functionality of the destination device 14 or the corresponding functionality.
  • the same hardware and/or software may be used, or separate hardware and/or software, or any combination thereof may be used to implement the source device 12 or the corresponding functionality and the destination device 14 or the corresponding functionality .
  • the source device 12 and the destination device 14 may communicate with each other via a link 13, and the destination device 14 may receive encoded video data from the source device 12 via the link 13.
  • Link 13 may include one or more media or devices capable of moving encoded video data from source device 12 to destination device 14.
  • link 13 may include one or more communication media that enable source device 12 to transmit encoded video data directly to destination device 14 in real time.
  • the source device 12 may modulate the encoded video data according to a communication standard, such as a wireless communication protocol, and may transmit the modulated video data to the destination device 14.
  • the one or more communication media may include wireless and/or wired communication media, such as a radio frequency (RF) spectrum or one or more physical transmission lines.
  • RF radio frequency
  • the one or more communication media may form part of a packet-based network, such as a local area network, a wide area network, or a global network (e.g., the Internet).
  • the one or more communication media may include routers, switches, base stations, or other devices that facilitate communication from source device 12 to destination device 14.
  • the source device 12 includes an encoder 20, and optionally, the source device 12 may also include a picture source 16, a picture preprocessor 18, and a communication interface 22.
  • the encoder 20, the picture source 16, the picture preprocessor 18, and the communication interface 22 may be hardware components in the source device 12, or may be software programs in the source device 12. They are described as follows:
  • the picture source 16 which can include or can be any type of picture capture device, for example to capture real-world pictures, and/or any type of pictures or comments (for screen content encoding, some text on the screen is also considered to be encoded Picture or part of an image) generating equipment, for example, a computer graphics processor for generating computer animation pictures, or for obtaining and/or providing real world pictures, computer animation pictures (for example, screen content, virtual reality, VR) pictures), and/or any combination thereof (for example, augmented reality (AR) pictures).
  • the picture source 16 may be a camera for capturing pictures or a memory for storing pictures.
  • the picture source 16 may also include any type of (internal or external) interface for storing previously captured or generated pictures and/or acquiring or receiving pictures.
  • the picture source 16 When the picture source 16 is a camera, the picture source 16 may be, for example, a local or an integrated camera integrated in the source device; when the picture source 16 is a memory, the picture source 16 may be local or, for example, an integrated camera integrated in the source device. Memory.
  • the interface When the picture source 16 includes an interface, the interface may be, for example, an external interface for receiving pictures from an external video source.
  • the external video source is, for example, an external picture capturing device, such as a camera, an external memory, or an external picture generating device, such as It is an external computer graphics processor, computer or server.
  • the interface can be any type of interface according to any proprietary or standardized interface protocol, such as a wired or wireless interface, and an optical interface.
  • a picture can be regarded as a two-dimensional array or matrix of picture elements.
  • the pixel points in the array can also be called sampling points.
  • the number of sampling points of the array or picture in the horizontal and vertical directions (or axis) defines the size and/or resolution of the picture.
  • three color components are usually used, that is, pictures can be represented as or contain three sample arrays.
  • a picture includes corresponding red, green, and blue sample arrays.
  • each pixel is usually expressed in a luminance/chrominance format or color space.
  • a picture in the YUV format includes the luminance component indicated by Y (sometimes indicated by L) and the two indicated by U and V. Chrominance components.
  • the luma component Y represents brightness or gray level intensity (for example, the two are the same in a grayscale picture), and the two chroma components U and V represent chroma or color information components.
  • a picture in the YUV format includes a luminance sample array of luminance sample values (Y), and two chrominance sample arrays of chrominance values (U and V).
  • Pictures in RGB format can be converted or converted to YUV format, and vice versa. This process is also called color conversion or conversion. If the picture is black and white, the picture may only include the luminance sample array.
  • the picture transmitted from the picture source 16 to the picture processor may also be referred to as original picture data 17.
  • the picture preprocessor 18 is configured to receive the original picture data 17 and perform preprocessing on the original picture data 17 to obtain the preprocessed picture 19 or the preprocessed picture data 19.
  • the pre-processing performed by the picture pre-processor 18 may include trimming, color format conversion (for example, conversion from RGB format to YUV format), toning, or denoising.
  • the encoder 20 (or video encoder 20) is configured to receive the pre-processed picture data 19, and process the pre-processed picture data 19 using a relevant prediction mode (such as the prediction mode in the various embodiments herein), thereby
  • the encoded picture data 21 is provided (the structure details of the encoder 20 will be described further based on FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 or FIG. 5).
  • the encoder 20 may be used to implement the various embodiments described below to realize the application of the chrominance block prediction method described in this application on the encoding side.
  • the communication interface 22 can be used to receive the encoded picture data 21, and can transmit the encoded picture data 21 to the destination device 14 or any other device (such as a memory) via the link 13 for storage or direct reconstruction, so The other device can be any device used for decoding or storage.
  • the communication interface 22 may be used, for example, to encapsulate the encoded picture data 21 into a suitable format, such as a data packet, for transmission on the link 13.
  • the destination device 14 includes a decoder 30, and optionally, the destination device 14 may also include a communication interface 28, a picture post processor 32, and a display device 34. They are described as follows:
  • the communication interface 28 may be used to receive the encoded picture data 21 from the source device 12 or any other source, for example, a storage device, and the storage device is, for example, an encoded picture data storage device.
  • the communication interface 28 can be used to transmit or receive the encoded picture data 21 via the link 13 between the source device 12 and the destination device 14 or via any type of network.
  • the link 13 is, for example, a direct wired or wireless connection.
  • the type of network is, for example, a wired or wireless network or any combination thereof, or any type of private network and public network, or any combination thereof.
  • the communication interface 28 may be used, for example, to decapsulate the data packet transmitted by the communication interface 22 to obtain the encoded picture data 21.
  • Both the communication interface 28 and the communication interface 22 can be configured as a one-way communication interface or a two-way communication interface, and can be used, for example, to send and receive messages to establish connections, confirm and exchange any other communication links and/or, for example, encoded picture data Information about the transmission of the transmitted data.
  • the decoder 30 (or referred to as the decoder 30) is used to receive the encoded picture data 21 and provide the decoded picture data 31 or the decoded picture 31 (below will further describe the decoder 30 based on Figure 3 or Figure 4 or Figure 5 Structural details).
  • the decoder 30 may be used to implement the various embodiments described below to realize the application of the chrominance block prediction method described in this application on the decoding side.
  • the picture post processor 32 is configured to perform post-processing on the decoded picture data 31 (also referred to as reconstructed picture data) to obtain post-processed picture data 33.
  • the post-processing performed by the picture post-processor 32 may include: color format conversion (for example, conversion from YUV format to RGB format), toning, trimming or resampling, or any other processing, and can also be used to convert post-processed picture data 33 Transmission to display device 34.
  • the display device 34 is configured to receive the post-processed image data 33 to display the image to, for example, users or viewers.
  • the display device 34 may be or may include any type of display for presenting reconstructed pictures, for example, an integrated or external display or monitor.
  • the display may include a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display, a plasma display, a projector, a micro LED display, a liquid crystal on silicon (LCoS), Digital light processor (digital light processor, DLP) or any other type of display.
  • FIG. 1A shows the source device 12 and the destination device 14 as separate devices
  • the device embodiment may also include the source device 12 and the destination device 14 or the functionality of both, that is, the source device 12 or Corresponding functionality and destination device 14 or corresponding functionality.
  • the same hardware and/or software may be used, or separate hardware and/or software, or any combination thereof may be used to implement the source device 12 or the corresponding functionality and the destination device 14 or the corresponding functionality .
  • the source device 12 and the destination device 14 may include any of a variety of devices, including any type of handheld or stationary device, for example, a notebook or laptop computer, mobile phone, smart phone, tablet or tablet computer, video camera, desktop Computers, set-top boxes, televisions, cameras, in-vehicle devices, display devices, digital media players, video game consoles, video streaming devices (such as content service servers or content distribution servers), broadcast receiver devices, broadcast transmitter devices And so on, and can not use or use any type of operating system.
  • a notebook or laptop computer mobile phone, smart phone, tablet or tablet computer
  • video camera desktop Computers
  • set-top boxes televisions, cameras, in-vehicle devices, display devices, digital media players, video game consoles, video streaming devices (such as content service servers or content distribution servers), broadcast receiver devices, broadcast transmitter devices And so on, and can not use or use any type of operating system.
  • Both the encoder 20 and the decoder 30 can be implemented as any of various suitable circuits, for example, one or more microprocessors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), and application-specific integrated circuits (application-specific integrated circuits). circuit, ASIC), field-programmable gate array (FPGA), discrete logic, hardware, or any combination thereof.
  • the device can store the instructions of the software in a suitable non-transitory computer-readable storage medium, and can use one or more processors to execute the instructions in hardware to execute the technology of the present disclosure . Any of the foregoing content (including hardware, software, a combination of hardware and software, etc.) can be regarded as one or more processors.
  • the video encoding and decoding system 10 shown in FIG. 1A is only an example, and the technology of this application can be applied to video encoding settings that do not necessarily include any data communication between encoding and decoding devices (for example, video encoding or video encoding). decoding).
  • the data can be retrieved from local storage, streamed on the network, etc.
  • the video encoding device can encode data and store the data to the memory, and/or the video decoding device can retrieve the data from the memory and decode the data.
  • encoding and decoding are performed by devices that do not communicate with each other but only encode data to the memory and/or retrieve data from the memory and decode the data.
  • FIG. 1B is an explanatory diagram of an example of a video coding system 40 including the encoder 20 of FIG. 2 and/or the decoder 30 of FIG. 3 according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • the video decoding system 40 can implement a combination of various technologies in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the video decoding system 40 may include an imaging device 41, an encoder 20, a decoder 30 (and/or a video encoder/decoder implemented by the logic circuit 47 of the processing circuit 46), and an antenna 42 , One or more processors 43, one or more memories 44 and/or display devices 45.
  • the imaging device 41, the antenna 42, the processing circuit 46, the logic circuit 47, the encoder 20, the decoder 30, the processor 43, the memory 44, and/or the display device 45 can communicate with each other.
  • the encoder 20 and the decoder 30 are used to illustrate the video coding system 40, in different examples, the video coding system 40 may include only the encoder 20 or only the decoder 30.
  • antenna 42 may be used to transmit or receive an encoded bitstream of video data.
  • the display device 45 may be used to present video data.
  • the logic circuit 47 may be implemented by the processing circuit 46.
  • the processing circuit 46 may include application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) logic, graphics processor, general purpose processor, and so on.
  • the video decoding system 40 may also include an optional processor 43, and the optional processor 43 may similarly include application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) logic, a graphics processor, a general-purpose processor, and the like.
  • the logic circuit 47 may be implemented by hardware, such as dedicated hardware for video encoding, and the processor 43 may be implemented by general software, an operating system, and the like.
  • the memory 44 may be any type of memory, such as volatile memory (for example, static random access memory (Static Random Access Memory, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (Dynamic Random Access Memory, DRAM), etc.) or non-volatile memory. Memory (for example, flash memory, etc.), etc.
  • volatile memory for example, static random access memory (Static Random Access Memory, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (Dynamic Random Access Memory, DRAM), etc.
  • Memory for example, flash memory, etc.
  • the memory 44 may be implemented by cache memory.
  • the logic circuit 47 may access the memory 44 (e.g., to implement an image buffer).
  • the logic circuit 47 and/or the processing circuit 46 may include memory (e.g., cache, etc.) for implementing image buffers and the like.
  • the encoder 20 implemented by logic circuits may include an image buffer (e.g., implemented by the processing circuit 46 or the memory 44) and a graphics processing unit (e.g., implemented by the processing circuit 46).
  • the graphics processing unit may be communicatively coupled to the image buffer.
  • the graphics processing unit may include an encoder 20 implemented by a logic circuit 47 to implement various modules discussed with reference to FIG. 2 and/or any other encoder system or subsystem described herein.
  • Logic circuits can be used to perform the various operations discussed herein.
  • decoder 30 may be implemented by logic circuit 47 in a similar manner to implement the various modules discussed with reference to decoder 30 of FIG. 3 and/or any other decoder systems or subsystems described herein.
  • the decoder 30 implemented by logic circuits may include an image buffer (implemented by the processing circuit 44 or the memory 44) and a graphics processing unit (implemented by the processing circuit 46, for example).
  • the graphics processing unit may be communicatively coupled to the image buffer.
  • the graphics processing unit may include a decoder 30 implemented by a logic circuit 47 to implement the various modules discussed with reference to FIG. 3 and/or any other decoder systems or subsystems described herein.
  • antenna 42 may be used to receive an encoded bitstream of video data.
  • the encoded bitstream may include data, indicators, index values, mode selection data, etc., related to the encoded video frame discussed herein, such as data related to coded partitions (e.g., transform coefficients or quantized transform coefficients). , (As discussed) optional indicators, and/or data defining code partitions).
  • the video coding system 40 may also include a decoder 30 coupled to the antenna 42 and used to decode the encoded bitstream.
  • the display device 45 is used to present video frames.
  • the decoder 30 may be used to perform the reverse process.
  • the decoder 30 can be used to receive and parse such syntax elements, and decode related video data accordingly.
  • the encoder 20 may entropy encode the syntax elements into an encoded video bitstream. In such instances, the decoder 30 can parse such syntax elements and decode related video data accordingly.
  • the video image encoding method described in the embodiment of the application occurs at the encoder 20, and the video image decoding method described in the embodiment of the application occurs at the decoder 30.
  • the encoder 20 and the decoder in the embodiment of the application may be, for example, an encoder/decoder corresponding to video standard protocols such as H.263, H.264, HEVV, MPEG-2, MPEG-4, VP8, VP9, or next-generation video standard protocols (such as H.266, etc.).
  • Fig. 2 shows a schematic/conceptual block diagram of an example of an encoder 20 for implementing an embodiment of the present application.
  • the encoder 20 includes a residual calculation unit 204, a transformation processing unit 206, a quantization unit 208, an inverse quantization unit 210, an inverse transformation processing unit 212, a reconstruction unit 214, a buffer 216, and a loop filter. 220.
  • the prediction processing unit 260 may include an inter prediction unit 244, an intra prediction unit 254, and a mode selection unit 262.
  • the inter prediction unit 244 may include a motion estimation unit and a motion compensation unit (not shown).
  • the encoder 20 shown in FIG. 2 may also be referred to as a hybrid video encoder or a video encoder according to a hybrid video codec.
  • the residual calculation unit 204, the transform processing unit 206, the quantization unit 208, the prediction processing unit 260, and the entropy encoding unit 270 form the forward signal path of the encoder 20, and for example, the inverse quantization unit 210, the inverse transform processing unit 212, and the The structure unit 214, the buffer 216, the loop filter 220, the decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230, and the prediction processing unit 260 form the backward signal path of the encoder, wherein the backward signal path of the encoder corresponds to The signal path of the decoder (see decoder 30 in FIG. 3).
  • the encoder 20 receives a picture 201 or an image block 203 of a picture 201, for example, a picture in a picture sequence that forms a video or a video sequence through, for example, an input 202.
  • the image block 203 may also be called the current picture block or the picture block to be encoded
  • the picture 201 may be called the current picture or the picture to be encoded (especially when the current picture is distinguished from other pictures in video encoding, the other pictures are for example the same video sequence). That is, the previous coded and/or decoded picture in the video sequence that also includes the current picture).
  • the embodiment of the encoder 20 may include a segmentation unit (not shown in FIG. 2) for segmenting the picture 201 into a plurality of blocks such as the image block 203, usually into a plurality of non-overlapping blocks.
  • the segmentation unit can be used to use the same block size and the corresponding grid defining the block size for all pictures in the video sequence, or to change the block size between pictures or subsets or groups of pictures, and divide each picture into The corresponding block.
  • the prediction processing unit 260 of the encoder 20 may be used to perform any combination of the aforementioned segmentation techniques.
  • the image block 203 is also or can be regarded as a two-dimensional array or matrix of sampling points with sample values, although its size is smaller than that of the picture 201.
  • the image block 203 may include, for example, one sampling array (for example, a luminance array in the case of a black-and-white picture 201) or three sampling arrays (for example, one luminance array and two chrominance arrays in the case of a color picture) or Any other number and/or type of array depending on the color format applied.
  • the number of sampling points in the horizontal and vertical directions (or axes) of the image block 203 defines the size of the image block 203.
  • the encoder 20 shown in FIG. 2 is used to encode the picture 201 block by block, for example, to perform encoding and prediction on each image block 203.
  • the residual calculation unit 204 is configured to calculate the residual block 205 based on the picture image block 203 and the prediction block 265 (other details of the prediction block 265 are provided below), for example, by subtracting the sample value of the picture image block 203 sample by sample (pixel by pixel). The sample value of the block 265 is de-predicted to obtain the residual block 205 in the sample domain.
  • the transform processing unit 206 is configured to apply a transform such as discrete cosine transform (DCT) or discrete sine transform (DST) to the sample values of the residual block 205 to obtain transform coefficients 207 in the transform domain.
  • a transform such as discrete cosine transform (DCT) or discrete sine transform (DST)
  • DCT discrete cosine transform
  • DST discrete sine transform
  • the transform coefficient 207 may also be referred to as a transform residual coefficient, and represents the residual block 205 in the transform domain.
  • the transform processing unit 206 may be used to apply an integer approximation of DCT/DST, such as the transform specified for HEVC/H.265. Compared with the orthogonal DCT transform, this integer approximation is usually scaled by a factor. In order to maintain the norm of the residual block processed by the forward and inverse transformation, an additional scaling factor is applied as part of the transformation process.
  • the scaling factor is usually selected based on certain constraints. For example, the scaling factor is a trade-off between the power of 2 used for the shift operation, the bit depth of the transform coefficient, accuracy, and implementation cost.
  • the inverse transformation processing unit 212 for the inverse transformation designate a specific scaling factor, and accordingly, the encoder The 20 side uses the transformation processing unit 206 to specify a corresponding scaling factor for the positive transformation.
  • the quantization unit 208 is used to quantize the transform coefficient 207 by applying scalar quantization or vector quantization, for example, to obtain the quantized transform coefficient 209.
  • the quantized transform coefficient 209 may also be referred to as a quantized residual coefficient 209.
  • the quantization process can reduce the bit depth associated with some or all of the transform coefficients 207. For example, n-bit transform coefficients can be rounded down to m-bit transform coefficients during quantization, where n is greater than m.
  • the degree of quantization can be modified by adjusting the quantization parameter (QP). For example, for scalar quantization, different scales can be applied to achieve finer or coarser quantization.
  • QP quantization parameter
  • a smaller quantization step size corresponds to a finer quantization
  • a larger quantization step size corresponds to a coarser quantization.
  • the appropriate quantization step size can be indicated by a quantization parameter (QP).
  • the quantization parameter may be an index of a predefined set of suitable quantization steps.
  • a smaller quantization parameter can correspond to fine quantization (smaller quantization step size)
  • a larger quantization parameter can correspond to coarse quantization (larger quantization step size)
  • the quantization may include division by a quantization step size and corresponding quantization or inverse quantization performed by, for example, inverse quantization 210, or may include multiplication by a quantization step size.
  • Embodiments according to some standards such as HEVC may use quantization parameters to determine the quantization step size.
  • the quantization step size can be calculated based on the quantization parameter using a fixed-point approximation of an equation including division. Additional scaling factors can be introduced for quantization and inverse quantization to restore the norm of the residual block that may be modified due to the scale used in the fixed-point approximation of the equations for the quantization step size and the quantization parameter.
  • the scales of inverse transform and inverse quantization may be combined.
  • a custom quantization table can be used and signaled from the encoder to the decoder in, for example, a bitstream. Quantization is a lossy operation, where the larger the quantization step, the greater the loss.
  • the inverse quantization unit 210 is configured to apply the inverse quantization of the quantization unit 208 on the quantized coefficients to obtain the inverse quantized coefficients 211, for example, based on or use the same quantization step size as the quantization unit 208, and apply the quantization scheme applied by the quantization unit 208 The inverse quantification scheme.
  • the inversely quantized coefficient 211 may also be referred to as the inversely quantized residual coefficient 211, which corresponds to the transform coefficient 207, although the loss due to quantization is usually different from the transform coefficient.
  • the inverse transform processing unit 212 is configured to apply the inverse transform of the transform applied by the transform processing unit 206, for example, an inverse discrete cosine transform (DCT) or an inverse discrete sine transform (DST), so as to be in the sample domain Obtain the inverse transform block 213.
  • the inverse transformation block 213 may also be referred to as an inverse transformation and inverse quantization block 213 or an inverse transformation residual block 213.
  • the reconstruction unit 214 (for example, the summer 214) is used to add the inverse transform block 213 (that is, the reconstructed residual block 213) to the prediction block 265 to obtain the reconstructed block 215 in the sample domain, for example, The sample value of the reconstructed residual block 213 and the sample value of the prediction block 265 are added.
  • the buffer unit 216 (or “buffer” 216 for short) such as the line buffer 216 is used to buffer or store the reconstructed block 215 and the corresponding sample value, for example, for intra prediction.
  • the encoder can be used to use the unfiltered reconstructed block and/or the corresponding sample value stored in the buffer unit 216 to perform any type of estimation and/or prediction, such as intra-frame prediction.
  • the embodiment of the encoder 20 may be configured such that the buffer unit 216 is used not only for storing the reconstructed block 215 for intra prediction 254, but also for the loop filter 220 unit (not shown in FIG. 2 Out), and/or, for example, the buffer unit 216 and the decoded picture buffer unit 230 form one buffer.
  • Other embodiments may be used to use the filtered block 221 and/or blocks or samples from the decoded picture buffer 230 (neither shown in FIG. 2) as the input or basis for the intra prediction 254.
  • the loop filter unit 220 (or “loop filter” 220 for short) is used to filter the reconstructed block 215 to obtain the filtered block 221, thereby smoothly performing pixel conversion or improving video quality.
  • the loop filter unit 220 is intended to represent one or more loop filters, such as deblocking filters, sample-adaptive offset (SAO) filters or other filters, such as bilateral filters, auto Adaptive loop filter (ALF), or sharpening or smoothing filter, or collaborative filter.
  • the loop filter unit 220 is shown as an in-loop filter in FIG. 2, in other configurations, the loop filter unit 220 may be implemented as a post-loop filter.
  • the filtered block 221 may also be referred to as a filtered reconstructed block 221.
  • the decoded picture buffer 230 may store the reconstructed coded block after the loop filter unit 220 performs a filtering operation on the reconstructed coded block.
  • the embodiment of the encoder 20 may be used to output loop filter parameters (e.g., sample adaptive offset information), for example, directly output or by the entropy encoding unit 270 or any other
  • the entropy coding unit outputs after entropy coding, for example, so that the decoder 30 can receive and apply the same loop filter parameters for decoding.
  • the decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230 may be a reference picture memory that stores reference picture data for the encoder 20 to encode video data.
  • DPB 230 can be formed by any of a variety of memory devices, such as dynamic random access memory (DRAM) (including synchronous DRAM (SDRAM), magnetoresistive RAM (MRAM), resistive RAM) (resistive RAM, RRAM)) or other types of memory devices.
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous DRAM
  • MRAM magnetoresistive RAM
  • RRAM resistive RAM
  • the DPB 230 and the buffer 216 may be provided by the same memory device or by separate memory devices.
  • a decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230 is used to store the filtered block 221.
  • the decoded picture buffer 230 may be further used to store other previous filtered blocks of the same current picture or different pictures such as the previously reconstructed picture, such as the previously reconstructed and filtered block 221, and may provide a complete previous Reconstruction is a decoded picture (and corresponding reference blocks and samples) and/or a partially reconstructed current picture (and corresponding reference blocks and samples), for example, for inter prediction.
  • a decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230 is used to store the reconstructed block 215.
  • the prediction processing unit 260 also called the block prediction processing unit 260, is used to receive or obtain the image block 203 (the current image block 203 of the current picture 201) and reconstructed picture data, such as the same (current) picture from the buffer 216
  • the reference samples and/or the reference picture data 231 of one or more previously decoded pictures from the decoded picture buffer 230, and used to process such data for prediction, that is, the provision can be an inter-predicted block 245 or a The prediction block 265 of the intra prediction block 255.
  • the mode selection unit 262 may be used to select a prediction mode (for example, intra or inter prediction mode) and/or the corresponding prediction block 245 or 255 used as the prediction block 265 to calculate the residual block 205 and reconstruct the reconstructed block 215.
  • a prediction mode for example, intra or inter prediction mode
  • the corresponding prediction block 245 or 255 used as the prediction block 265 to calculate the residual block 205 and reconstruct the reconstructed block 215.
  • the embodiment of the mode selection unit 262 can be used to select a prediction mode (for example, from those supported by the prediction processing unit 260) that provides the best match or minimum residual (the minimum residual means Better compression in transmission or storage), or provide minimal signaling overhead (minimum signaling overhead means better compression in transmission or storage), or consider or balance both.
  • the mode selection unit 262 may be configured to determine a prediction mode based on rate distortion optimization (RDO), that is, select a prediction mode that provides the smallest rate-distortion optimization, or select a prediction mode whose related rate-distortion at least meets the prediction mode selection criteria .
  • RDO rate distortion optimization
  • the encoder 20 is used to determine or select the best or optimal prediction mode from a set of (predetermined) prediction modes.
  • the prediction mode set may include, for example, an intra prediction mode and/or an inter prediction mode.
  • the set of intra prediction modes may include 35 different intra prediction modes, for example, non-directional modes such as DC (or mean) mode and planar mode, or directional modes as defined in H.265, or may include 67 Different intra-frame prediction modes, for example, non-directional modes such as DC (or mean) mode and planar mode, or directional modes as defined in H.266 under development.
  • the set of inter-frame prediction modes depends on the available reference pictures (ie, for example, the aforementioned at least part of the decoded pictures stored in the DBP230) and other inter-frame prediction parameters, such as whether to use the entire reference picture or only use A part of the reference picture, such as the search window area surrounding the area of the current block, to search for the best matching reference block, and/or depending on whether pixel interpolation such as half pixel and/or quarter pixel interpolation is applied.
  • the set of inter prediction modes may include, for example, skip mode and merge mode.
  • the inter-frame prediction mode set may include the skip-based merged motion vector difference (MMVD) mode in the embodiment of the present application, or the merge-based MMVD mode.
  • the intra prediction unit 254 may be used to perform any combination of inter prediction techniques described below.
  • the embodiments of the present application may also apply skip mode and/or direct mode.
  • the prediction processing unit 260 may be further used to divide the image block 203 into smaller block partitions or sub-blocks, for example, by iteratively using quad-tree (QT) segmentation and binary-tree (BT) segmentation. Or triple-tree (TT) segmentation, or any combination thereof, and used to perform prediction, for example, for each of the block partitions or sub-blocks, where the mode selection includes selecting the tree structure of the segmented image block 203 and selecting the application The prediction mode for each of the block partitions or sub-blocks.
  • QT quad-tree
  • BT binary-tree
  • TT triple-tree
  • the inter prediction unit 244 may include a motion estimation (ME) unit (not shown in FIG. 2) and a motion compensation (MC) unit (not shown in FIG. 2).
  • the motion estimation unit is used to receive or obtain the picture image block 203 (the current picture image block 203 of the current picture 201) and the decoded picture 231, or at least one or more previously reconstructed blocks, for example, one or more other/different
  • the reconstructed block of the previously decoded picture 231 is used for motion estimation.
  • the video sequence may include the current picture and the previously decoded picture 31, or in other words, the current picture and the previously decoded picture 31 may be part of the picture sequence forming the video sequence, or form the picture sequence.
  • the encoder 20 may be used to select a reference block from multiple reference blocks of the same or different pictures among multiple other pictures, and provide the reference picture and/or provide a reference to the motion estimation unit (not shown in FIG. 2)
  • the offset (spatial offset) between the position of the block (X, Y coordinates) and the position of the current block is used as an inter prediction parameter. This offset is also called a motion vector (MV).
  • the motion compensation unit is used to obtain inter prediction parameters, and perform inter prediction based on or using the inter prediction parameters to obtain the inter prediction block 245.
  • the motion compensation performed by the motion compensation unit may include fetching or generating a prediction block based on a motion/block vector determined by motion estimation (interpolation of sub-pixel accuracy may be performed). Interpolation filtering can generate additional pixel samples from known pixel samples, thereby potentially increasing the number of candidate prediction blocks that can be used to encode picture blocks.
  • the motion compensation unit 246 can locate the prediction block pointed to by the motion vector in a reference picture list.
  • the motion compensation unit 246 may also generate syntax elements associated with the blocks and video slices for use by the decoder 30 when decoding picture blocks of the video slices.
  • the aforementioned inter-prediction unit 244 may transmit syntax elements to the entropy encoding unit 270, and the syntax elements include inter-prediction parameters (for example, after traversing multiple inter-prediction modes and selecting the inter-prediction mode used for prediction of the current block) Instructions).
  • the inter-frame prediction parameter may not be carried in the syntax element.
  • the decoder 30 can directly use the default prediction mode for decoding. It can be understood that the inter prediction unit 244 may be used to perform any combination of inter prediction techniques.
  • the intra prediction unit 254 is used to obtain, for example, receive a picture block 203 (current picture block) of the same picture and one or more previously reconstructed blocks, for example reconstructed adjacent blocks, for intra estimation.
  • the encoder 20 may be used to select an intra prediction mode from a plurality of (predetermined) intra prediction modes.
  • the embodiment of the encoder 20 may be used to select an intra prediction mode based on optimization criteria, for example, based on a minimum residual (for example, an intra prediction mode that provides a prediction block 255 most similar to the current picture block 203) or a minimum rate distortion.
  • a minimum residual for example, an intra prediction mode that provides a prediction block 255 most similar to the current picture block 203
  • a minimum rate distortion for example, an intra prediction mode that provides a prediction block 255 most similar to the current picture block 203
  • the intra prediction unit 254 is further configured to determine the intra prediction block 255 based on the intra prediction parameters of the selected intra prediction mode. In any case, after selecting the intra prediction mode for the block, the intra prediction unit 254 is also used to provide intra prediction parameters to the entropy encoding unit 270, that is, to provide an indication of the selected intra prediction mode for the block Information. In one example, the intra prediction unit 254 may be used to perform any combination of intra prediction techniques.
  • the aforementioned intra-prediction unit 254 may transmit syntax elements to the entropy encoding unit 270, and the syntax elements include intra-prediction parameters (for example, after traversing multiple intra-prediction modes, selecting the intra-prediction mode used for prediction of the current block) Instructions).
  • the intra prediction parameters may not be carried in the syntax element.
  • the decoder 30 can directly use the default prediction mode for decoding.
  • the entropy coding unit 270 is used to apply entropy coding algorithms or schemes (for example, variable length coding (VLC) scheme, context adaptive VLC (context adaptive VLC, CAVLC) scheme, arithmetic coding scheme, context adaptive binary arithmetic) Coding (context adaptive binary arithmetic coding, CABAC), syntax-based context-adaptive binary arithmetic coding (SBAC), probability interval partitioning entropy (PIPE) coding or other entropy Encoding method or technique) applied to quantized residual coefficients 209, inter-frame prediction parameters, intra-frame prediction parameters and/or loop filter parameters, one or all (or not applied), to obtain the output 272
  • VLC variable length coding
  • CAVLC context adaptive VLC
  • CABAC context adaptive binary arithmetic
  • SBAC syntax-based context-adaptive binary arithmetic coding
  • PIPE probability interval partitioning entropy
  • encoded picture data 21 output in the form of encoded bitstream
  • the encoded bitstream can be transmitted to the video decoder 30, or archived for later transmission or retrieval by the video decoder 30.
  • the entropy encoding unit 270 may also be used for entropy encoding other syntax elements of the current video slice being encoded.
  • the non-transform-based encoder 20 may directly quantize the residual signal without the transform processing unit 206 for certain blocks or frames.
  • the encoder 20 may have a quantization unit 208 and an inverse quantization unit 210 combined into a single unit.
  • the encoder 20 may be used to implement the video image encoding method described in the following embodiments.
  • the video encoder 20 may directly quantize the residual signal without being processed by the transform processing unit 206, and accordingly does not need to be processed by the inverse transform processing unit 212; or, for some For image blocks or image frames, the video encoder 20 does not generate residual data, and accordingly does not need to be processed by the transform processing unit 206, quantization unit 208, inverse quantization unit 210, and inverse transform processing unit 212; or, the video encoder 20 may The reconstructed image block is directly stored as a reference block without being processed by the filter 220; or, the quantization unit 208 and the inverse quantization unit 210 in the video encoder 20 may be combined together.
  • the loop filter 220 is optional, and for lossless compression coding, the transform processing unit 206, the quantization unit 208, the inverse quantization unit 210, and the inverse transform processing unit 212 are optional. It should be understood that, according to different application scenarios, the inter prediction unit 244 and the intra prediction unit 254 may be selectively activated.
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic/conceptual block diagram of an example of a decoder 30 for implementing an embodiment of the present application.
  • the video decoder 30 is used to receive, for example, encoded picture data (for example, an encoded bit stream) 21 encoded by the encoder 20 to obtain a decoded picture 231.
  • video decoder 30 receives video data from video encoder 20, such as an encoded video bitstream and associated syntax elements that represent picture blocks of an encoded video slice.
  • the decoder 30 includes an entropy decoding unit 304, an inverse quantization unit 310, an inverse transform processing unit 312, a reconstruction unit 314 (such as a summer 314), a buffer 316, a loop filter 320, and The decoded picture buffer 330 and the prediction processing unit 360.
  • the prediction processing unit 360 may include an inter prediction unit 344, an intra prediction unit 354, and a mode selection unit 362.
  • video decoder 30 may perform decoding passes that are substantially reciprocal of the encoding passes described with video encoder 20 of FIG. 2.
  • the entropy decoding unit 304 is configured to perform entropy decoding on the encoded picture data 21 to obtain, for example, quantized coefficients 309 and/or decoded encoding parameters (not shown in FIG. 3), for example, inter prediction, intra prediction parameters , Loop filter parameters and/or any one or all of other syntax elements (decoded).
  • the entropy decoding unit 304 is further configured to forward the inter prediction parameters, intra prediction parameters and/or other syntax elements to the prediction processing unit 360.
  • the video decoder 30 may receive syntax elements at the video slice level and/or the video block level.
  • the inverse quantization unit 310 can be functionally the same as the inverse quantization unit 110
  • the inverse transformation processing unit 312 can be functionally the same as the inverse transformation processing unit 212
  • the reconstruction unit 314 can be functionally the same as the reconstruction unit 214
  • the buffer 316 can be functionally identical.
  • the loop filter 320 may be functionally the same as the loop filter 220
  • the decoded picture buffer 330 may be functionally the same as the decoded picture buffer 230.
  • the prediction processing unit 360 may include an inter prediction unit 344 and an intra prediction unit 354.
  • the inter prediction unit 344 may be functionally similar to the inter prediction unit 244, and the intra prediction unit 354 may be functionally similar to the intra prediction unit 254.
  • the prediction processing unit 360 is generally used to perform block prediction and/or obtain a prediction block 365 from the encoded data 21, and to receive or obtain (explicitly or implicitly) prediction-related parameters and/or information about the prediction from the entropy decoding unit 304, for example. Information about the selected prediction mode.
  • the intra-prediction unit 354 of the prediction processing unit 360 is used for the intra-prediction mode based on the signal and the previous decoded block from the current frame or picture. Data to generate a prediction block 365 for the picture block of the current video slice.
  • the inter-frame prediction unit 344 eg, motion compensation unit
  • the prediction processing unit 360 is used for the motion vector and the received from the entropy decoding unit 304
  • the other syntax elements generate a prediction block 365 for the video block of the current video slice.
  • a prediction block can be generated from a reference picture in a reference picture list.
  • the video decoder 30 may use the default construction technique to construct a list of reference frames based on the reference pictures stored in the DPB 330: list 0 and list 1.
  • the prediction processing unit 360 is configured to determine prediction information for the video block of the current video slice by parsing the motion vector and other syntax elements, and use the prediction information to generate the prediction block for the current video block being decoded.
  • the prediction processing unit 360 uses some syntax elements received to determine the prediction mode (for example, intra or inter prediction) and the inter prediction slice type ( For example, B slice, P slice or GPB slice), construction information for one or more of the reference picture list for the slice, motion vector for each inter-coded video block of the slice, The inter prediction status and other information of each inter-encoded video block of the slice to decode the video block of the current video slice.
  • the syntax elements received by the video decoder 30 from the bitstream include receiving adaptive parameter set (APS), sequence parameter set (sequence parameter set, SPS), and picture parameter set (picture parameter set). parameter set, PPS) or a syntax element in one or more of the slice headers.
  • APS adaptive parameter set
  • SPS sequence parameter set
  • PPS picture parameter set
  • the inverse quantization unit 310 may be used to inverse quantize (ie, inverse quantize) the quantized transform coefficients provided in the bitstream and decoded by the entropy decoding unit 304.
  • the inverse quantization process may include using the quantization parameter calculated by the video encoder 20 for each video block in the video slice to determine the degree of quantization that should be applied and also determine the degree of inverse quantization that should be applied.
  • the inverse transform processing unit 312 is used to apply an inverse transform (for example, an inverse DCT, an inverse integer transform, or a conceptually similar inverse transform process) to transform coefficients so as to generate a residual block in the pixel domain.
  • an inverse transform for example, an inverse DCT, an inverse integer transform, or a conceptually similar inverse transform process
  • the reconstruction unit 314 (for example, the summer 314) is used to add the inverse transform block 313 (that is, the reconstructed residual block 313) to the prediction block 365 to obtain the reconstructed block 315 in the sample domain, for example by adding The sample value of the reconstructed residual block 313 and the sample value of the prediction block 365 are added.
  • the loop filter unit 320 (during the encoding cycle or after the encoding cycle) is used to filter the reconstructed block 315 to obtain the filtered block 321, thereby smoothly performing pixel transformation or improving video quality.
  • the loop filter unit 320 may be used to perform any combination of the filtering techniques described below.
  • the loop filter unit 320 is intended to represent one or more loop filters, such as deblocking filters, sample-adaptive offset (SAO) filters or other filters, such as bilateral filters, auto Adaptive loop filter (ALF), or sharpening or smoothing filter, or collaborative filter.
  • the loop filter unit 320 is shown as an in-loop filter in FIG. 3, in other configurations, the loop filter unit 320 may be implemented as a post-loop filter.
  • the decoded video block 321 in a given frame or picture is then stored in a decoded picture buffer 330 that stores reference pictures for subsequent motion compensation.
  • the decoder 30 is used, for example, to output the decoded picture 31 through the output 332 for presentation or viewing by the user.
  • the decoder 30 may generate an output video stream without the loop filter unit 320.
  • the non-transform-based decoder 30 may directly inversely quantize the residual signal without the inverse transform processing unit 312 for certain blocks or frames.
  • the video decoder 30 may have an inverse quantization unit 310 and an inverse transform processing unit 312 combined into a single unit.
  • the decoder 30 is used to implement the video image decoding method described in the following embodiments.
  • the video decoder 30 may generate an output video stream without processing by the filter 320; or, for some image blocks or image frames, the entropy decoding unit 304 of the video decoder 30 does not decode the quantized coefficients, and accordingly does not It needs to be processed by the inverse quantization unit 310 and the inverse transform processing unit 312.
  • the loop filter 320 is optional; and for lossless compression, the inverse quantization unit 310 and the inverse transform processing unit 312 are optional.
  • the inter prediction unit and the intra prediction unit may be selectively activated.
  • the processing result for a certain link can be further processed and output to the next link, for example, in interpolation filtering, motion vector derivation or loop filtering, etc.
  • operations such as Clip or shift are further performed on the processing results of the corresponding link.
  • the motion vector of the control point of the current image block derived from the motion vector of the adjacent affine coding block, or the motion vector of the sub-block of the current image block derived from the motion vector may undergo further processing, and this application will not do this limited.
  • restrict the value range of the motion vector so that it is within a certain bit width. Assuming that the bit width of the allowed motion vector is bitDepth, the range of the motion vector is -2 ⁇ (bitDepth-1) ⁇ 2 ⁇ (bitDepth-1)-1, where the " ⁇ " symbol represents the power. If bitDepth is 16, the value range is -32768 ⁇ 32767. If bitDepth is 18, the value range is -131072 ⁇ 131071.
  • the value of the motion vector (for example, the motion vector MV of the four 4x4 sub-blocks in an 8x8 image block) is restricted, so that the maximum difference between the integer parts of the four 4x4 sub-blocks MV does not exceed N pixels, for example, no more than one pixel.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a video decoding device 400 (for example, a video encoding device 400 or a video decoding device 400) provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the video coding device 400 is suitable for implementing the embodiments described herein.
  • the video coding device 400 may be a video decoder (for example, the decoder 30 of FIG. 1A) or a video encoder (for example, the encoder 20 of FIG. 1A).
  • the video coding device 400 may be one or more components of the decoder 30 in FIG. 1A or the encoder 20 in FIG. 1A described above.
  • the video decoding device 400 includes: an entry port 410 for receiving data and a receiving unit (Rx) 420, a processor, logic unit or central processing unit (CPU) 430 for processing data, and a transmitter unit for transmitting data (Tx) 440 (or simply referred to as transmitter 440) and outlet port 450, as well as memory 460 (such as memory 460) for storing data.
  • the video decoding device 400 may also include photoelectric conversion components and electro-optical (EO) components coupled with the inlet port 410, the receiver unit 420 (or simply referred to as the receiver 420), the transmitter unit 440 and the outlet port 450 for optical signals. Or the outlet or entrance of electrical signals.
  • EO electro-optical
  • the processor 430 is implemented by hardware and software.
  • the processor 430 may be implemented as one or more CPU chips, cores (e.g., multi-core processors), FPGA, ASIC, and DSP.
  • the processor 430 communicates with the ingress port 410, the receiver unit 420, the transmitter unit 440, the egress port 450, and the memory 460.
  • the processor 430 includes a decoding module 470 (for example, an encoding module 470 or a decoding module 470).
  • the encoding/decoding module 470 implements the embodiments disclosed herein to implement the chroma block prediction method provided in the embodiments of the present application. For example, the encoding/decoding module 470 implements, processes, or provides various encoding operations.
  • the encoding/decoding module 470 provides a substantial improvement to the function of the video decoding device 400 and affects the conversion of the video decoding device 400 to different states.
  • the encoding/decoding module 470 is implemented by instructions stored in the memory 460 and executed by the processor 430.
  • the memory 460 includes one or more magnetic disks, tape drives, and solid-state hard disks, and can be used as an overflow data storage device for storing programs when these programs are selectively executed, and storing instructions and data read during program execution.
  • the memory 460 may be volatile and/or non-volatile, and may be read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), random access memory (ternary content-addressable memory, TCAM), and/or static Random Access Memory (SRAM).
  • FIG. 5 is a simplified block diagram of an apparatus 500 that can be used as either or both of the source device 12 and the destination device 14 in FIG. 1A according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • the device 500 can implement the technology of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic block diagram of an implementation manner of an encoding device or a decoding device (referred to as a decoding device 500 for short) according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the decoding device 500 may include a processor 510, a memory 530, and a bus system 550.
  • the processor and the memory are connected through a bus system, the memory is used to store instructions, and the processor is used to execute instructions stored in the memory.
  • the memory of the decoding device stores program codes, and the processor can call the program codes stored in the memory to execute the various video image encoding or decoding methods described in this application, especially in various inter prediction modes or intra prediction modes Video encoding or decoding method. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the processor 510 may be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, referred to as "CPU"), and the processor 510 may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), and dedicated integrated Circuit (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory 530 may include a read only memory (ROM) device or a random access memory (RAM) device. Any other suitable type of storage device can also be used as the memory 530.
  • the memory 530 may include code and data 531 accessed by the processor 510 using the bus 550.
  • the memory 530 may further include an operating system 533 and an application program 535.
  • the application program 535 includes at least one program that allows the processor 510 to execute the video encoding or decoding method described in this application (especially the video image prediction method described in this application).
  • the application program 535 may include applications 1 to N, which further include a video encoding or decoding application (referred to as a video coding application) that executes the video encoding or decoding method described in this application.
  • the bus system 550 may also include a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus. However, for clear description, various buses are marked as the bus system 550 in the figure.
  • the decoding device 500 may further include one or more output devices, such as a display 570.
  • the display 570 may be a touch-sensitive display that merges the display with a touch-sensitive unit operable to sense touch input.
  • the display 570 may be connected to the processor 510 via the bus 550.
  • a candidate motion list (also referred to as a candidate list) based on the motion information of the adjacent coded blocks in the spatial or temporal domain of the current block, and use the candidate motion information with the least rate-distortion cost in the candidate motion list as the current
  • the motion vector predictor (MVP) of the block and then the index value of the position of the optimal candidate motion information in the candidate motion list (for example, denoted as merge index, the same below) is passed to the decoding end.
  • merge index the index value of the position of the optimal candidate motion information in the candidate motion list
  • the rate-distortion cost is calculated by formula (1), where J represents the rate-distortion cost RD Cost, and SAD is the sum of absolute errors between the predicted pixel value and the original pixel value obtained after motion estimation using candidate motion vector predictors (sum of absolute differences, SAD), R represents the bit rate, and ⁇ represents the Lagrangian multiplier.
  • the encoding end transmits the index value of the selected motion vector predictor in the candidate motion list to the decoding end. Further, the motion search is performed in the neighborhood centered on the MVP to obtain the actual motion vector of the current block, and the encoding end transmits the difference (motion vector difference) (ie, residual) between the MVP and the actual motion vector to the decoding end.
  • the current block spatial and temporal candidate motion information is shown in Figure 6.
  • the spatial candidate motion information comes from 5 adjacent blocks (A0, A1, B0, B1 and B2) in space. See Figure 6, if adjacent blocks Unavailable (the neighboring block does not exist or the neighboring block is not coded or the prediction mode adopted by the neighboring block is not an inter prediction mode), then the motion information of the neighboring block is not added to the candidate motion list.
  • the temporal candidate motion information of the current block is obtained by scaling the MV of the corresponding block in the reference frame according to the picture order count (POC) of the reference frame and the current frame. First, determine whether the block at position T in the reference frame is available, and if not, select the block at position C in the reference frame.
  • POC picture order count
  • the position and traversal order of neighboring blocks in merge mode are also predefined, and the position and traversal order of neighboring blocks may be different in different modes.
  • a list of candidate motions needs to be maintained in the merge mode. Before adding new motion information to the candidate list, it will first check whether the same motion information already exists in the list, and if it does, the motion information will not be added to the list. We call this checking process the pruning of the candidate motion list. List pruning is to prevent the same motion information from appearing in the list and avoid redundant rate-distortion cost calculation.
  • MMVD makes use of merge candidates. Select one or more candidate motion information from the merge candidate motion list, and then perform motion vector (MV) extended expression based on the candidate motion information.
  • MV expansion expression includes MV starting point, movement step length and movement direction.
  • the selected candidate motion vector is the default merge type (for example, MRG_TYPE_DEFAULT_N).
  • the selected candidate motion vector is the starting point of the MV, in other words, the selected candidate motion vector is used to determine the initial position of the MV.
  • the basic candidate index indicates which candidate motion vector in the candidate motion list is selected as the optimal candidate motion vector.
  • the Basecandidate IDX may not be determined.
  • the first candidate motion information in the candidate motion list is used as the selected candidate motion information.
  • the step identifier represents the offset distance information of the motion vector.
  • the value of the step size represents the distance from the initial position (for example, the preset distance), and the definition of the preset distance is shown in Table 2.
  • the direction IDX indicates the direction of the motion vector difference (MVD) based on the initial position.
  • the direction indicator can include four situations in total, see Table 3 for specific definitions.
  • the solid line is the corresponding position of the motion vector in the L0 reference frame and the L1 reference frame of the bidirectional prediction in the motion vector starting point
  • the dashed line is the pointing position of the motion vector combined with MVD, the vector between the two The difference is MVD.
  • the motion vector difference can be determined based on Distance IDX and Direction IDX.
  • the black solid dot is (shown in Table 2) the peripheral offset motion vector (the motion vector at the starting point of the motion vector) at one time Value plus MVD) pointing position
  • the hollow solid line dot is the pointing position of the peripheral offset motion vector (the motion vector value of the starting point of the motion vector plus MVD) twice the distance.
  • the process of determining the predicted pixel value of the current image block according to the MMVD method may include:
  • the solid line is the bidirectional prediction in the L0 reference frame and the L1 reference frame.
  • determine which direction to shift based on the starting point of the MV and then determine how many pixels to shift in the direction indicated by the Direction IDX based on the Distance IDX.
  • the motion vector difference (MVD) can be determined based on the Direction IDX and the Distance IDX, and then the motion vector predictor identified by the Basecandidate IDX is added to the determined MVD to obtain the motion vector predictor required for decoding.
  • the candidate motion information may include the forward motion vector predictor and the backward motion vector predictor.
  • the forward motion vector predicted value and the backward motion vector predicted value may be predicted values obtained by forward and backward prediction with reference to the two reference frame lists List0 and List1.
  • the candidate motion information may include the forward and backward motion vector predictor and the picture sequence number (PictureOrderCount, POC) corresponding to the forward and backward reference prediction block.
  • POC PictureOrderCount
  • At least one means one or more, and “multiple” means two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the associated objects are in an “or” relationship.
  • “The following at least one item (a)” or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or plural items (a).
  • At least one item (a) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple .
  • first, second, etc. may be used in the embodiments of the present application to describe each object (such as a motion vector prediction value, a reference prediction block, etc.), these terms are only used to distinguish each object from each other.
  • the existing inter-frame prediction adopts the MMVD mode in the case of bidirectional prediction, the encoding and decoding accuracy is low due to insufficient use of the matching relationship between the forward and backward reference prediction blocks.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a video image prediction method and device.
  • a combined motion vector correction (or motion vector refinement) method can be used, such as decoding
  • a decoder-side motion vector refinement (DMVR) method is used to correct two bidirectional motion vector predictors, and then perform a decoding operation based on the corrected motion vector predictors, thereby improving decoding accuracy.
  • DMVR decoder-side motion vector refinement
  • the method and the device are based on the same inventive concept. Since the principles of the method and the device to solve the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • the embodiments of the present application illustrate the following two methods, using the MMVD method combined with the motion vector correction method for prediction:
  • the first possible implementation manner After the initial motion vector predictor is determined based on the candidate index, in the case of bidirectional prediction, the initial forward and backward motion vector predictor is corrected based on the motion vector correction method, based on the corrected motion
  • the motion vector predictor combined with the vector predictor and MVD decodes the current image block to be processed.
  • the second possible implementation manner After the initial motion vector predictor is determined based on the candidate index, in the case of bidirectional prediction, the initial forward and backward motion vector predictor is corrected based on the motion vector correction method, based on the corrected motion
  • the motion vector predictor combined with the vector predictor and MVD decodes the previous block of the image to be processed.
  • the two implementation manners described above may be specifically executed by a video codec device, a video codec, a video codec system, and other devices with a video codec function.
  • the two implementation manners described above can occur both in the encoding process and the decoding process. More specifically, the two implementation manners described above can occur in the inter-frame prediction process during encoding and decoding.
  • FIG. 8 for a schematic flowchart of a first possible implementation manner in the video image prediction provided by this application.
  • S801 Determine the first initial motion vector prediction value, the second initial motion vector prediction value, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed.
  • the first initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the initial motion vector prediction value of the first list (ie list0), and accordingly, the second initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the second list (ie list1) The initial motion vector prediction value.
  • the first initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the initial motion vector prediction value in the first direction (for example, forward), and correspondingly, the second initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the second direction (for example, Backward) initial motion vector prediction value; this application does not limit this.
  • the current image to which the current image block to be processed belongs in the embodiment of the present application has two reference images one after the other, which are the first reference image (such as the forward reference image) and the second reference image respectively.
  • Reference image (such as backward reference image). That is, the first initial motion vector prediction value may be the initial forward motion vector prediction value in the forward prediction direction, and the second initial motion vector prediction value may be the initial backward motion vector prediction value in the backward prediction direction.
  • the sum of the first modified motion vector prediction value and the first motion vector difference may be used as the first motion vector prediction value, and the second modified motion vector prediction value may be combined with The sum of the second motion vector difference is used as the second motion vector prediction value.
  • S804 Predict the current image block to be processed according to the first motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value.
  • the current image block to be processed may be a sub-block after the current block is divided, or the current block.
  • the image to be processed is divided into 16 ⁇ 16 image blocks for encoding and decoding.
  • inter-frame prediction can be performed for 16 ⁇ 16 image blocks.
  • the 16 ⁇ 16 image block can also be further divided, for example, into 16 4 ⁇ 4 sub-blocks, and the image prediction method provided in the embodiment of the present application is used for each sub-block to perform inter-frame prediction.
  • the forward and backward motion vector predictors of multiple sub-blocks belonging to the same image block and the forward and backward motion vector differences are the same, but the forward and backward motion vector prediction of each sub-block after refined processing is generally Will be different.
  • the execution of the solution provided in the embodiments of the application may have trigger conditions, for example, it is determined that the current image block to be processed uses the MMVD method for inter-frame prediction, and then the execution is started.
  • Step S801 is to determine the first initial value of the current image block to be processed.
  • the motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference When it is determined not to adopt the MMVD method, other methods can be used for inter-frame prediction.
  • the code stream Analyzes the first flag (such as mmvd_flag[x0][y0]); thereby determining the first initial motion vector prediction value, the second initial motion vector prediction value, the first motion vector difference, and the first motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed
  • the first flag such as mmvd_flag[x0][y0]
  • the second motion vector difference when the first indicator indicates that the fused motion vector difference MMVD method is used for inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed, the determination of the first initial motion vector predictor of the current image block to be processed is performed, The second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference.
  • the first flag may also be called mmvd_flag[x0][y0], and the above name is also used in the standard text or code.
  • mmvd_flag[x0][y0] when mmvd_flag[x0][y0] is the first value, it indicates that the inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed adopts the fused motion vector difference MMVD method, and when mmvd_flag[x0][y0] is the second value, Indicates that the inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed does not use the merged motion vector difference MMVD mode.
  • the first value can be 1 (or true), and the second value can be 0 (or false).
  • a candidate list is constructed according to the motion information of neighboring blocks of the current image block to be processed, and a certain candidate motion information is selected from the candidate list as the predicted motion information of the current image block to be processed.
  • the motion vector predictor of the neighboring block A0 is selected as the predicted motion information of the current image block.
  • the forward motion vector of A0 is used as the forward motion vector of the current block
  • the backward motion vector of A0 The motion vector is used as the backward predictive motion vector of the current block.
  • the constructed candidate motion vector list may include multiple candidate motion information, or may only include one candidate motion information.
  • the candidate index will be included in the code stream during decoding, so that before the candidate motion information of the current block to be processed is determined, the candidate index is parsed from the code stream, and the candidate index is obtained from the candidate list according to the candidate index. Determine the corresponding candidate motion information.
  • the candidate motion information corresponding to the candidate index includes a third motion vector predictor and a fourth motion vector predictor.
  • the third motion vector predictor is used as the first initial motion vector predictor
  • the fourth motion vector predictor is used as the second motion vector predictor.
  • the initial motion vector prediction value when the candidate list includes multiple candidate motion information, during encoding, when selecting candidate motion information for the current image block to be processed, the candidate motion information with the least rate-distortion cost in the candidate motion list can be used as the current block Motion vector prediction value.
  • the candidate index may not be included in the code stream during encoding, so as to determine the third motion vector predictor and the first motion vector prediction value included in the candidate motion information at the first position in the candidate list.
  • the four motion vector predictors are the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
  • the candidate list includes multiple candidate motion information.
  • the candidate index may not be compiled into the code stream, so that the candidate index that is not included in the code stream during decoding can directly determine the third motion vector predictor and the first motion vector prediction value included in the candidate motion information at the first position in the candidate list.
  • the four motion vector predictors are the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
  • Method 2 Construct a candidate list based on the motion information of the neighboring blocks of the current image block to be processed.
  • the candidate list is constructed by using the MVs of the neighboring blocks that have been previously encoded or decoded.
  • the neighboring blocks may be provided in accordance with this application.
  • the candidate motion information corresponding to the candidate index may only include the original candidate motion information (candidate motion information obtained by non-motion vector refinement processing), and the candidate motion information corresponding to the candidate index may include the original candidate motion information and refinement The processed candidate motion information.
  • L0 represents the first list (list0)
  • L1 represents the second list (list1)
  • mvL0_A, ref0 and mvL1_A indicated by candidate index 1 ref1 represents the candidate motion information after refinement processing
  • candidate index The mvL0_D, ref0 and mvL1_D, ref1 indicated by 0 represent the original candidate motion information.
  • the mvL0_B, ref0 and mvL1_B, ref1 indicated by the candidate index 1 represent the candidate motion information after refinement processing
  • the mvL0_C, ref0 and mvL1_C, and ref1 indicated by the candidate index 1 represent the original candidate motion information.
  • the code stream when decoding, will include the candidate index, so that before the candidate motion information of the current block to be processed is determined, the candidate index is parsed from the code stream, and the candidate index is obtained according to the candidate index. Determine the corresponding candidate in the candidate list.
  • the candidate includes two candidate motion information, such as the first candidate motion information (refined candidate motion information) and the second candidate motion information (non-refined candidate motion information) ).
  • the candidate index is 0, the first candidate motion information includes (mvL0_B, ref0 and mvL1_B, ref1), and the second candidate motion information includes mvL0_C, ref0 and mvL1_C, ref1.
  • the two motion vector predictors included in the refined candidate motion information can be selected as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
  • the non-refined motion vector predictor can be selected.
  • the two motion vector predictors included in the candidate motion information of the transformation process are used as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
  • it can be determined that the image block to which the candidate belongs and the current waiting Whether the processed image blocks belong to different images, when they belong to different images the two motion vector predictors included in the refined candidate motion information can be selected as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
  • two motion vector predictors included in the candidate motion information of the non-refined processing can be selected as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
  • the candidate motion information (first candidate motion information or second candidate motion information) corresponding to the candidate is the motion information from the T1 pixel position of the temporal neighboring block of the current image block to be processed, namely The T1 pixel position is outside the image where the current image block to be processed is located.
  • the candidate motion information corresponding to the candidate item is the motion information from the A0 pixel position of the spatial neighboring block of the current image block to be processed, that is, the A0 pixel position is located in the image where the current image block to be processed is located.
  • the candidate index may not be compiled into the code stream to determine the candidate at the first position in the candidate list.
  • the candidate includes two candidate motion information, each The candidates include two candidate motion information, such as the first candidate motion information (refined (or modified) processed candidate motion information), the second candidate motion information (non-refined processed candidate motion information), an example , You can select the two motion vector predictors included in the refined candidate motion information as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor. In another example, you can select the non-refined processed The candidate motion information includes two motion vector predictors as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
  • the image block to which the candidate belongs and the current image block to be processed can be determined Whether it belongs to different images, when it belongs to different images, two motion vector predictors included in the refined candidate motion information can be selected as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor. When they belong to the same image , The two motion vector predictors included in the candidate motion information of the non-refined processing can be selected as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
  • this article exemplifies a partial syntax structure for parsing the inter-frame prediction mode (including parsing the first identifier and the candidate index) used in the current image block to be processed, as shown in Table 4.
  • mmvd_flag[x0][y0] corresponds to the first flag
  • mmvd_merge_flag[x0][y0] in Table 4 can also be called mmvd_merge_idx[x0][y0]
  • mmvd_merge_idx[x0][y0] is used for
  • the basic candidate index indicating the selected MMVD candidate motion vector list, mmvd_merge_flag[x0][y0] or mmvd_merge_idx[x0][y0] corresponds to the candidate index mentioned in this embodiment of the application.
  • mmvd_distance_idx[x0][y0] is used to indicate the distance index of the offset initial position.
  • mmvd_direction_idx[x0][y0] is used to indicate the direction of the initial position MVD.
  • first motion vector difference and the second motion vector difference mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may be determined according to mmvd_distance_idx[x0][y0] and mmvd_direction_idx[x0][y0].
  • step S802 there may be a starting condition, for example, when the image block to which the candidate motion information selected based on the candidate list belongs and the current image block to be processed belong to different images, according to the first An initial motion vector prediction value, the second initial motion vector prediction value, and a motion vector correction process.
  • non-refinement processing can be directly performed, specifically, based on the first initial motion vector prediction value .
  • the first motion vector difference determines the first target motion vector predictor
  • the second target motion vector predictor is determined according to the second initial motion vector predictor and the second motion vector difference
  • the second target motion vector predictor is predicted according to the first target motion vector Value and the second target motion vector prediction value to predict the current image block to be processed.
  • step S802 There may be multiple ways to perform the correction process in step S802.
  • the following examples describe two possible motion vector correction methods.
  • other possible motion vector correction methods can also be used in the embodiment of the present application, which will not be repeated in this application.
  • A1 Determine the predicted motion information of the current image block to be processed.
  • the predicted motion information includes the initial forward motion vector predicted value and the initial backward motion vector predicted value.
  • the forward reference prediction block of the current block is obtained in the forward reference image by the motion compensation method.
  • the backward reference prediction block of the current image block to be processed is obtained from the backward reference image by the motion compensation method.
  • A4 Determine the distance between the forward reference prediction block obtained by A2 and the backward reference prediction block obtained by A3 according to the pixel value of the forward reference prediction block obtained by A2 and the pixel value of the backward reference prediction block obtained by A3 The difference.
  • the forward reference prediction block obtained by A2 is used as a starting point to perform a motion search of integer or sub-pixel steps.
  • the sub-pixels can be 1/2 pixels, 1/4 pixels, 1/8 pixels, 1/16 pixels, etc., all of which perform an entire pixel step motion search to obtain at least one forward prediction block of the currently decoded block.
  • the (0,0) point position is the search starting point.
  • the search is performed at 8 full-pixel step search points around the search starting point to obtain 8 forward reference prediction blocks.
  • the search method used is not limited, and any search method may be used.
  • A6 Similar to A5, in the backward reference image described in A3, the backward reference prediction block obtained by A3 is used as a starting point to perform a motion search with an entire pixel step to obtain 8 backward reference prediction blocks.
  • the calculated difference between the forward reference prediction block and the backward reference prediction block is calculated to obtain 8 difference values, and the 8 difference values corresponding to the search starting point are determined.
  • the forward and backward reference prediction blocks corresponding to the smallest difference are the best forward reference prediction block and the best backward reference prediction block.
  • the first initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the first reference prediction block
  • the second initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the second reference prediction block.
  • a first modified reference prediction block is determined according to the first reference prediction block
  • a second modified reference prediction block is determined according to the second reference prediction block.
  • the difference between the first modified reference prediction block and the second modified reference prediction block is less than or equal to the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block
  • the first modified reference prediction block A prediction block is an image block in a first preset area that has the same size as the first reference prediction block, the first preset area includes the first reference prediction block
  • the second modified reference prediction block is An image block in a second preset area that has the same size as the second reference prediction block, the second preset area includes the second reference prediction block; the first modified reference prediction block corresponds to the The first modified motion vector predictor, and the second modified reference prediction block corresponds to the second modified motion vector predictor.
  • first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block appear in pairs, for the convenience of description, the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block are referred to as a first reference prediction block pair.
  • the motion vector correction process is based on the reference prediction block pair consisting of two reference prediction blocks as the starting search point, and the surrounding search for multiple reference prediction block pairs with the smallest difference Reference prediction block pair.
  • the first modified reference prediction block is determined according to the first reference prediction block
  • the second modified reference prediction block is determined according to the second reference prediction block
  • the first reference prediction block pair includes the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block;
  • the second reference prediction block pair includes a third reference prediction block and a fourth reference prediction block, and the The third reference prediction block is obtained based on the motion search of the first reference prediction block in the first preset area, and the fourth reference prediction block is obtained based on the second reference prediction block in the second It can be obtained by motion search in the preset area.
  • the search when performing a motion search based on the first reference prediction block pair in B1, the search may be performed based on the first reference prediction block pair in whole-pixel or sub-pixel steps to obtain at least one second reference Predict block pairs.
  • the sub-pixels can be 1/2 pixels, 1/4 pixels, 1/8 pixels, or 1/16 pixels.
  • the third reference prediction block when the third reference prediction block is compared with the fourth reference prediction block, the sum of the absolute values of the differences of the pixels in the two image blocks may be used as the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block
  • the sum of the squares of the pixel differences in the two image blocks may be used as the difference value between the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block, and the comparison method of the difference is not specifically limited.
  • the third reference prediction block pair includes a fifth reference prediction block and a sixth reference prediction block
  • the fifth reference prediction block is based on the third reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference. Obtained by performing a motion search in the first preset area, and the sixth reference prediction block is based on a second reference prediction block with the smallest difference to a fourth reference prediction block included in a motion search in the second preset area get;
  • the B5. Determine that the difference between the fifth reference prediction block and the sixth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is smaller than the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference
  • the fifth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is determined to be the first modified reference prediction block
  • the third reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is determined to be the first
  • the six reference prediction block is the second modified reference prediction block.
  • the difference between the fifth reference prediction block and the sixth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is smaller than the third reference prediction included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference.
  • the fourth reference prediction block continue to perform the motion search with the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference as the search starting point. Until the number of executions reaches a preset threshold, or the searched position exceeds the search area.
  • B3 determines the reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference among the at least one second reference prediction block pair, if it is determined that the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference includes the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference If the difference between the prediction blocks is greater than the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, it is determined that the first reference prediction block is the first modified reference prediction block, and the second reference prediction block is determined The prediction block is the second modified reference prediction block.
  • the second reference prediction block pair includes the difference between the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block
  • the third reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is determined to be the first modified reference prediction block , Determining that the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is the second modified reference prediction block.
  • the predicted motion information of the current image block to be processed is obtained.
  • the forward and backward motion vector prediction values of the current image block to be processed are MV0 (-22, 18) and MV1 (2, 12)
  • the forward and backward motion The vector difference is MVD0(1,0) and MVD1(-1,0).
  • the forward and backward prediction is performed on the current image block to be processed to obtain the forward prediction block and the backward prediction block of the current image block to be processed.
  • the first precision is 1 pixel.
  • the previous backward reference prediction blocks q0 and h0 are used as the search starting point to perform the first-precision motion search to determine the difference between the new forward and backward reference prediction blocks obtained in each search, such as 8 forward and backward reference prediction blocks around the forward and backward reference prediction blocks
  • the difference between the pairs, and the difference between the forward reference prediction block q0 and the backward reference prediction block h0, assuming that the motion vector prediction values of the front and back reference prediction blocks with the smallest difference are (-21,18) and (1,12), respectively .
  • the updated search points are (-21, 18) and (1, 12) respectively corresponding to the forward reference prediction block q1 and the backward reference prediction block h1, and the motion search with the first precision is continued.
  • the previous and backward reference prediction blocks q1 and h1 are used as the search starting point to perform the first-precision motion search to determine the difference between the front and back reference prediction blocks obtained in each search, such as the forward and backward reference prediction blocks q1 and h1 around 8 forward and backward reference predictions
  • the difference between the block pairs, and the difference between the forward reference prediction block q1 and the backward reference prediction block h1, assuming that the motion vector prediction values of the front and rear reference prediction blocks with the smallest difference are (-20, 18) and (0, 12) ).
  • (-21,18) and (1,12) correspond to the forward reference prediction block q2 and the backward reference prediction block h2, respectively.
  • the number of motion searches with the first precision can be configured, such as once, twice, and so on. Or determine the range of motion search. Stop searching when out of range.
  • the motion vector prediction value (-20,18) of the forward reference prediction block q2 and MVD0(1,0) are summed to obtain (-19,18), and the motion of the backward reference prediction block h2
  • the vector predicted value (0,12) and MVD1 are summed to get (1,12). Therefore, the current image block to be processed is predicted based on the forward motion vector predictor (-19, 18) and the backward motion vector predictor (1, 12).
  • Figure 12 shows only one kind of motion search process.
  • the first precision can be any set precision, for example, it can be 1 pixel precision or 1/2 pixel precision or 1/4 pixel accuracy or 1/8 pixel accuracy, etc.
  • C1 Obtain the predicted motion information of the current image block to be processed (including the initial forward motion vector predicted value and the initial backward motion vector predicted value);
  • the forward reference prediction block of the current block is obtained in the forward reference image by the motion compensation method.
  • the backward reference prediction block of the current image block to be processed is obtained from the backward reference image by the motion compensation method.
  • the pixel value of the template matching block is obtained by a weighting method.
  • C5 In the forward reference image described in C2, perform a motion search with an entire pixel step. It should be pointed out that, regardless of whether the search starting point is an entire pixel (the starting point can be an entire pixel, or a sub-pixel, such as: 1/2, 1/4, 1/8, 1/16, etc.), the entire pixel is performed Step motion search to obtain at least one forward reference prediction block of the currently decoded block.
  • the (0,0) point position is the search starting point.
  • the search is performed at 8 full-pixel step search points around the search starting point to obtain the corresponding prediction block.
  • the search method used is not limited, and any search method may be used. Calculate the matching error between each forward reference prediction block and the template matching block described in C4, and select the forward motion vector predictor corresponding to the forward reference prediction block with the smallest matching error as the optimal forward Motion vector prediction value.
  • the matching error can be calculated using the SAD criterion.
  • C6 Similar to C5, in the backward reference image described in C3, a motion search with an entire pixel step is performed, regardless of whether the search starting point is an entire pixel point (the starting point can be an entire pixel or a sub-pixel, such as: 1 /2, 1/4, 1/8, 1/16, etc.), the whole pixel step motion search is performed to obtain at least one backward prediction block of the currently decoded block, and each backward prediction block is calculated with the C4 For the matching error between the template matching blocks, the backward motion vector predictor corresponding to the backward predictive block with the smallest matching error is selected as the optimal backward motion vector predictor.
  • the motion vector refinement process provided in the second possible example above may be performed multiple times to complete image prediction.
  • the optimal forward motion vector predictor and the optimal backward motion vector predictor through C1-C6 use the optimal forward motion vector predictor as the search The starting point, and the optimal backward motion vector predictor as the starting point of the search for motion search.
  • the searched forward motion vector prediction block is compared with the template matching block, and the forward motion vector prediction value corresponding to the forward reference prediction block with the smallest matching error is selected as the optimal forward motion vector prediction value for the second search.
  • the template matching blocks used in multiple searches can be the same, and of course they can also be updated.
  • the motion compensation method is used in the forward reference Obtain the forward reference prediction block of the current image block to be processed in the image; and obtain the backward reference of the current image block to be processed in the backward reference image through the motion compensation method according to the optimal backward motion vector prediction value of a search
  • the prediction block the pixel values of the forward and backward reference prediction blocks obtained by motion compensation are weighted to obtain the latest matching template block.
  • FIG. 13 for a schematic flowchart of a second possible implementation manner in the video image prediction provided by this application.
  • the method shown in FIG. 13 may be executed by a video codec device, a video codec, a video codec system, and other devices with video codec functions.
  • the method shown in FIG. 13 may occur during the encoding process or the decoding process. More specifically, the method shown in FIG. 13 may occur during the inter-frame prediction process during encoding and decoding.
  • S1301 Determine the first initial motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the first image block to be processed.
  • S1302. Determine a first motion vector prediction value according to the first initial motion vector prediction value and the first motion vector difference, and determine a second motion vector prediction value according to the second initial motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector difference .
  • the motion vector correction process is performed according to the first initial motion vector prediction value to obtain the first modified motion vector prediction value
  • the motion vector correction process is performed according to the second initial motion vector prediction value to obtain the second modified motion vector prediction value ).
  • the sum of the first initial motion vector prediction value and the first motion vector difference may be used as the first motion vector prediction value
  • the second initial motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector The sum of the differences is used as the second motion vector prediction value.
  • S1304 Predict the first image block to be processed according to the first modified motion vector prediction value and the second modified motion vector prediction value.
  • the first initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the initial motion vector prediction value of the first list (ie list0), and accordingly, the second initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the second list (ie list1) The initial motion vector prediction value.
  • the first initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the initial motion vector prediction value in the first direction (for example, forward), and correspondingly, the second initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the second direction (for example, Backward) initial motion vector prediction value; this application does not limit this.
  • the motion vector correction process may be a DMVR process, and in the embodiment of the present application, the two may be replaced with each other.
  • the first modified motion vector prediction value or the second modified motion vector prediction value may also be referred to as the first refined motion vector prediction value or the second refined motion vector prediction value.
  • the method before determining the first initial motion vector prediction value, the second initial motion vector prediction value, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed, the method further includes :
  • the first flag such as mmvd_flag[x0][y0]
  • a start condition when S1303 is executed in the embodiment of the present application For example, when the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs and the current image block to be processed belong to the selected candidate list belong to different images, The first motion vector predictor and the second motion vector predictor perform a motion vector correction process. When the image block to which the candidate motion information selected in the candidate list belongs belongs to the same image as the currently to-be-processed image block, the first motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value obtained in step S1302 Value, decode the current image block to be processed.
  • the predicted motion information of the current image block to be processed is obtained. It is assumed that the forward and backward motion vector prediction values of the current image block to be processed are MV0 (-22, 18) and MV1 (2, 12), respectively. The vector difference is MVD0(1,0) and MVD1(-1,0).
  • the forward reference prediction block corresponding to MV2 is q0
  • the forward reference prediction block corresponding to MV3 is h0.
  • the first precision is 1 pixel.
  • the previous backward reference prediction blocks q0 and h0 are used as the search starting point to perform the first-precision motion search to determine the difference between the new forward and backward reference prediction blocks obtained in each search, such as 8 forward and backward reference prediction block pairs around the forward and backward reference prediction blocks
  • the difference between the forward reference prediction block q0 and the backward reference prediction block h0 it is assumed that the motion vector prediction values of the front and rear reference prediction blocks with the smallest difference are (-21, 17) and (1, 11), respectively.
  • the updated search points are (-21, 17) and (1, 11) respectively corresponding to the forward reference prediction block q1 and the backward reference prediction block h1, and the motion search with the first precision is continued.
  • the previous and backward reference prediction blocks q1 and h1 are used as the search starting point to perform the first-precision motion search to determine the difference between the front and back reference prediction blocks obtained in each search, such as the forward and backward reference prediction blocks q1 and h1 around 8 forward and backward reference predictions
  • the difference between blocks, and the difference between the forward reference prediction block q1 and the backward reference prediction block h1, assuming that the motion vector prediction values of the front and back reference prediction blocks with the smallest difference are (-21,16) and (1,10), respectively .
  • (-21, 16) and (1, 10) correspond to the forward reference prediction block q2 and the backward reference prediction block h2, respectively.
  • the number of motion searches with the first precision can be configured, such as once, twice, and so on. Or determine the range of motion search. Stop searching when out of range.
  • the current image block to be processed is predicted based on the forward motion vector predictor (-21, 16) and the backward motion vector predictor (1, 10).
  • Figure 14 shows only one kind of motion search process.
  • the first precision can be any set precision, for example, it can be 1 pixel precision or 1/2 pixel precision or 1/4 pixel accuracy or 1/8 pixel accuracy, etc.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of an image prediction device according to an embodiment of the present application. It should be noted that the image prediction device 1500 is suitable for both inter-frame prediction of decoded video images and inter-frame prediction of encoded video images. It should be understood that the image prediction device 1500 herein may correspond to the frame in FIG. 2 The inter prediction unit 244 may alternatively correspond to the inter prediction unit 344 in FIG. 3. The image prediction device 1500 may include a prediction unit 1501 and a correction unit 1502.
  • the prediction unit 1501 is configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value, the second initial motion vector prediction value, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed;
  • the correction unit 1502 is configured to perform a motion vector correction process according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value to obtain the first corrected motion vector predicted value and the second corrected motion vector predicted value ;
  • the prediction unit 1501 is further configured to determine a first motion vector prediction value according to the difference between the first modified motion vector prediction value and the first motion vector, and determine the first motion vector prediction value according to the second modified motion vector prediction value and the first motion vector prediction value.
  • the second motion vector prediction value is determined by the difference of the two motion vectors; and the current image block to be processed is predicted according to the first motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value.
  • the prediction unit 1501 determines the first initial motion vector prediction value, the second initial motion vector prediction value, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed , Specifically used for:
  • the first initial motion vector predictor and the second prediction value of the current image block to be processed are determined.
  • the prediction unit 1501 is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
  • the candidate index (or according to the rate-distortion cost algorithm) determines the corresponding candidate motion information from the candidate list.
  • the candidate motion information includes a third motion vector predictor and a fourth motion vector predictor.
  • the third motion vector predictor is used as The first initial motion vector prediction value
  • the fourth motion vector prediction value is used as the second initial motion vector prediction value.
  • the prediction unit 1501 is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
  • the third motion vector predictor and the fourth motion vector predictor included in the candidate motion information of the first position in the candidate list are determined as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
  • correction unit 1502 is specifically configured to:
  • a motion vector correction process is performed according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value.
  • the prediction unit 1501 is further configured to: when the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, according to the first initial motion vector predicted value, the first motion The vector difference determines the first target motion vector prediction value, and the second target motion vector prediction value is determined according to the second initial motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector difference; according to the first target motion vector prediction value and the The second target motion vector predictor predicts the current image block to be processed.
  • the prediction unit 1501 is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
  • the corresponding candidate is determined from the candidate list.
  • the candidate includes the first candidate motion information and the second candidate motion information.
  • the first candidate motion information includes a fifth motion vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor, and the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
  • the fifth motion vector prediction value and the sixth motion vector prediction value are the first initial motion Vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value;
  • the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the first initial motion vector predictor Value and the second initial motion vector predicted value.
  • the candidate at the first position in the candidate list includes first candidate motion information and second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate motion information includes the fifth motion vector predictor and the sixth motion vector predictor ,
  • the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
  • the prediction unit 1501 is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
  • the fifth motion vector predictor and the sixth motion vector predictor are the first initial motion vector predictor and The second initial motion vector prediction value
  • the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the first initial motion vector predictor Value and the second initial motion vector predicted value.
  • the correction unit 1502 is specifically configured to perform a motion vector correction process according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value:
  • the difference between the first modified reference prediction block and the second modified reference prediction block is less than or equal to the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block
  • the first modified reference prediction block A prediction block is an image block in a first preset area that has the same size as the first reference prediction block, the first preset area includes the first reference prediction block
  • the second modified reference prediction block is An image block in a second preset area that has the same size as the second reference prediction block, the second preset area includes the second reference prediction block; the first modified reference prediction block corresponds to the The first modified motion vector predictor, and the second modified reference prediction block corresponds to the second modified motion vector predictor.
  • the modification unit 1502 is specifically configured to: determine a first modified reference prediction block according to the first reference prediction block and determine a second modified reference prediction block according to the second reference prediction block:
  • the first reference prediction block pair includes the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block;
  • the second reference prediction block pair includes a third reference prediction block and a fourth reference prediction block, and the The third reference prediction block is obtained based on the motion search of the first reference prediction block in the first preset area, and the fourth reference prediction block is obtained based on the second reference prediction block in the second It is obtained by motion search in the preset area;
  • the third reference prediction block pair includes a fifth reference prediction block and a sixth reference prediction block
  • the fifth reference prediction block is based on the third reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference. Obtained by performing a motion search in the first preset area, and the sixth reference prediction block is based on a second reference prediction block with the smallest difference to a fourth reference prediction block included in a motion search in the second preset area get;
  • the fifth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is the first modified reference prediction block
  • correction unit 1502 is further configured to:
  • the first reference prediction block is the first modified reference prediction block
  • it is determined that the second reference prediction block is a second modified reference prediction block.
  • correction unit 1502 is further configured to:
  • the difference between the fifth reference prediction block and the sixth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is greater than the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference
  • the third reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is the first modified reference prediction block
  • it is determined that the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is The second modification refers to the prediction block.
  • a prediction unit configured to determine a first initial motion vector prediction value, a second initial motion vector prediction value, a first motion vector difference, and a second motion vector difference of the first image block to be processed;
  • the correction unit is configured to determine a first motion vector predictor according to the first initial motion vector predictor and the first motion vector difference, and determine a second motion according to the second initial motion vector predictor and the second motion vector difference Vector predicted value;
  • the prediction unit is further configured to perform a motion vector correction process according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value to obtain the first corrected motion vector predicted value and the second corrected motion vector predicted value ; Predict the first image block to be processed according to the first modified motion vector prediction value and the second modified motion vector prediction value.
  • the prediction unit is specifically used for determining the first initial motion vector prediction value, the second initial motion vector prediction value, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed:
  • the first initial motion vector predictor and the second prediction value of the current image block to be processed are determined.
  • the prediction unit is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
  • the candidate motion information includes the third motion vector predictor and the fourth motion vector predictor.
  • the third motion vector predicted value is used as the first initial motion vector predicted value
  • the fourth motion vector predicted value is used as the second initial motion vector predicted value
  • the third motion vector predictor and the fourth motion vector predictor included in the candidate motion information of the first position in the candidate list are determined as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
  • the correction unit is specifically configured to perform a motion vector correction process according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value:
  • a motion vector correction process is performed according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value.
  • the prediction unit is further used for:
  • the current image block to be processed is determined according to the first motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value. Make predictions.
  • the prediction unit 1501 is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
  • the candidate including the first candidate motion information and the second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate A candidate motion information includes a fifth motion vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor, and the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
  • the fifth motion vector prediction value and the sixth motion vector prediction value are the first initial motion Vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value;
  • the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the first initial motion vector predictor Value and the second initial motion vector predicted value.
  • the prediction unit 1501 is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
  • the candidate at the first position in the candidate list includes first candidate motion information and second candidate motion information, where the first candidate motion information includes a fifth motion vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor.
  • the second candidate motion information includes the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor;
  • the fifth motion vector predictor and the sixth motion vector predictor are the first initial motion vector predictor and The second initial motion vector prediction value
  • the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the first initial motion vector predictor Value and the second initial motion vector predicted value.
  • the correction unit 1502 is specifically configured to perform a motion vector correction process according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value, including:
  • the difference between the first modified reference prediction block and the second modified reference prediction block is less than or equal to the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block
  • the first modified reference prediction block A prediction block is an image block in a first preset area that has the same size as the first reference prediction block, the first preset area includes the first reference prediction block
  • the second modified reference prediction block is An image block in a second preset area that has the same size as the second reference prediction block, the second preset area includes the second reference prediction block; the first modified reference prediction block corresponds to the The first modified motion vector predictor, and the second modified reference prediction block corresponds to the second modified motion vector predictor.
  • the apparatus 1500 including only the prediction unit 1501 and the correction unit 1502 may correspond to an inter-frame prediction unit, and may be applied to both the encoding end and the decoding end.
  • the positions of the prediction unit 1501 and the correction unit 1502 in FIG. 15 correspond to the positions of the inter prediction unit 344 in FIG. 3, in other words, the specific implementation of the functions of the prediction unit 1501 and the correction unit 1502 can be seen in FIG. Specific details of the inter prediction unit 344 in 3.
  • the positions of the prediction unit 1501 and the correction unit 1502 correspond to the positions of the inter prediction unit 244 in FIG. 2, in other words, the specific implementation of the functions of the prediction unit 1501 and the correction unit 1502 Refer to the specific details of the inter prediction unit 244 in FIG. 2.
  • the foregoing apparatus 1500 may execute the method shown in FIG. 8 or FIG. 13, and the apparatus 1500 may be a video encoding apparatus, a video decoding apparatus, a video encoding and decoding system, or other equipment with a video encoding and decoding function.
  • the apparatus 1500 can be used to perform image prediction during the encoding process, and can also be used to perform image prediction during the decoding process.
  • the computer-readable medium may include a computer-readable storage medium, which corresponds to a tangible medium, such as a data storage medium, or a communication medium that includes any medium that facilitates the transfer of a computer program from one place to another (for example, according to a communication protocol) .
  • computer-readable media may generally correspond to (1) non-transitory tangible computer-readable storage media, or (2) communication media, such as signals or carrier waves.
  • Data storage media can be any available media that can be accessed by one or more computers or one or more processors to retrieve instructions, codes, and/or data structures for implementing the techniques described in this application.
  • the computer program product may include a computer-readable medium.
  • such computer-readable storage media may include RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage devices, magnetic disk storage devices or other magnetic storage devices, flash memory, or structures that can be used to store instructions or data Any other media that can be accessed by the computer in the form of desired program code. And, any connection is properly termed a computer-readable medium.
  • any connection is properly termed a computer-readable medium.
  • coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave to transmit instructions from a website, server, or other remote source
  • coaxial cable Wire, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio and microwave are included in the definition of media.
  • the computer-readable storage media and data storage media do not include connections, carrier waves, signals, or other temporary media, but are actually directed to non-transient tangible storage media.
  • magnetic disks and optical discs include compact discs (CD), laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs (DVD), and Blu-ray discs. Disks usually reproduce data magnetically, while discs use lasers to reproduce data optically. data. Combinations of the above should also be included in the scope of computer-readable media.
  • DSP digital signal processors
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuits
  • FPGA field programmable logic arrays
  • processor may refer to any of the foregoing structure or any other structure suitable for implementing the techniques described herein.
  • DSP digital signal processors
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuits
  • FPGA field programmable logic arrays
  • the term "processor” as used herein may refer to any of the foregoing structure or any other structure suitable for implementing the techniques described herein.
  • the functions described by the various illustrative logical blocks, modules, and steps described herein may be provided in dedicated hardware and/or software modules configured for encoding and decoding, or combined Into the combined codec.
  • the technology may be fully implemented in one or more circuits or logic elements.
  • the technology of this application can be implemented in a variety of devices or devices, including wireless handsets, integrated circuits (ICs), or a set of ICs (for example, chipsets).
  • ICs integrated circuits
  • Various components, modules, or units are described in this application to emphasize the functional aspects of the device for implementing the disclosed technology, but they do not necessarily need to be implemented by different hardware units.
  • various units can be combined in the codec hardware unit with appropriate software and/or firmware, or through interoperable hardware units (including one or more processors as described above). provide.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Compression Or Coding Systems Of Tv Signals (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a video image prediction method and device, for use in solving, to a certain extent, the problem in the prior art of low prediction accuracy. In embodiments of the present application, inter-frame prediction is performed by using a merge with motion vector difference (MMVD) mode in combination with a decoder-side motion vector refinement (DMVR) method (i.e., an MMVD-based DMVR method); for a situation that a bidirectional prediction process exists in an MMVD, decoding is performed by combining MVD information after the bidirectional prediction process is optimized; in this way, a matching relationship between a first reference image and a second reference image (i.e., between forward and backward prediction images) can be fully utilized; and compared with the traditional method, the present invention reduces redundancy to a certain extent, thereby relatively improving the prediction accuracy.

Description

视频图像预测方法及装置Video image prediction method and device 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及图像编解码技术领域,尤其涉及视频图像预测方法及装置,以及相应的视频编码器和视频解码器。This application relates to the field of image coding and decoding technologies, and in particular to video image prediction methods and devices, and corresponding video encoders and video decoders.
背景技术Background technique
随着信息技术的发展,高清晰度电视,网络会议,IPTV,3D电视等视频业务迅速发展,视频信号以其直观性和高效性等优势成为人们日常生活中获取信息最主要的方式。由于视频信号包含的数据量大,需要占用大量的传输带宽和存储空间。为了有效的传输和存储视频信号,需要对视频信号进行压缩编码,视频压缩技术越来越成为视频应用领域不可或缺的关键技术。With the development of information technology, high-definition TV, web conferencing, IPTV, 3D TV and other video services are developing rapidly, and video signals have become the most important way for people to obtain information in daily life due to their intuitiveness and efficiency. Because the video signal contains a large amount of data, it needs to take up a lot of transmission bandwidth and storage space. In order to effectively transmit and store video signals, it is necessary to compress and encode video signals. Video compression technology has increasingly become an indispensable key technology in the field of video applications.
视频编码压缩的基本原理是,利用空域、时域和码字之间的相关性,尽可能去除冗余。目前流行的做法是采用根据图像块的混合视频编码框架,通过预测(包括帧内预测和帧间预测)、变换、量化、熵编码等步骤来实现视频编码压缩。The basic principle of video coding and compression is to use the correlation between spatial domain, time domain and codewords to remove redundancy as much as possible. The current popular approach is to use a hybrid video coding framework based on image blocks to implement video coding compression through steps such as prediction (including intra-frame prediction and inter-frame prediction), transformation, quantization, and entropy coding.
在各种视频编/解码方案中,帧间预测中的运动估计/运动补偿是一种影响编/解码性能的关键技术。现有帧间预测在采用融合运动矢量差(merge with motion vector difference,MMVD)方式时,在双向预测的情况下存在冗余,故导致解码准确度较低。Among various video encoding/decoding schemes, motion estimation/motion compensation in inter-frame prediction is a key technology that affects encoding/decoding performance. When the existing inter-frame prediction adopts the merge with motion vector difference (MMVD) method, there is redundancy in the case of bidirectional prediction, which results in low decoding accuracy.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供视频图像预测方法、装置及相应的编码器和解码器,能一定程度上降低冗余,提高图像预测准确性,从而提高编解码性能。The embodiments of the present application provide video image prediction methods, devices, and corresponding encoders and decoders, which can reduce redundancy to a certain extent, improve image prediction accuracy, and thereby improve coding and decoding performance.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种视频图像预测方法,包括:In the first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a video image prediction method, including:
确定(或者获取)当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差;根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、所述第二初始运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程(或者运动矢量精细化过程,比如解码端运动矢量精细化(decoder-side motion vector refinement,DMVR)),以得到第一修正运动矢量预测值和第二修正运动矢量预测值;根据所述第一修正运动矢量预测值与所述第一运动矢量差确定第一运动矢量预测值,以及根据所述第二修正运动矢量预测值与所述第二运动矢量差确定第二运动矢量预测值;根据所述第一运动矢量预测值和所述第二运动矢量预测值对所述当前待处理图像块进行预测。Determine (or obtain) the first initial motion vector prediction value, the second initial motion vector prediction value, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed; according to the first initial motion vector prediction value , The second initial motion vector predicted value, execute a motion vector correction process (or a motion vector refinement process, such as decoder-side motion vector refinement (DMVR)) to obtain the first corrected motion vector Predicted value and the second modified motion vector prediction value; determine the first motion vector prediction value according to the difference between the first modified motion vector prediction value and the first motion vector, and determine the first motion vector prediction value according to the second modified motion vector prediction value and the The second motion vector difference determines a second motion vector predictor; and predicts the current image block to be processed according to the first motion vector predictor and the second motion vector predictor.
此外,应当理解的是,这里的当前待处理图像块(简称为当前块)可以理解为当前正在处理的图像块。例如在编码过程中,指当前正在编码的图像块(encoding block);在解码过程中,指当前正在解码的图像块(decoding block)。In addition, it should be understood that the image block currently to be processed (referred to as the current block for short) herein can be understood as the image block currently being processed. For example, in the encoding process, it refers to the image block currently being encoded (encoding); in the decoding process, it refers to the image block currently being decoded (decoding block).
在一种示例下,第一初始运动矢量预测值即对应于第一列表(即list0)的初始运动矢量预测值,相应地,第二初始运动矢量预测值即对应于第二列表(即list1)的初始运动矢量预测值。In an example, the first initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the initial motion vector prediction value of the first list (ie list0), and accordingly, the second initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the second list (ie list1) The initial motion vector prediction value.
在另一种示例下,第一初始运动矢量预测值即对应于第一方向(例如前向)的初始运动矢量预测值,相应地,第二初始运动矢量预测值即对应于第二方向(例如后向)的初始 运动矢量预测值;本申请对此不做限定。In another example, the first initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the initial motion vector prediction value in the first direction (for example, forward), and correspondingly, the second initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the second direction (for example, Backward) initial motion vector prediction value; this application does not limit this.
此外,需要说明的是,本申请实施例的当前图像块的初始运动信息可包括运动矢量MV和参考图像指示信息。当然,初始运动信息也可以包含两者之一或者全部包含,例如在编解码端共同约定参考图像的情况下,初始运动信息可以仅包含运动矢量MV。其中参考图像指示信息用于指示当前块使用到了哪一个或哪些重建图像作为参考图像,运动矢量表示在所用参考图像中参考块位置相对于当前块位置的位置偏移,一般包含水平分量偏移和竖直分量偏移。例如使用(x,y)表示MV,x表示水平方向的位置偏移,y表示竖直方向的位置偏移。使用当前块的位置加上MV,便可以得到它的参考块在参考图像中的位置。其中参考图像指示信息可以包括参考图像列表和/或与参考图像列表对应的参考图像索引。参考图像索引用于识别指定参考图像列表(list0或list1)中的与所用运动矢量对应的参考图像。图像可被称作帧,且参考图像可被称作参考帧。In addition, it should be noted that the initial motion information of the current image block in the embodiment of the present application may include a motion vector MV and reference image indication information. Of course, the initial motion information may also include either or both of them. For example, in the case where the codec side agrees on a reference image, the initial motion information may only include the motion vector MV. The reference image indication information is used to indicate which one or which reconstructed images are used in the current block as the reference image, and the motion vector indicates the position offset of the reference block position relative to the current block position in the reference image used, generally including horizontal component offset and Vertical component offset. For example, use (x, y) to represent MV, x to represent the position offset in the horizontal direction, and y to represent the position offset in the vertical direction. Using the position of the current block plus the MV, the position of its reference block in the reference image can be obtained. The reference image indication information may include a reference image list and/or a reference image index corresponding to the reference image list. The reference image index is used to identify the reference image corresponding to the used motion vector in the specified reference image list (list0 or list1). The image may be referred to as a frame, and the reference image may be referred to as a reference frame.
本申请实施例的当前图像块的初始运动信息是初始双向预测运动信息,即包括用于前向和后向预测方向的运动信息。此处,前向和后向预测方向是双向预测模式的两个预测方向,可以理解的是,“前向”和“后向”分别对应于当前图像的参考图像列表0(list0,即上文的第一列表)和参考图像列表1(list1,即上文的第二列表)。The initial motion information of the current image block in the embodiment of the present application is initial bidirectional prediction motion information, that is, it includes motion information used for forward and backward prediction directions. Here, the forward and backward prediction directions are the two prediction directions of the bidirectional prediction mode. It can be understood that "forward" and "backward" respectively correspond to the reference image list 0 (list0, above The first list) and reference image list 1 (list1, the second list above).
应当理解的是,本申请实施例的方法的执行主体可以是图像预测装置,例如可以是视频编码器或视频解码器或具有视频编解码功能的电子设备,具体例如可以是视频编码器中的帧间预测单元,或者视频解码器中的运动补偿单元。It should be understood that the execution subject of the method in the embodiments of the present application may be an image prediction device, for example, a video encoder or a video decoder, or an electronic device with video encoding and decoding functions, for example, it may be a frame in a video encoder. Inter prediction unit, or motion compensation unit in video decoder.
在一种示例实现下,所述根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、所述第二初始运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程,以得到第一修正运动矢量预测值和第二修正运动矢量预测值,可以包括:根据第一初始运动矢量预测值执行运动矢量修正过程以得到第一修正运动矢量预测值,根据第二初始运动矢量预测值执行运动矢量修正过程以得到第二修正运动矢量预测值。In an example implementation, the motion vector correction process is performed according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value to obtain the first corrected motion vector predicted value and the second corrected motion The vector prediction value may include: performing a motion vector correction process according to the first initial motion vector prediction value to obtain a first modified motion vector prediction value, and performing a motion vector correction process according to the second initial motion vector prediction value to obtain a second modified motion vector Predictive value.
上述设计可以应用于编码侧的帧间预测,也可以应用于解码侧的帧间预测中。The above design can be applied to inter-frame prediction on the encoding side, and can also be applied to inter-frame prediction on the decoding side.
在一种实现方式下,运动矢量修正过程可以是DMVR过程,本申请实施例中,两者可以互相替换。相应的,第一修正运动矢量预测值或第二修正运动矢量预测值,也可以称为第一精细化运动矢量预测值或第二精细化运动矢量预测值。In an implementation manner, the motion vector correction process may be a DMVR process, and in the embodiment of the present application, the two may be replaced with each other. Correspondingly, the first modified motion vector prediction value or the second modified motion vector prediction value may also be referred to as the first refined motion vector prediction value or the second refined motion vector prediction value.
本申请实施例的图像预测方法,不仅适用于合并预测模式(merge)和/或高级运动矢量预测模式(advanced motion vector prediction,AMVP),而且也能适用于使用空域参考块,时域参考块和/或视间参考块的运动信息对当前图像块的运动信息进行预测的其它模式,从而提高编解码性能。The image prediction method in the embodiments of this application is not only suitable for merge prediction mode (merge) and/or advanced motion vector prediction mode (advanced motion vector prediction, AMVP), but also suitable for using spatial reference blocks, time domain reference blocks and / Or other modes in which the motion information of the inter-view reference block predicts the motion information of the current image block, thereby improving the coding and decoding performance.
通过本申请实施例提供的方案,在对当前块采用采用双向预测过程的情况,对双向初始运动矢量预测值采用运动矢量精细化的方法进行优化,然后再结合MVD信息进行解码,这样的话,可以充分利用第一参考图像与第二参考图像之间(即前后向预测图像间)的匹配关系,较传统的方法来说,一定程度上降低了冗余,从而预测准确度相对得以提高。Through the solution provided by the embodiments of the present application, when the bidirectional prediction process is adopted for the current block, the bidirectional initial motion vector prediction value is optimized by the motion vector refinement method, and then combined with the MVD information for decoding. In this case, Making full use of the matching relationship between the first reference image and the second reference image (that is, between the forward and backward prediction images), compared with the traditional method, reduces the redundancy to a certain extent, so that the prediction accuracy is relatively improved.
在一种可能的设计中,确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差,包括:In a possible design, determining the first initial motion vector prediction value, the second initial motion vector prediction value, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed includes:
当从码流中解析出的第一标识(比如mmvd_flag[x0][y0])指示对当前待处理图像块进行帧间预测采用融合运动矢量差MMVD方式时,确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差。When the first flag parsed from the code stream (such as mmvd_flag[x0][y0]) indicates that the current image block to be processed is inter-frame prediction using the fused motion vector difference MMVD method, it is determined that the current image block to be processed The first initial motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference.
例如,第一标识也可以称为mmvd_flag[x0][y0],在标准文本或代码中也采用上述名称。作为一种示例,mmvd_flag[x0][y0]为第一数值时,指示对当前待处理图像块进行帧间预测采用融合运动矢量差MMVD方式,mmvd_flag[x0][y0]为第二数值时,指示对当前待处理图像块进行帧间预测不采用融合运动矢量差MMVD方式。例如:第一数值可以为1(或ture),第二数值可以为0(或false)。For example, the first flag may also be called mmvd_flag[x0][y0], and the above name is also used in the standard text or code. As an example, when mmvd_flag[x0][y0] is the first value, it indicates that the inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed adopts the fused motion vector difference MMVD method, and when mmvd_flag[x0][y0] is the second value, Indicates that the inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed does not use the merged motion vector difference MMVD mode. For example: the first value can be 1 (or true), and the second value can be 0 (or false).
上述设计,可以应用于解码侧。The above design can be applied to the decoding side.
上述设计中,采用MMVD方式结合运动矢量精细化的方法(即基于MMVD的DMVR方法)进行帧间预测,针对MMVD存在双向预测过程的情况,对双向预测过程进行优化实现后再结合MVD信息进行解码,这样的话,可以充分利用第一参考图像与第二参考图像之间(即前后向预测图像间)的匹配关系,较传统的方法来说,一定程度上降低了冗余,从而预测准确度相对得以提高。In the above design, the MMVD method combined with the motion vector refinement method (ie, the DMVR method based on MMVD) is used to perform inter-frame prediction. For the situation where MMVD has a two-way prediction process, the two-way prediction process is optimized and then combined with MVD information for decoding In this case, the matching relationship between the first reference image and the second reference image (that is, between the forward and backward prediction images) can be fully utilized. Compared with the traditional method, the redundancy is reduced to a certain extent, and the prediction accuracy is relatively Can be improved.
一种可能的设计中,应用于编码侧,在确定当前待处理图像块进行帧间预测采用融合运动矢量差MMVD方式时,则确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差。In a possible design, applied to the encoding side, when it is determined that the current image block to be processed is inter-frame prediction using the fused motion vector difference MMVD method, the first initial motion vector predictor of the current image block to be processed, The second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference.
在编码侧,可供选择的帧间预测模式可以包括多种,比如,可以在多个帧间预测模式中选择率失真代价最小的帧间预测模式,当选择的帧间预测模式为MMVD时,则执行本申请提供的方案。当然,编码侧,可供选择的多个帧间预测模式中包括MMVD时,在基于MMVD确定当前处理块的预测块时可以采用本申请提供的方案,然后可以基于率失真代价算法与其它帧间预测预测模式确定的预测块进行比较,选择率失真代价最小的帧间预测模式。On the encoding side, the available inter-frame prediction modes can include multiple, for example, the inter-frame prediction mode with the least rate-distortion cost can be selected among multiple inter-frame prediction modes. When the selected inter-frame prediction mode is MMVD, Then implement the plan provided in this application. Of course, on the encoding side, when the multiple inter-frame prediction modes available for selection include MMVD, the solution provided in this application can be used when determining the prediction block of the current processing block based on MMVD, and then the rate-distortion cost algorithm can be compared with other inter-frame The prediction blocks determined by the prediction prediction mode are compared, and the inter prediction mode with the least rate-distortion cost is selected.
在一种可能的设计中,所述确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值,包括:In a possible design, the determining the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed includes:
根据从所述码流中解析出候选索引(比如,base candidate index)从候选列表中确定对应的候选运动信息(比如,base candidate),所述候选运动信息包括第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值,所述第三运动矢量预测值作为第一初始运动矢量预测值,所述第四运动矢量预测值作为第二初始运动矢量预测值;或者,确定候选列表中的首个位置的候选运动信息包括的第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值。According to the candidate index (for example, base candidate index) parsed from the code stream, the corresponding candidate motion information (for example, base candidate) is determined from the candidate list, and the candidate motion information includes the third motion vector predictor and the fourth motion vector predictor. Motion vector predictor, the third motion vector predictor is used as the first initial motion vector predictor, and the fourth motion vector predictor is used as the second initial motion vector predictor; or, the first position in the candidate list is determined The third motion vector predictor and the fourth motion vector predictor included in the candidate motion information are the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
上述设计应用于解码侧。The above design is applied to the decoding side.
在一种可能的设计中,在应用于编码侧时,所述确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值,包括:In a possible design, when applied to the encoding side, the determining the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed includes:
根据所述率失真代价算法从候选列表中选择候选运动信息(比如,base candidate),所述候选运动信息包括第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值,所述第三运动矢量预测值作为第一初始运动矢量预测值,所述第四运动矢量预测值作为第二初始运动矢量预测值;或者,确定候选列表中的首个位置的候选运动信息包括的第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值。According to the rate-distortion cost algorithm, select candidate motion information (for example, base candidate) from a candidate list, where the candidate motion information includes a third motion vector predictor and a fourth motion vector predictor, and the third motion vector predictor As the first initial motion vector predictor, the fourth motion vector predictor is used as the second initial motion vector predictor; or, determine the third motion vector predictor and the second motion vector predictor included in the candidate motion information at the first position in the candidate list The four motion vector predictors are the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
在一种可能的设计中,所述根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、所述第二初始运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程,包括:In a possible design, the executing a motion vector correction process according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value includes:
当所述候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时(例如候选索引对应的候选运动信息(或者选择的候选运动信息)是来自于当前图像块的时域邻近 块的T1像素位置的运动信息,对应的位置不位于所述当前待处理图像块所在的图像),根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、所述第二初始运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程。When the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs and the current image block to be processed belong to different images (for example, the candidate motion information corresponding to the candidate index (or the selected candidate motion information) is from the temporal neighboring block of the current image block The motion information of the T1 pixel position of the corresponding position is not located in the image where the current image block to be processed is located), and the motion vector correction is performed according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value process.
上述设计,在确定候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,执行运动矢量修正过程,由于不同的图像,执行修正找到更优的运动矢量预测值的成功率较高,通过上述设计可以降低冗余度。In the above design, when it is determined that the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs and the currently to-be-processed image block belong to different images, the motion vector correction process is performed. Because of different images, the success rate of performing correction to find a better motion vector predictor is higher. High, the redundancy can be reduced through the above design.
上述设计可以应用编码侧,也可以应用解码侧。The above design can be applied to the encoding side or the decoding side.
在一种可能的设计中,还包括:In one possible design, it also includes:
当所述候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像(例如候选者索引对应的候选运动信息(或者选择的候选运动信息)是来自于当前图像块的空域邻近块的A0像素位置的运动信息,对应的位置位于所述当前待处理图像块所在的图像)时,根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差确定第一目标运动矢量预测值,以及根据所述第二初始运动矢量预测值、第二运动矢量差确定第二目标运动矢量预测值;根据所述第一目标运动矢量预测值和所述第二目标运动矢量预测值,对所述当前待处理图像块进行解码。When the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs and the current image block to be processed belong to the same image (for example, the candidate motion information corresponding to the candidate index (or the selected candidate motion information) is from the spatial neighboring block of the current image block When the motion information of the A0 pixel position is located in the image where the current image block to be processed is located), determine the first target motion vector predicted value according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the first motion vector difference, and Determine the second target motion vector predictor according to the second initial motion vector predictor and the second motion vector difference; according to the first target motion vector predictor and the second target motion vector predictor, the current The image block to be processed is decoded.
上述设计可以应用于编码侧,也可以应用解码侧。The above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
可见,上述设计中,在确定候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,不执行运动矢量修正过程,由于相同的图像,执行修正找到更优的运动矢量预测值的成功率较低,在一定程度上可以提高资源利用率。It can be seen that in the above design, when it is determined that the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the currently to-be-processed image block, the motion vector correction process is not performed. Because of the same image, the correction is performed to find a better motion vector predictor. The success rate is low, which can improve resource utilization to a certain extent.
在一种可能的设计中,所述确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值,包括:In a possible design, the determining the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed includes:
根据从所述码流中解析出的候选索引(比如,base candidate index)从候选列表中确定对应的候选项(比如,base candidate),所述候选项包括第一候选运动信息和第二候选运动信息,其中,所述第一候选运动信息包括第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值,所述第二候选运动信息包括第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值;Determine the corresponding candidate (such as base candidate) from the candidate list according to the candidate index (such as base candidate index) parsed from the code stream, the candidate including the first candidate motion information and the second candidate motion Information, wherein the first candidate motion information includes a fifth motion vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor, and the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,确定所述第五运动矢量预测值和所述第六运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值(即第五运动矢量预测值为第一初始运动矢量预测值,第六运动矢量预测值为第二初始运动矢量预测值);或者,When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs and the current image block to be processed belong to different images, it is determined that the fifth motion vector predictor value and the sixth motion vector predictor value are The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value (that is, the fifth motion vector prediction value is the first initial motion vector prediction value, and the sixth motion vector prediction value is the second initial motion vector prediction value );or,
当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,确定所述第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值(第七运动矢量预测值为第一初始运动矢量预测值,第八运动矢量预测值为第二初始运动矢量预测值)。When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, it is determined that the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value (the seventh motion vector prediction value is the first initial motion vector prediction value, and the eighth motion vector prediction value is the second initial motion vector prediction value).
应理解的是,候选列表的构建是用到当前待处理图像块之前已经在先编码或解码的图像块的运动信息(例如运动矢量MV),有些在先编码或解码的图像块按照本申请提供运动矢量修正方式处理,有些在先编码或解码的图像块按照传统方式处理,基于此,有的情况下,候选索引只对应第二候选运动信息(即原始候选运动信息,即非修正方式下的候选运动信息),有的情况下,候选索引对应第一候选运动信息(在先编码或解码过程中,修正方式下的候选运动矢量信息)和第二候选运动信息。第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值为经过修正的运动矢量预测值,第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为原始的运动矢量预测值。It should be understood that the construction of the candidate list uses the motion information (for example, motion vector MV) of the image blocks that have been previously encoded or decoded before the current image block to be processed. Some previously encoded or decoded image blocks are provided in accordance with this application. The motion vector correction method is processed. Some previously encoded or decoded image blocks are processed in the traditional way. Based on this, in some cases, the candidate index only corresponds to the second candidate motion information (that is, the original candidate motion information, that is, the non-correction method). Candidate motion information). In some cases, the candidate index corresponds to the first candidate motion information (in the previous encoding or decoding process, the candidate motion vector information in the correction mode) and the second candidate motion information. The fifth motion vector predicted value and the sixth motion vector predicted value are modified motion vector predicted values, and the seventh motion vector predicted value and the eighth motion vector predicted value are original motion vector predicted values.
应理解的是,第一候选运动信息和第二候选运动信息所属的图像块是同一个图像块(比如A0像素位置),而第一候选运动信息是修正(DMVR)过后的,第二候选运动信息是未修正(DMVR)过的。It should be understood that the image block to which the first candidate motion information and the second candidate motion information belong is the same image block (such as the A0 pixel position), and the first candidate motion information is corrected (DMVR), and the second candidate motion information The information is uncorrected (DMVR).
上述设计应用于解码侧。The above design is applied to the decoding side.
在一种可能的设计中,应用于编码侧,所述确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值,包括:In a possible design, applied to the encoding side, the determining the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor of the current image block to be processed includes:
根据率失真代价算法从候选列表中确定对应的候选项(比如,base candidate),所述候选项包括第一候选运动信息和第二候选运动信息,其中,所述第一候选运动信息包括第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值,所述第二候选运动信息包括第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值;According to the rate-distortion cost algorithm, the corresponding candidate (for example, base candidate) is determined from the candidate list. The candidate includes first candidate motion information and second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate motion information includes the fifth candidate. A motion vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor, the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,确定所述第五运动矢量预测值和所述第六运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值(即第五运动矢量预测值为第一初始运动矢量预测值,第六运动矢量预测值为第六运动矢量预测值);或者,When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs and the current image block to be processed belong to different images, it is determined that the fifth motion vector predictor value and the sixth motion vector predictor value are The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value (that is, the fifth motion vector prediction value is the first initial motion vector prediction value, and the sixth motion vector prediction value is the sixth motion vector prediction value) ;or,
当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,确定所述第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值(第七运动矢量预测值为第一初始运动矢量预测值,第八运动矢量预测值为第二运动矢量预测值)。When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, it is determined that the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value (the seventh motion vector prediction value is the first initial motion vector prediction value, and the eighth motion vector prediction value is the second motion vector prediction value).
在一种可能的设计中,候选列表中的首个位置的候选项包括第一候选运动信息(修正后的候选运动信息)和第二候选运动信息(原始候选运动信息),其中,所述第一候选运动信息包括第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值,所述第二候选运动信息包括第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值;In a possible design, the candidate at the first position in the candidate list includes first candidate motion information (modified candidate motion information) and second candidate motion information (original candidate motion information). A candidate motion information includes a fifth motion vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor, and the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
所述确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值,包括:The determining the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed includes:
当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,确定第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值;When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs and the currently to-be-processed image block belong to different images, it is determined that the fifth motion vector predictor and the sixth motion vector predictor are the first An initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value;
当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,确定所述第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值。When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, it is determined that the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
上述设计可以应用于编码侧,也可以应用于解码侧。The above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
在一种可能的设计中,所述根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、所述第二初始运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程,包括:In a possible design, the executing a motion vector correction process according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value includes:
获取所述第一初始运动矢量预测值对应的第一参考预测块,以及所述第二初始运动矢量预测值对应的第二参考预测块;Acquiring a first reference prediction block corresponding to the first initial motion vector prediction value, and a second reference prediction block corresponding to the second initial motion vector prediction value;
根据所述第一参考预测块确定第一修正参考预测块,根据所述第二参考预测块确定第二修正参考预测块;Determine a first modified reference prediction block according to the first reference prediction block, and determine a second modified reference prediction block according to the second reference prediction block;
其中,所述第一修正参考预测块与所述第二修正参考预测块间的差异小于或者等于所述第一参考预测块与所述第二参考预测块间的差异,所述第一修正参考预测块为第一预设区域中的且与所述第一参考预测块大小相同的图像块,所述第一预设区域包括所述第一参 考预测块,所述第二修正参考预测块为第二预设区域中的且与所述第二参考预测块大小相同的图像块,所述第二预设区域包括所述第二参考预测块;所述第一修正参考预测块对应于所述第一修正运动矢量预测值,第二修正参考预测块对应于所述第二修正运动矢量预测值。Wherein, the difference between the first modified reference prediction block and the second modified reference prediction block is less than or equal to the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, and the first modified reference prediction block A prediction block is an image block in a first preset area that has the same size as the first reference prediction block, the first preset area includes the first reference prediction block, and the second modified reference prediction block is An image block in a second preset area that has the same size as the second reference prediction block, the second preset area includes the second reference prediction block; the first modified reference prediction block corresponds to the The first modified motion vector predictor, and the second modified reference prediction block corresponds to the second modified motion vector predictor.
上述设计可以应用于编码侧,也可以应用于解码侧。The above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
在一种可能的设计中,根据所述第一参考预测块确定第一修正参考预测块,根据所述第二参考预测块确定第二修正参考预测块,包括:In a possible design, determining a first modified reference prediction block according to the first reference prediction block and determining a second modified reference prediction block according to the second reference prediction block includes:
根据第一参考预测块对进行运动搜索,得到至少一个第二参考预测块对;Performing a motion search according to the first reference prediction block pair to obtain at least one second reference prediction block pair;
其中,所述第一参考预测块对包括所述第一参考预测块和所述第二参考预测块;所述第二参考预测块对包括第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块,所述第三参考预测块是基于所述第一参考预测块在所述第一预设区域内进行运动搜索得到的,所述第四参考预测块是基于所述第二参考预测块在所述第二预设区域内进行运动搜索得到;Wherein, the first reference prediction block pair includes the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block; the second reference prediction block pair includes a third reference prediction block and a fourth reference prediction block, and the The third reference prediction block is obtained based on the motion search of the first reference prediction block in the first preset area, and the fourth reference prediction block is obtained based on the second reference prediction block in the second It is obtained by motion search in the preset area;
确定所述至少一个第二参考预测块对中每个第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异;Determining the difference between the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in each second reference prediction block pair in the at least one second reference prediction block pair;
确定所述至少一个第二参考预测块对中差异最小的参考预测块对;Determining a reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference among the at least one second reference prediction block pair;
在确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异小于所述第一参考预测块和所述第二参考预测块间的差异时,根据差异最小的第二参考预测块对进行运动搜索,得到至少一个第三参考预测块对;When it is determined that the difference between the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is smaller than the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, according to the difference Performing a motion search on the smallest second reference prediction block pair to obtain at least one third reference prediction block pair;
其中,所述第三参考预测块对包括第五参考预测块和第六参考预测块,所述第五参考预测块是基于差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块在所述第一预设区域内进行运动搜索得到的,所述第六参考预测块是基于差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第四参考预测块在所述第二预设区域内进行运动搜索得到;Wherein, the third reference prediction block pair includes a fifth reference prediction block and a sixth reference prediction block, and the fifth reference prediction block is based on the third reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference. Obtained by performing a motion search in the first preset area, and the sixth reference prediction block is based on a second reference prediction block with the smallest difference to a fourth reference prediction block included in a motion search in the second preset area get;
确定所述差异最小的第三参考预测块对包括的第五参考预测块为所述第一修正参考预测块,确定所述差异最小的第三参考预测块对包括的第六参考预测块为所述第二修正参考预测块。It is determined that the fifth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is the first modified reference prediction block, and it is determined that the sixth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is all The second modified reference prediction block.
上述设计可以应用于编码侧,也可以应用于解码侧。The above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
在一种可能的设计中,还包括:In one possible design, it also includes:
在确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异大于所述第一参考预测块和所述第二参考预测块间的差异时,确定所述第一参考预测块为所述第一修正参考预测块,确定所述第二参考预测块为第二修正参考预测块。When it is determined that the difference between the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is greater than the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, it is determined The first reference prediction block is the first modified reference prediction block, and it is determined that the second reference prediction block is a second modified reference prediction block.
上述设计可以应用于编码侧,也可以应用于解码侧。The above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
在一种可能的设计中,还包括:In one possible design, it also includes:
在确定差异最小的第三参考预测块对包括的第五参考预测块和第六参考预测块间的差异大于差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异时,确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块为所述第一修正参考预测块,确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第四参考预测块为第二修正参考预测块。When it is determined that the difference between the fifth reference prediction block and the sixth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is greater than the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference When it is determined that the third reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is the first modified reference prediction block, it is determined that the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is The second modification refers to the prediction block.
上述设计可以应用于编码侧,也可以应用于解码侧。The above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
在一种可能的设计中,所述根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、所述第二初始运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程,包括:In a possible design, the executing a motion vector correction process according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value includes:
将所述第一初始运动矢量预测值对应的第一参考预测块和所述第二初始运动矢量预 测值对应的第二参考预测块对作为基础参考预测块对进行运动搜索;Using the first reference prediction block pair corresponding to the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second reference prediction block pair corresponding to the second initial motion vector prediction value as a basic reference prediction block pair to perform a motion search;
若确定运动搜索得到的至少一个参考预测块对中差异最小的参考预测块对的差异小于所述基础参考预测块对的差异时,则将差异最小的参考预测块对更新为基础参考预测块对,继续基于更新后的基础参考预测块对进行运动搜索;If it is determined that the difference of the reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference among the at least one reference prediction block pair obtained by the motion search is less than the difference of the basic reference prediction block pair, the reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is updated to the basic reference prediction block pair , Continue to perform motion search based on the updated basic reference prediction block pair;
其中,参考预测块对的差异为参考预测块对包括的第一参考预测块与第二参考预测块间的差异,搜索后的参考预测块对包括的第一参考预测块由基于基础参考预测块对包括的第一参考预测块在周边预设区域进行运动搜索得到,所述基础参考预测块对包括的第一参考预测块的周边预设区域位于所述第一预设区域内;搜索后的参考预测块对包括的第二参考预测块由基于基础参考预测块对包括的第二参考预测块在周边预设区域进行运动搜索得到,所述基础参考预测块对包括的第二参考预测块的周边预设区域位于所述第二预设区域内;Wherein, the difference between the reference prediction block pair is the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block included in the reference prediction block pair, and the first reference prediction block included in the reference prediction block pair after search is determined based on the basic reference prediction block. A motion search is performed on the included first reference prediction block in the surrounding preset area, and the surrounding preset area of the first reference prediction block included in the basic reference prediction block is located in the first preset area; The second reference prediction block included in the reference prediction block pair is obtained by performing a motion search on the included second reference prediction block in the surrounding preset area based on the basic reference prediction block. The comparison between the basic reference prediction block and the included second reference prediction block The peripheral preset area is located in the second preset area;
若确定基础参考预测块对的差异小于运动搜索得到的任一参考预测块对的差异,则停止运动搜索,将基础参考预测块对包括的第一参考预测块作为目标参考预测块,将基础参考预测块对包括的第二参考预测块作为目标参考预测块;If it is determined that the difference of the basic reference prediction block pair is smaller than the difference of any reference prediction block pair obtained by the motion search, the motion search is stopped, the first reference prediction block included in the basic reference prediction block pair is used as the target reference prediction block, and the basic reference prediction block The second reference prediction block included in the prediction block pair is used as the target reference prediction block;
若确定基础参考预测块对包括的第一参考预测块的搜索区域超过所述第一预设区域或者基础参考预测块对包括的第二参考预测块的搜索区域超过所述第二预设区域,停止运动搜索。If it is determined that the search area of the first reference prediction block included in the basic reference prediction block pair exceeds the first preset area or the search area of the second reference prediction block included in the basic reference prediction block pair exceeds the second preset area, Stop motion search.
上述设计可以应用于编码侧,也可以应用于解码侧。The above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种视频图像预测方法,包括:In the second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a video image prediction method, including:
确定(或者获取)第一待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差;根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差确定第一运动矢量预测值,以及根据所述第二初始运动矢量预测值、第二运动矢量差确定第二运动矢量预测值(换句话说,根据第一初始运动矢量预测值执行运动矢量修正过程以得到第一修正运动矢量预测值,根据第二初始运动矢量预测值执行运动矢量修正过程以得到第二修正运动矢量预测值);根据所述第一运动矢量预测值、所述第二运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程,以得到第一修正运动矢量预测值和第二修正运动矢量预测值;根据所述第一修正运动矢量预测值和所述第二修正运动矢量预测值对所述第一待处理图像块进行预测。Determine (or obtain) the first initial motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the first image block to be processed; predict according to the first initial motion vector Value, the first motion vector difference to determine the first motion vector prediction value, and the second motion vector prediction value is determined according to the second initial motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector difference (in other words, according to the first initial motion vector The predicted value performs a motion vector correction process to obtain a first corrected motion vector predicted value, and performs a motion vector correction process according to the second initial motion vector predicted value to obtain a second corrected motion vector predicted value); according to the first motion vector predicted value 1. The second motion vector predictor performs a motion vector correction process to obtain a first modified motion vector predictor and a second modified motion vector predictor; according to the first modified motion vector predictor and the second modified The motion vector predictor predicts the first image block to be processed.
在一种示例下,第一初始运动矢量预测值即对应于第一列表(即list0)的初始运动矢量预测值,相应地,第二初始运动矢量预测值即对应于第二列表(即list1)的初始运动矢量预测值。In an example, the first initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the initial motion vector prediction value of the first list (ie list0), and accordingly, the second initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the second list (ie list1) The initial motion vector prediction value.
在另一种示例下,第一初始运动矢量预测值即对应于第一方向(例如前向)的初始运动矢量预测值,相应地,第二初始运动矢量预测值即对应于第二方向(例如后向)的初始运动矢量预测值;本申请对此不做限定。In another example, the first initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the initial motion vector prediction value in the first direction (for example, forward), and correspondingly, the second initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the second direction (for example, Backward) initial motion vector prediction value; this application does not limit this.
上述设计可以应用于编码侧,也可以应用于解码侧。The above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
在一种实现方式下,运动矢量修正过程可以是DMVR过程,本申请实施例中,两者可以互相替换。相应的,第一修正运动矢量预测值或第二修正运动矢量预测值,也可以称为第一精细化运动矢量预测值或第二精细化运动矢量预测值。In an implementation manner, the motion vector correction process may be a DMVR process, and in the embodiment of the present application, the two may be replaced with each other. Correspondingly, the first modified motion vector prediction value or the second modified motion vector prediction value may also be referred to as the first refined motion vector prediction value or the second refined motion vector prediction value.
通过本申请实施例提供的方案,基于两个初始运动矢量预测值与运动矢量差结合后,再执行运动矢量修正过程,然后基于修正后的运动矢量预测值用来进行帧间预测,相对于 传统的处理方法而言,预测准确度会相对提高。According to the solution provided by the embodiments of the present application, after combining the two initial motion vector prediction values with the motion vector difference, the motion vector correction process is performed, and then the motion vector prediction value after the correction is used for inter-frame prediction. Compared with the traditional In terms of processing methods, the prediction accuracy will be relatively improved.
在一种可能的设计中,确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差,包括:当从码流中解析出的第一标识(比如mmvd_flag[x0][y0])指示对当前待处理图像块进行帧间预测采用融合运动矢量差MMVD方式时,确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差。In a possible design, determining the first initial motion vector prediction value, the second initial motion vector prediction value, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed includes: The first flag parsed in the code stream (for example, mmvd_flag[x0][y0]) indicates that when the current image block to be processed is inter-predicted using the fused motion vector difference MMVD method, the first flag of the current image block to be processed is determined The initial motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference.
例如,第一标识也可以称为mmvd_flag[x0][y0],在标准文本或代码中也采用上述名称。作为一种示例,mmvd_flag[x0][y0]为第一数值时,指示对当前待处理图像块进行帧间预测采用融合运动矢量差MMVD方式,mmvd_flag[x0][y0]为第二数值时,指示对当前待处理图像块进行帧间预测不采用融合运动矢量差MMVD方式。例如:第一数值可以为1(或ture),第二数值可以为0(或false)。For example, the first flag may also be called mmvd_flag[x0][y0], and the above name is also used in the standard text or code. As an example, when mmvd_flag[x0][y0] is the first value, it indicates that the inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed adopts the fused motion vector difference MMVD method, and when mmvd_flag[x0][y0] is the second value, Indicates that the inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed does not use the merged motion vector difference MMVD mode. For example: the first value can be 1 (or true), and the second value can be 0 (or false).
上述设计中,在采用MMVD进行预测的情况下,采用本申请实施例提供的方案,基于MMVD方式得到的两个初始运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程,较传统的方法来说,准确度会相对有所提高。In the above design, when MMVD is used for prediction, the solution provided by the embodiment of this application is adopted, and the motion vector correction process is performed based on the two initial motion vector prediction values obtained by the MMVD method. Compared with the traditional method, the accuracy is Will be relatively improved.
上述设计可以应用于解码侧。The above design can be applied to the decoding side.
在一种可能的设计中,应用于解码侧,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差之前,还包括:确定对当前待处理图像块进行帧间预测采用融合运动矢量差MMVD方式时,确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差。In a possible design, applied to the decoding side, when determining the first initial motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector of the current image block to be processed Before the difference, it also includes: determining the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed when the fused motion vector difference MMVD method is used for inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed , The first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference.
在一种可能的设计中,所述确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值,包括:根据从所述码流中解析出的候选索引从候选列表中确定对应的候选运动信息,所述候选运动信息包括第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值,所述第三运动矢量预测值作为第一初始运动矢量预测值,所述第四运动矢量预测值作为第二初始运动矢量预测值;或者,确定候选列表中的首个位置的候选运动信息包括的第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值。In a possible design, the determining the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor of the currently to-be-processed image block includes: from the candidate index parsed from the code stream from The candidate list determines the corresponding candidate motion information, the candidate motion information includes a third motion vector predictor and a fourth motion vector predictor, the third motion vector predictor is used as the first initial motion vector predictor, and the second Four motion vector predictors are used as the second initial motion vector predictors; or, the third motion vector predictor and the fourth motion vector predictor included in the candidate motion information at the first position in the candidate list are determined to be the first initial motion The vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value.
上述设计可以应用于解码侧。The above design can be applied to the decoding side.
在一种可能的设计中,应用于编码侧,所述确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值,包括:根据率失真代价算法从候选列表中确定对应的候选运动信息,所述候选运动信息包括第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值,所述第三运动矢量预测值作为第一初始运动矢量预测值,所述第四运动矢量预测值作为第二初始运动矢量预测值;或者,确定候选列表中的首个位置的候选运动信息包括的第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值。In a possible design, applied to the encoding side, the determining the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor of the current image block to be processed includes: selecting from a candidate list according to a rate-distortion cost algorithm The candidate motion information includes a third motion vector predictor and a fourth motion vector predictor, the third motion vector predictor serves as the first initial motion vector predictor, and the fourth motion vector predictor The vector predictor is used as the second initial motion vector predictor; or, it is determined that the third motion vector predictor and the fourth motion vector predictor included in the candidate motion information at the first position in the candidate list are the first initial motion vector predictor. Value and the second initial motion vector predicted value.
在一种可能的设计中,所述根据所述第一运动矢量预测值、所述第二运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程,包括:In a possible design, the executing the motion vector correction process according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value includes:
当所述候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,根据所述第一运动矢量预测值、所述第二运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程。When the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs and the currently to-be-processed image block belong to different images, a motion vector correction process is performed according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value.
上述设计可以应用于编码侧,也可以应用于解码侧。The above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
在一种可能的设计中,还包括:In one possible design, it also includes:
当所述候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,根据所述第一运动矢量预测值和所述第二运动矢量预测值,对所述当前待处理图像块进行预测。When the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, the current image block to be processed is determined according to the first motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value. Make predictions.
上述设计可以应用于编码侧,也可以应用于解码侧。The above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
在一种可能的设计中,确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值,包括:根据从所述码流中解析出的候选索引(比如,base candidate index)从候选列表中确定对应的候选项(比如,base candidate),所述候选项包括第一候选运动信息和第二候选运动信息,其中,所述第一候选运动信息包括第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值,所述第二候选运动信息包括第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值;In a possible design, determining the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor of the current image block to be processed includes: according to a candidate index parsed from the code stream (for example, base candidate index) Determine the corresponding candidate (for example, base candidate) from the candidate list, where the candidate includes the first candidate motion information and the second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate motion information includes the fifth motion A vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor, and the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,确定所述第五运动矢量预测值和所述第六运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值;或者,When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs and the current image block to be processed belong to different images, it is determined that the fifth motion vector predictor value and the sixth motion vector predictor value are The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value; or,
当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,确定所述第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值。When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, it is determined that the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
上述设计可以应用于解码侧。The above design can be applied to the decoding side.
应理解的是,候选列表的构建是用到当前待处理图像块之前已经在先编码或解码的图像块的运动信息(例如运动矢量MV),有些在先编码或解码的图像块按照本申请提供运动矢量修正方式处理,有些在先编码或解码的图像块按照传统方式处理,基于此,有的情况下,候选索引只对应第二候选运动信息(即原始候选运动信息,即非修正方式下的候选运动信息),有的情况下,候选索引对应第一候选运动信息(在先编码或解码过程中,修正方式下的候选运动矢量信息)和第二候选运动信息。第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值为经过修正的运动矢量预测值,第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为原始的运动矢量预测值。It should be understood that the construction of the candidate list uses the motion information (for example, motion vector MV) of the image blocks that have been previously encoded or decoded before the current image block to be processed. Some previously encoded or decoded image blocks are provided in accordance with this application. The motion vector correction method is processed. Some previously encoded or decoded image blocks are processed in the traditional way. Based on this, in some cases, the candidate index only corresponds to the second candidate motion information (that is, the original candidate motion information, that is, the non-correction method). Candidate motion information). In some cases, the candidate index corresponds to the first candidate motion information (in the previous encoding or decoding process, the candidate motion vector information in the correction mode) and the second candidate motion information. The fifth motion vector predicted value and the sixth motion vector predicted value are modified motion vector predicted values, and the seventh motion vector predicted value and the eighth motion vector predicted value are original motion vector predicted values.
在一种可能的设计中,应用于编码侧,确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值,包括:In a possible design, it is applied to the encoding side to determine the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor of the current image block to be processed, including:
根据率失真代价算法从候选列表中确定对应的候选项(比如,base candidate),所述候选项包括第一候选运动信息和第二候选运动信息,其中,所述第一候选运动信息包括第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值,所述第二候选运动信息包括第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值;According to the rate-distortion cost algorithm, the corresponding candidate (for example, base candidate) is determined from the candidate list. The candidate includes first candidate motion information and second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate motion information includes the fifth candidate. A motion vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor, the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,确定所述第五运动矢量预测值和所述第六运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值;或者,When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs and the current image block to be processed belong to different images, it is determined that the fifth motion vector predictor value and the sixth motion vector predictor value are The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value; or,
当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,确定所述第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值。When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, it is determined that the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
在一种可能的设计中,所述确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值,包括:In a possible design, the determining the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed includes:
候选列表中的首个位置的候选项包括第一候选运动信息和第二候选运动信息,其中, 所述第一候选运动信息包括第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值,所述第二候选运动信息包括第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值;The candidate at the first position in the candidate list includes first candidate motion information and second candidate motion information, where the first candidate motion information includes a fifth motion vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor. The second candidate motion information includes the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor;
当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,确定第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值;When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs and the currently to-be-processed image block belong to different images, it is determined that the fifth motion vector predictor and the sixth motion vector predictor are the first An initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value;
当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,确定所述第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值。When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, it is determined that the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
上述设计可以应用于编码侧,也可以应用于解码侧。The above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
在一种可能的设计中,所述根据所述第一运动矢量预测值、所述第二运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程,包括:In a possible design, the executing the motion vector correction process according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value includes:
获取所述第一运动矢量预测值对应的第一参考预测块,以及所述第二运动矢量预测值对应的第二参考预测块;Acquiring a first reference prediction block corresponding to the first motion vector prediction value, and a second reference prediction block corresponding to the second motion vector prediction value;
根据所述第一参考预测块确定第一修正参考预测块,根据所述第二参考预测块确定第二修正参考预测块;Determine a first modified reference prediction block according to the first reference prediction block, and determine a second modified reference prediction block according to the second reference prediction block;
其中,所述第一修正参考预测块与所述第二修正参考预测块间的差异小于或者等于所述第一参考预测块与所述第二参考预测块间的差异,所述第一修正参考预测块为第一预设区域中的且与所述第一参考预测块大小相同的图像块,所述第一预设区域包括所述第一参考预测块,所述第二修正参考预测块为第二预设区域中的且与所述第二参考预测块大小相同的图像块,所述第二预设区域包括所述第二参考预测块;所述第一修正参考预测块对应于所述第一修正运动矢量预测值,第二修正参考预测块对应于所述第二修正运动矢量预测值。上述设计可以应用于编码侧,也可以应用于解码侧。Wherein, the difference between the first modified reference prediction block and the second modified reference prediction block is less than or equal to the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, and the first modified reference prediction block A prediction block is an image block in a first preset area that has the same size as the first reference prediction block, the first preset area includes the first reference prediction block, and the second modified reference prediction block is An image block in a second preset area that has the same size as the second reference prediction block, the second preset area includes the second reference prediction block; the first modified reference prediction block corresponds to the The first modified motion vector predictor, and the second modified reference prediction block corresponds to the second modified motion vector predictor. The above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
在一种可能的设计中,根据所述第一参考预测块确定第一修正参考预测块,根据所述第二参考预测块确定第二修正参考预测块,包括:In a possible design, determining a first modified reference prediction block according to the first reference prediction block and determining a second modified reference prediction block according to the second reference prediction block includes:
根据第一参考预测块对进行运动搜索,得到至少一个第二参考预测块对;Performing a motion search according to the first reference prediction block pair to obtain at least one second reference prediction block pair;
其中,所述第一参考预测块对包括所述第一参考预测块和所述第二参考预测块;所述第二参考预测块对包括第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块,所述第三参考预测块是基于所述第一参考预测块在所述第一预设区域内进行运动搜索得到的,所述第四参考预测块是基于所述第二参考预测块在所述第二预设区域内进行运动搜索得到;Wherein, the first reference prediction block pair includes the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block; the second reference prediction block pair includes a third reference prediction block and a fourth reference prediction block, and the The third reference prediction block is obtained based on the motion search of the first reference prediction block in the first preset area, and the fourth reference prediction block is obtained based on the second reference prediction block in the second It is obtained by motion search in the preset area;
确定所述至少一个第二参考预测块对中每个第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异;Determining the difference between the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in each second reference prediction block pair in the at least one second reference prediction block pair;
确定所述至少一个第二参考预测块对中差异最小的参考预测块对;Determining a reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference among the at least one second reference prediction block pair;
在确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异小于所述第一参考预测块和所述第二参考预测块间的差异时,根据差异最小的第二参考预测块对进行运动搜索,得到至少一个第三参考预测块对;When it is determined that the difference between the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is smaller than the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, according to the difference Performing a motion search on the smallest second reference prediction block pair to obtain at least one third reference prediction block pair;
其中,所述第三参考预测块对包括第五参考预测块和第六参考预测块,所述第五参考预测块是基于差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块在所述第一预设区域内进行运动搜索得到的,所述第六参考预测块是基于差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第四参考预测块在所述第二预设区域内进行运动搜索得到;Wherein, the third reference prediction block pair includes a fifth reference prediction block and a sixth reference prediction block, and the fifth reference prediction block is based on the third reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference. Obtained by performing a motion search in the first preset area, and the sixth reference prediction block is based on a second reference prediction block with the smallest difference to a fourth reference prediction block included in a motion search in the second preset area get;
确定所述差异最小的第三参考预测块对包括的第五参考预测块为所述第一修正参考 预测块,确定所述差异最小的第三参考预测块对包括的第六参考预测块为所述第二修正参考预测块。上述设计可以应用于编码侧,也可以应用于解码侧。It is determined that the fifth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is the first modified reference prediction block, and it is determined that the sixth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is all The second modified reference prediction block. The above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
在一种可能的设计中,还包括:In one possible design, it also includes:
在确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异大于所述第一参考预测块和所述第二参考预测块间的差异时,确定所述第一参考预测块为所述第一修正参考预测块,确定所述第二参考预测块为第二修正参考预测块。When it is determined that the difference between the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is greater than the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, it is determined The first reference prediction block is the first modified reference prediction block, and it is determined that the second reference prediction block is a second modified reference prediction block.
在一种可能的设计中,还包括:In one possible design, it also includes:
在确定差异最小的第三参考预测块对包括的第五参考预测块和第六参考预测块间的差异大于差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异时,确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块为所述第一修正参考预测块,确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第四参考预测块为第二修正参考预测块。When it is determined that the difference between the fifth reference prediction block and the sixth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is greater than the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference When it is determined that the third reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is the first modified reference prediction block, it is determined that the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is The second modification refers to the prediction block.
上述设计可以应用于编码侧,也可以应用于解码侧。The above design can be applied to the encoding side as well as the decoding side.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种视频图像预测装置,包括:In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a video image prediction device, including:
预测单元,用于确定当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差;A prediction unit, configured to determine the first initial motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed;
修正单元,用于根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、所述第二初始运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程,以得到第一修正运动矢量预测值和第二修正运动矢量预测值;A correction unit, configured to perform a motion vector correction process according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value to obtain a first corrected motion vector predicted value and a second corrected motion vector predicted value;
所述预测单元,还用于根据所述第一修正运动矢量预测值与所述第一运动矢量差确定第一运动矢量预测值,以及根据所述第二修正运动矢量预测值与所述第二运动矢量差确定第二运动矢量预测值;根据所述第一运动矢量预测值和所述第二运动矢量预测值对所述当前待处理图像块进行预测。The prediction unit is further configured to determine a first motion vector prediction value according to the difference between the first modified motion vector prediction value and the first motion vector, and determine the first motion vector prediction value according to the second modified motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value. The motion vector difference determines a second motion vector predictor; and predicts the current image block to be processed according to the first motion vector predictor and the second motion vector predictor.
在不同应用场景下,图像预测装置例如应用于视频编码装置(视频编码器)或视频解码装置(视频解码器)。In different application scenarios, the image prediction device is for example applied to a video encoding device (video encoder) or a video decoding device (video decoder).
作为一种示例,上述装置的功能可以由帧间预测单元来实现。帧间预测单元中包含预测单元和修正单元。As an example, the function of the foregoing apparatus may be implemented by an inter prediction unit. The inter prediction unit includes a prediction unit and a correction unit.
在一种可能的设计中,所述预测单元,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差的方面,具体用于:In a possible design, the prediction unit determines the first initial motion vector predicted value, the second initial motion vector predicted value, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector of the current image block to be processed. The bad aspects are specifically used for:
当从码流中解析出的第一标识指示对当前待处理图像块进行帧间预测采用融合运动矢量差MMVD方式时,确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差。When the first identifier parsed from the code stream indicates that the inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed adopts the fused motion vector difference MMVD method, the first initial motion vector predictor and the second prediction value of the current image block to be processed are determined. The initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference.
该设计提供的装置可以应用于解码器。其中,从码流中解析出第一标识的动作可以由解码器中的熵解码单元执行,熵解码单元从码流中解析出第一标识后传输给图像预测装置中的预测单元。The device provided by this design can be applied to the decoder. The action of parsing the first identifier from the code stream may be performed by the entropy decoding unit in the decoder, and the entropy decoding unit parses the first identifier from the code stream and transmits it to the prediction unit in the image prediction device.
需要说明的是,后续包括从码流中解析动作的装置的设计适用于解码器。It should be noted that the subsequent design of the device including the parsing action from the code stream is suitable for the decoder.
在一种可能的设计中,当所述装置应用于编码器时,所述预测单元,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差的方面,具体用于:In a possible design, when the device is applied to an encoder, the prediction unit determines the first initial motion vector predicted value, the second initial motion vector predicted value, and the second predicted value of the current image block to be processed. The aspects of the first motion vector difference and the second motion vector difference are specifically used for:
当确定对当前待处理图像块进行帧间预测采用融合运动矢量差MMVD方式(比如根据率失真代价算法在多个帧间预测模式中选择采用MMVD)时,确定所述当前待处理图像 块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差。When it is determined that the fusion motion vector difference MMVD method is adopted for inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed (for example, MMVD is selected in multiple inter-frame prediction modes according to the rate-distortion cost algorithm), the first image block of the current image block to be processed is determined An initial motion vector predictor, a second initial motion vector predictor, a first motion vector difference, and a second motion vector difference.
在一种可能的设计中,所述预测单元,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值的方面,具体用于:In a possible design, the prediction unit is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
根据从所述码流中解析出的候选索引从候选列表中确定对应的候选运动信息,所述候选运动信息包括第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值,所述第三运动矢量预测值作为第一初始运动矢量预测值,所述第四运动矢量预测值作为第二初始运动矢量预测值。According to the candidate index parsed from the code stream, the corresponding candidate motion information is determined from the candidate list. The candidate motion information includes a third motion vector predictor and a fourth motion vector predictor. The third motion vector predictor Value as the first initial motion vector prediction value, and the fourth motion vector prediction value as the second initial motion vector prediction value.
上述设计提供的装置可以应用于解码器。The device provided by the above design can be applied to a decoder.
在一种可能的设计中,所述装置应用于编码器,所述预测单元,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值的方面,具体用于:In a possible design, the device is applied to an encoder, and the prediction unit is specifically designed to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed Used for:
根据率失真代价算法从候选列表中确定对应的候选运动信息,所述候选运动信息包括第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值,所述第三运动矢量预测值作为第一初始运动矢量预测值,所述第四运动矢量预测值作为第二初始运动矢量预测值。Determine the corresponding candidate motion information from the candidate list according to the rate-distortion cost algorithm. The candidate motion information includes a third motion vector predictor and a fourth motion vector predictor. The third motion vector predictor is used as the first initial motion vector. Predicted value, the fourth motion vector predicted value is used as the second initial motion vector predicted value.
在一种可能的设计中,所述预测单元,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值的方面,具体用于:In a possible design, the prediction unit is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
确定候选列表中的首个位置的候选运动信息包括的第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值。The third motion vector predictor and the fourth motion vector predictor included in the candidate motion information of the first position in the candidate list are determined as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
上述设计提供的装置可以应用于编码器,也可以应用于解码器。The device provided by the above design can be applied to an encoder or a decoder.
在一种可能的设计中,所述修正单元,具体用于:In a possible design, the correction unit is specifically used for:
当所述候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、所述第二初始运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程。When the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs and the currently to-be-processed image block belong to different images, a motion vector correction process is performed according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value.
在一种可能的设计中,所述预测单元,还用于当所述候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差确定第一目标运动矢量预测值,以及根据所述第二初始运动矢量预测值、第二运动矢量差确定第二目标运动矢量预测值;根据所述第一目标运动矢量预测值和所述第二目标运动矢量预测值,对所述当前待处理图像块进行预测。In a possible design, the prediction unit is further configured to, when the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs and the current image block to be processed belong to the same image, according to the first initial motion vector predicted value, The first motion vector difference determines the first target motion vector predictor, and the second target motion vector predictor is determined according to the second initial motion vector predictor and the second motion vector difference; according to the first target motion vector predictor And the second target motion vector predictor to predict the current image block to be processed.
上述设计提供的装置可以应用于编码器,也可以应用于解码器。The device provided by the above design can be applied to an encoder or a decoder.
在一种可能的设计中,所述预测单元,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值的方面,具体用于:In a possible design, the prediction unit is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
根据从码流中解析出的候选索引从候选列表中确定对应的候选项,所述候选项包括第一候选运动信息和第二候选运动信息,其中,所述第一候选运动信息包括第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值,所述第二候选运动信息包括第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值;A corresponding candidate item is determined from the candidate list according to the candidate index parsed from the code stream, the candidate item includes the first candidate motion information and the second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate motion information includes the fifth motion A vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor, and the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,确定所述第五运动矢量预测值和所述第六运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值;或者,When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs and the current image block to be processed belong to different images, it is determined that the fifth motion vector predictor value and the sixth motion vector predictor value are The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value; or,
当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,确定所述第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值。When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, it is determined that the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
上述设计提供的装置可以应用于解码器。The device provided by the above design can be applied to a decoder.
在一种可能的设计中,该设计提供的装置应用于编码器,所述预测单元,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值的方面,具体用于:In a possible design, the device provided by this design is applied to an encoder, and the prediction unit is used in determining the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed , Specifically used for:
根据率失真代价算法从候选列表中确定对应的候选项,所述候选项包括第一候选运动信息和第二候选运动信息,其中,所述第一候选运动信息包括第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值,所述第二候选运动信息包括第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值;According to the rate-distortion cost algorithm, a corresponding candidate item is determined from the candidate list. The candidate item includes the first candidate motion information and the second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate motion information includes the fifth motion vector predictor and the second candidate motion information. Six motion vector predictors, where the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,确定所述第五运动矢量预测值和所述第六运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值;或者,When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs and the current image block to be processed belong to different images, it is determined that the fifth motion vector predictor value and the sixth motion vector predictor value are The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value; or,
当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,确定所述第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值。When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, it is determined that the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
在一种可能的设计中,候选列表中的首个位置的候选项包括第一候选运动信息和第二候选运动信息,其中,所述第一候选运动信息包括第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值,所述第二候选运动信息包括第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值;In a possible design, the candidate at the first position in the candidate list includes first candidate motion information and second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate motion information includes the fifth motion vector predictor and the sixth candidate motion information. A motion vector predictor, where the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
所述预测单元,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值的方面,具体用于:The prediction unit is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,确定第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值;When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs and the currently to-be-processed image block belong to different images, it is determined that the fifth motion vector predictor and the sixth motion vector predictor are the first An initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value;
当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,确定所述第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值。When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, it is determined that the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
上述设计提供的装置可以应用于编码器,也可以应用于解码器。The device provided by the above design can be applied to an encoder or a decoder.
在一种可能的设计中,所述修正单元,在根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、所述第二初始运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程的方面,具体用于:In a possible design, the correction unit is specifically configured to perform a motion vector correction process according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value:
获取所述第一初始运动矢量预测值对应的第一参考预测块,以及所述第二初始运动矢量预测值对应的第二参考预测块;Acquiring a first reference prediction block corresponding to the first initial motion vector prediction value, and a second reference prediction block corresponding to the second initial motion vector prediction value;
根据所述第一参考预测块确定第一修正参考预测块,根据所述第二参考预测块确定第二修正参考预测块;Determine a first modified reference prediction block according to the first reference prediction block, and determine a second modified reference prediction block according to the second reference prediction block;
其中,所述第一修正参考预测块与所述第二修正参考预测块间的差异小于或者等于所述第一参考预测块与所述第二参考预测块间的差异,所述第一修正参考预测块为第一预设区域中的且与所述第一参考预测块大小相同的图像块,所述第一预设区域包括所述第一参考预测块,所述第二修正参考预测块为第二预设区域中的且与所述第二参考预测块大小相同的图像块,所述第二预设区域包括所述第二参考预测块;所述第一修正参考预测块对应于所述第一修正运动矢量预测值,第二修正参考预测块对应于所述第二修正运动矢量预测值。Wherein, the difference between the first modified reference prediction block and the second modified reference prediction block is less than or equal to the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, and the first modified reference prediction block A prediction block is an image block in a first preset area that has the same size as the first reference prediction block, the first preset area includes the first reference prediction block, and the second modified reference prediction block is An image block in a second preset area that has the same size as the second reference prediction block, the second preset area includes the second reference prediction block; the first modified reference prediction block corresponds to the The first modified motion vector predictor, and the second modified reference prediction block corresponds to the second modified motion vector predictor.
上述设计提供的装置可以应用于编码器,也可以应用于解码器。The device provided by the above design can be applied to an encoder or a decoder.
在一种可能的设计中,所述修正单元,在根据所述第一参考预测块确定第一修正参考预测块,根据所述第二参考预测块确定第二修正参考预测块的方面,具体用于:In a possible design, the modification unit specifically uses the aspect of determining a first modified reference prediction block according to the first reference prediction block and determining a second modified reference prediction block according to the second reference prediction block. in:
根据第一参考预测块对进行运动搜索,得到至少一个第二参考预测块对;Performing a motion search according to the first reference prediction block pair to obtain at least one second reference prediction block pair;
其中,所述第一参考预测块对包括所述第一参考预测块和所述第二参考预测块;所述第二参考预测块对包括第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块,所述第三参考预测块是基于所述第一参考预测块在所述第一预设区域内进行运动搜索得到的,所述第四参考预测块是基于所述第二参考预测块在所述第二预设区域内进行运动搜索得到;Wherein, the first reference prediction block pair includes the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block; the second reference prediction block pair includes a third reference prediction block and a fourth reference prediction block, and the The third reference prediction block is obtained based on the motion search of the first reference prediction block in the first preset area, and the fourth reference prediction block is obtained based on the second reference prediction block in the second It is obtained by motion search in the preset area;
确定所述至少一个第二参考预测块对中每个第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异;Determining the difference between the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in each second reference prediction block pair in the at least one second reference prediction block pair;
确定所述至少一个第二参考预测块对中差异最小的参考预测块对;Determining a reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference among the at least one second reference prediction block pair;
在确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异小于所述第一参考预测块和所述第二参考预测块间的差异时,根据差异最小的第二参考预测块对进行运动搜索,得到至少一个第三参考预测块对;When it is determined that the difference between the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is smaller than the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, according to the difference Performing a motion search on the smallest second reference prediction block pair to obtain at least one third reference prediction block pair;
其中,所述第三参考预测块对包括第五参考预测块和第六参考预测块,所述第五参考预测块是基于差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块在所述第一预设区域内进行运动搜索得到的,所述第六参考预测块是基于差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第四参考预测块在所述第二预设区域内进行运动搜索得到;Wherein, the third reference prediction block pair includes a fifth reference prediction block and a sixth reference prediction block, and the fifth reference prediction block is based on the third reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference. Obtained by performing a motion search in the first preset area, and the sixth reference prediction block is based on a second reference prediction block with the smallest difference to a fourth reference prediction block included in a motion search in the second preset area get;
确定所述差异最小的第三参考预测块对包括的第五参考预测块为所述第一修正参考预测块,确定所述差异最小的第三参考预测块对包括的第六参考预测块为所述第二修正参考预测块。It is determined that the fifth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is the first modified reference prediction block, and it is determined that the sixth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is all The second modified reference prediction block.
上述设计提供的装置可以应用于编码器,也可以应用于解码器。The device provided by the above design can be applied to an encoder or a decoder.
在一种可能的设计中,所述修正单元,还用于:In a possible design, the correction unit is also used for:
在确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异大于所述第一参考预测块和所述第二参考预测块间的差异时,确定所述第一参考预测块为所述第一修正参考预测块,确定所述第二参考预测块为第二修正参考预测块。When it is determined that the difference between the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is greater than the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, it is determined The first reference prediction block is the first modified reference prediction block, and it is determined that the second reference prediction block is a second modified reference prediction block.
上述设计提供的装置可以应用于编码器,也可以应用于解码器。The device provided by the above design can be applied to an encoder or a decoder.
在一种可能的设计中,所述修正单元,还用于:In a possible design, the correction unit is also used for:
在确定差异最小的第三参考预测块对包括的第五参考预测块和第六参考预测块间的差异大于差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异时,确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块为所述第一修正参考预测块,确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第四参考预测块为第二修正参考预测块。When it is determined that the difference between the fifth reference prediction block and the sixth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is greater than the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference When it is determined that the third reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is the first modified reference prediction block, it is determined that the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is The second modification refers to the prediction block.
上述设计提供的装置可以应用于编码器,也可以应用于解码器。The device provided by the above design can be applied to an encoder or a decoder.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种视频图像预测装置,包括:In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a video image prediction device, including:
预测单元,用于确定第一待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差;A prediction unit, configured to determine a first initial motion vector prediction value, a second initial motion vector prediction value, a first motion vector difference, and a second motion vector difference of the first image block to be processed;
修正单元,用于根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差确定第一运动矢量预测值,以及根据所述第二初始运动矢量预测值、第二运动矢量差确定第二运动矢量预测值;The correction unit is configured to determine a first motion vector predictor according to the first initial motion vector predictor and the first motion vector difference, and determine a second motion according to the second initial motion vector predictor and the second motion vector difference Vector predicted value;
所述预测单元,还用于根据所述第一运动矢量预测值、所述第二运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程,以得到第一修正运动矢量预测值和第二修正运动矢量预测值;根据所述第一修正运动矢量预测值和所述第二修正运动矢量预测值对所述第一待处理图像块进行预测。The prediction unit is further configured to perform a motion vector correction process according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value to obtain the first corrected motion vector predicted value and the second corrected motion vector predicted value ; Predict the first image block to be processed according to the first modified motion vector prediction value and the second modified motion vector prediction value.
在不同应用场景下,视频图像预测装置例如应用于视频编码装置(视频编码器)或视频解码装置(视频解码器)。In different application scenarios, the video image prediction device is applied to, for example, a video encoding device (video encoder) or a video decoding device (video decoder).
在一种可能的设计中,所述预测单元,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差的方面,具体用于:In a possible design, the prediction unit determines the first initial motion vector predicted value, the second initial motion vector predicted value, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector of the current image block to be processed. The bad aspects are specifically used for:
当从码流中解析出的第一标识指示对当前待处理图像块进行帧间预测采用融合运动矢量差MMVD方式时,确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差。When the first identifier parsed from the code stream indicates that the inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed adopts the fused motion vector difference MMVD method, the first initial motion vector predictor and the second prediction value of the current image block to be processed are determined. The initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference.
上述设计提供的装置可以应用于解码器。The device provided by the above design can be applied to a decoder.
在一种可能的设计中,应用于编码器时,所述预测单元,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差的方面,具体用于:In a possible design, when applied to an encoder, the prediction unit determines the first initial motion vector prediction value, the second initial motion vector prediction value, and the first motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed. , And the aspect of the second motion vector difference, specifically used for:
当根据率失真代价算法在多个帧间预测模式中选择对当前待处理图像块进行帧间预测采用融合运动矢量差MMVD时,确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差。When the fusion motion vector difference MMVD is selected for inter prediction of the current image block to be processed in multiple inter prediction modes according to the rate-distortion cost algorithm, the first initial motion vector predictor of the current image block to be processed is determined, The second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference.
在一种可能的设计中,所述预测单元,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值的方面,具体用于:In a possible design, the prediction unit is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
根据从所述码流中解析出的候选索引从候选列表中确定对应的候选运动信息,所述候选运动信息包括第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值,所述第三运动矢量预测值作为第一初始运动矢量预测值,所述第四运动矢量预测值作为第二初始运动矢量预测值;或者,According to the candidate index parsed from the code stream, the corresponding candidate motion information is determined from the candidate list. The candidate motion information includes a third motion vector predictor and a fourth motion vector predictor. The third motion vector predictor Value as the first initial motion vector prediction value, and the fourth motion vector prediction value as the second initial motion vector prediction value; or,
确定候选列表中的首个位置的候选运动信息包括的第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值。The third motion vector predictor and the fourth motion vector predictor included in the candidate motion information of the first position in the candidate list are determined as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
上述设计提供的装置可以应用于解码器。The device provided by the above design can be applied to a decoder.
在一种可能的设计中,在应用于编码器时,所述预测单元,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值的方面,具体用于:In a possible design, when applied to an encoder, the prediction unit specifically uses the predictive value of the first initial motion vector and the second predictive value of the initial motion vector of the current image block to be processed. in:
根据率失真代价算法从候选列表中确定对应的候选运动信息,所述候选运动信息包括第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值,所述第三运动矢量预测值作为第一初始运动矢量预测值,所述第四运动矢量预测值作为第二初始运动矢量预测值;或者,Determine the corresponding candidate motion information from the candidate list according to the rate-distortion cost algorithm. The candidate motion information includes a third motion vector predictor and a fourth motion vector predictor. The third motion vector predictor is used as the first initial motion vector. Predicted value, the fourth motion vector predicted value is used as the second initial motion vector predicted value; or,
确定候选列表中的首个位置的候选运动信息包括的第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值。The third motion vector predictor and the fourth motion vector predictor included in the candidate motion information of the first position in the candidate list are determined as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
在一种可能的设计中,所述修正单元,在根据所述第一运动矢量预测值、所述第二运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程的方面,具体用于:In a possible design, the correction unit is specifically configured to perform a motion vector correction process according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value:
当所述候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,根据所述第一运动矢量预测值、所述第二运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程。When the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs and the currently to-be-processed image block belong to different images, a motion vector correction process is performed according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value.
上述设计提供的装置可以应用于编码器,也可以应用于解码器。The device provided by the above design can be applied to an encoder or a decoder.
在一种可能的设计中,所述预测单元,还用于:In a possible design, the prediction unit is also used for:
当所述候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,根据所述第一运动矢量预测值和所述第二运动矢量预测值,对所述当前待处理图像块进行预测。When the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, the current image block to be processed is determined according to the first motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value. Make predictions.
上述设计提供的装置可以应用于编码器,也可以应用于解码器。The device provided by the above design can be applied to an encoder or a decoder.
在一种可能的设计中,所述预测单元,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值的方面,具体用于:In a possible design, the prediction unit is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
根据从码流中解析出的候选索引从候选列表中确定对应的候选项,所述候选项包括第一候选运动信息和第二候选运动信息,其中,所述第一候选运动信息包括第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值,所述第二候选运动信息包括第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值;A corresponding candidate item is determined from the candidate list according to the candidate index parsed from the code stream, the candidate item includes the first candidate motion information and the second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate motion information includes the fifth motion A vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor, and the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,确定所述第五运动矢量预测值和所述第六运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值;或者,When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs and the current image block to be processed belong to different images, it is determined that the fifth motion vector predictor value and the sixth motion vector predictor value are The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value; or,
当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,确定所述第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值。When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, it is determined that the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
上述设计提供的装置可以应用于解码器。The device provided by the above design can be applied to a decoder.
在一种可能的设计中,该设计提供的装置应用于编码器,所述预测单元,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值的方面,具体用于:In a possible design, the device provided by this design is applied to an encoder, and the prediction unit is used in determining the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed , Specifically used for:
根据率失真代价算法从候选列表中确定对应的候选项,所述候选项包括第一候选运动信息和第二候选运动信息,其中,所述第一候选运动信息包括第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值,所述第二候选运动信息包括第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值;The corresponding candidate items are determined from the candidate list according to the rate-distortion cost algorithm. The candidates include first candidate motion information and second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate motion information includes the fifth motion vector predictor and the second candidate motion information. Six motion vector predictors, where the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,确定所述第五运动矢量预测值和所述第六运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值;或者,When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs and the current image block to be processed belong to different images, it is determined that the fifth motion vector predictor value and the sixth motion vector predictor value are The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value; or,
当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,确定所述第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值。When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, it is determined that the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
在一种可能的设计中,所述预测单元,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值的方面,具体用于:In a possible design, the prediction unit is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
候选列表中的首个位置的候选项包括第一候选运动信息和第二候选运动信息,其中,所述第一候选运动信息包括第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值,所述第二候选运动信息包括第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值;The candidate at the first position in the candidate list includes first candidate motion information and second candidate motion information, where the first candidate motion information includes a fifth motion vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor. The second candidate motion information includes the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor;
当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,确定第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值;When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs and the currently to-be-processed image block belong to different images, it is determined that the fifth motion vector predictor and the sixth motion vector predictor are the first An initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value;
当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,确定所述第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值。When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, it is determined that the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
上述设计提供的装置可以应用于编码器,也可以应用于解码器。The device provided by the above design can be applied to an encoder or a decoder.
在一种可能的设计中,所述修正单元,在根据所述第一运动矢量预测值、所述第二运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程的方面,具体用于包括:In a possible design, the correction unit, in terms of performing a motion vector correction process according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value, specifically includes:
获取所述第一运动矢量预测值对应的第一参考预测块,以及所述第二运动矢量预测值 对应的第二参考预测块;Acquiring a first reference prediction block corresponding to the first motion vector prediction value, and a second reference prediction block corresponding to the second motion vector prediction value;
根据所述第一参考预测块确定第一修正参考预测块,根据所述第二参考预测块确定第二修正参考预测块;Determine a first modified reference prediction block according to the first reference prediction block, and determine a second modified reference prediction block according to the second reference prediction block;
其中,所述第一修正参考预测块与所述第二修正参考预测块间的差异小于或者等于所述第一参考预测块与所述第二参考预测块间的差异,所述第一修正参考预测块为第一预设区域中的且与所述第一参考预测块大小相同的图像块,所述第一预设区域包括所述第一参考预测块,所述第二修正参考预测块为第二预设区域中的且与所述第二参考预测块大小相同的图像块,所述第二预设区域包括所述第二参考预测块;所述第一修正参考预测块对应于所述第一修正运动矢量预测值,第二修正参考预测块对应于所述第二修正运动矢量预测值。Wherein, the difference between the first modified reference prediction block and the second modified reference prediction block is less than or equal to the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, and the first modified reference prediction block A prediction block is an image block in a first preset area that has the same size as the first reference prediction block, the first preset area includes the first reference prediction block, and the second modified reference prediction block is An image block in a second preset area that has the same size as the second reference prediction block, the second preset area includes the second reference prediction block; the first modified reference prediction block corresponds to the The first modified motion vector predictor, and the second modified reference prediction block corresponds to the second modified motion vector predictor.
上述设计提供的装置可以应用于编码器,也可以应用于解码器。The device provided by the above design can be applied to an encoder or a decoder.
本申请的第五方面提供了一种图像预测装置,所述装置包括:处理器和耦合于所述处理器的存储器;所述处理器用于执行所述第一方面或第二方面各种实现方式中的方法。A fifth aspect of the present application provides an image prediction device, the device includes: a processor and a memory coupled to the processor; the processor is configured to execute various implementation manners of the first aspect or the second aspect Method in.
本申请的第六方面提供一种视频编码器,所述视频编码器用于编码当前待处理图像块,包括:帧间预测模块,其中所述帧间预测模块包括第三方面或者第四方面中应用于编码器的设计所提供的图像预测装置,其中所述帧间预测模块用于预测得到所述当前待处理图像块的像素值的预测值;熵编码模块,用于将指示信息编入码流,所述指示信息用于指示所述图像块的初始运动信息(包括第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值);重建模块,用于基于所述当前待处理图像块的像素值的预测值重建所述图像块。A sixth aspect of the present application provides a video encoder. The video encoder is used to encode a current image block to be processed and includes: an inter-frame prediction module, wherein the inter-frame prediction module includes the application in the third aspect or the fourth aspect In the image prediction device provided by the design of the encoder, the inter-frame prediction module is used to predict the predicted value of the pixel value of the current image block to be processed; the entropy coding module is used to encode the indication information into the code stream , The indication information is used to indicate the initial motion information of the image block (including the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value); the reconstruction module is used to indicate the pixels of the current image block to be processed The predicted value of the value reconstructs the image block.
本申请的第七方面提供一种视频解码器,所述视频解码器用于从码流中解码出图像块,包括:熵解码模块,用于从码流中解码出指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示当前待处理图像块的初始运动信息(包括第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值);帧间预测模块,包括如第三方面或第四方面中应用于解码器的设计所提供的图像预测装置,所述帧间预测模块用于预测得到所述当前待处理图像块的像素值的预测值;重建模块,用于基于所述当前待处理图像块的像素值的预测值重建所述当前待处理图像块。The seventh aspect of the present application provides a video decoder, which is used to decode image blocks from a code stream, and includes: an entropy decoding module, which is used to decode indication information from the code stream. To indicate the initial motion information (including the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor) of the current image block to be processed; the inter-frame prediction module includes the one applied to the decoder in the third or fourth aspect Design the provided image prediction device, the inter-frame prediction module is used to predict the predicted value of the pixel value of the current image block to be processed; the reconstruction module is used to predict the pixel value based on the current image block to be processed Value reconstruction of the current image block to be processed.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种用于解码视频数据的设备,所述设备包括:In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a device for decoding video data, and the device includes:
存储器和视频解码器。Memory and video decoder.
其中,存储器,用于存储码流形式的视频数据,所述视频数据包括一个或多个图像块;Wherein, the memory is used to store video data in the form of a code stream, and the video data includes one or more image blocks;
在一种可能的示例中,视频解码器,用于确定(或者获取)当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差;根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、所述第二初始运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正(或者运动矢量精细化,比如DMVR)过程,以得到第一修正运动矢量预测值和第二修正运动矢量预测值(换句话说,根据第一初始运动矢量预测值执行运动矢量修正过程以得到第一修正运动矢量预测值,根据第二初始运动矢量预测值执行运动矢量修正过程以得到第二修正运动矢量预测值);根据所述第一修正运动矢量预测值与所述第一运动矢量差确定第一运动矢量预测值,以及根据所述第二修正运动矢量预测值与所述第二运动矢量差确定第二运动矢量预测值;根据所述第一运动矢量预测值和所述第二运动矢量预测值对所述当前待处理图像块进行预测。In a possible example, a video decoder is used to determine (or obtain) the first initial motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second Motion vector difference; according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value, perform a motion vector correction (or motion vector refinement, such as DMVR) process to obtain the first corrected motion vector predicted value And the second modified motion vector predictor (in other words, the motion vector correction process is performed according to the first initial motion vector predictor to obtain the first modified motion vector predictor, and the motion vector correction process is performed according to the second initial motion vector predictor to Obtain the second modified motion vector predictor); determine the first motion vector predictor according to the difference between the first modified motion vector predictor and the first motion vector, and determine the first motion vector predictor according to the second modified motion vector predictor and the The second motion vector difference determines a second motion vector prediction value; the current image block to be processed is predicted according to the first motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value.
视频解码器,具体可以实现第一方面所述的对应应用于解码器的设计的方法。视频解码器包括第三方面中任一应用于帧间预测单元或者解码器的设计的装置。The video decoder can specifically implement the method corresponding to the design of the decoder described in the first aspect. The video decoder includes any device in the third aspect applied to the design of an inter prediction unit or a decoder.
在另一种可能的示例中,视频解码器,用于确定(或者获取)第一待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差;根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差确定第一运动矢量预测值,以及根据所述第二初始运动矢量预测值、第二运动矢量差确定第二运动矢量预测值(换句话说,根据第一初始运动矢量预测值执行运动矢量修正过程以得到第一修正运动矢量预测值,根据第二初始运动矢量预测值执行运动矢量修正过程以得到第二修正运动矢量预测值);根据所述第一运动矢量预测值、所述第二运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程,以得到第一修正运动矢量预测值和第二修正运动矢量预测值;根据所述第一修正运动矢量预测值和所述第二修正运动矢量预测值对所述第一待处理图像块进行预测。In another possible example, a video decoder is used to determine (or obtain) the first initial motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the first image block to be processed. A second motion vector difference; determine a first motion vector predictor according to the first initial motion vector predictor and a first motion vector difference, and determine a second motion vector predictor according to the second initial motion vector predictor and a second motion vector difference Motion vector prediction value (in other words, the motion vector correction process is performed according to the first initial motion vector prediction value to obtain the first modified motion vector prediction value, and the motion vector correction process is performed according to the second initial motion vector prediction value to obtain the second correction Motion vector prediction value); according to the first motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value, perform a motion vector correction process to obtain the first modified motion vector prediction value and the second modified motion vector prediction value; The first modified motion vector predictor and the second modified motion vector predictor predict the first image block to be processed.
视频解码器,具体可以实现第二方面所述的对应应用于解码器的设计的方法。视频解码器包括第四方面中任一应用于帧间预测单元或者解码器的设计的装置。The video decoder can specifically implement the method corresponding to the design of the decoder described in the second aspect. The video decoder includes any device in the fourth aspect applied to the design of an inter prediction unit or a decoder.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种用于编码视频数据的设备,所述设备包括:In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a device for encoding video data, and the device includes:
存储器和视频编码器。Memory and video encoder.
其中,存储器,用于存储码流形式的视频数据,所述视频数据包括一个或多个图像块;Wherein, the memory is used to store video data in the form of a code stream, and the video data includes one or more image blocks;
在一种可能的示例中,视频编码器,用于确定(或者获取)当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差;根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、所述第二初始运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正(或者运动矢量精细化,比如DMVR)过程,以得到第一修正运动矢量预测值和第二修正运动矢量预测值(换句话说,根据第一初始运动矢量预测值执行运动矢量修正过程以得到第一修正运动矢量预测值,根据第二初始运动矢量预测值执行运动矢量修正过程以得到第二修正运动矢量预测值);根据所述第一修正运动矢量预测值与所述第一运动矢量差确定第一运动矢量预测值,以及根据所述第二修正运动矢量预测值与所述第二运动矢量差确定第二运动矢量预测值;根据所述第一运动矢量预测值和所述第二运动矢量预测值对所述当前待处理图像块进行预测。In a possible example, a video encoder is used to determine (or obtain) the first initial motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second Motion vector difference; according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value, perform a motion vector correction (or motion vector refinement, such as DMVR) process to obtain the first corrected motion vector predicted value And the second modified motion vector predictor (in other words, the motion vector correction process is performed according to the first initial motion vector predictor to obtain the first modified motion vector predictor, and the motion vector correction process is performed according to the second initial motion vector predictor to Obtain the second modified motion vector predictor); determine the first motion vector predictor according to the difference between the first modified motion vector predictor and the first motion vector, and determine the first motion vector predictor according to the second modified motion vector predictor and the The second motion vector difference determines a second motion vector prediction value; the current image block to be processed is predicted according to the first motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value.
示例性的,视频编码器可以实现第一方面所述的对应应用于编码器的设计的方法。视频编码器包括第三方面中任一应用于帧间预测单元的设计的装置。Exemplarily, the video encoder may implement the method corresponding to the design of the encoder described in the first aspect. The video encoder includes any device in the third aspect applied to the design of the inter prediction unit.
在另一种可能的示例中,视频编码器,用于确定(或者获取)第一待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差;根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差确定第一运动矢量预测值,以及根据所述第二初始运动矢量预测值、第二运动矢量差确定第二运动矢量预测值(换句话说,根据第一初始运动矢量预测值执行运动矢量修正过程以得到第一修正运动矢量预测值,根据第二初始运动矢量预测值执行运动矢量修正过程以得到第二修正运动矢量预测值);根据所述第一运动矢量预测值、所述第二运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程,以得到第一修正运动矢量预测值和第二修正运动矢量预测值;根据所述第一修正运动矢量预测值和所述第二修正运动矢量预测值对所述第一待处理图像块进行预测。In another possible example, a video encoder is used to determine (or obtain) the first initial motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the first image block to be processed. A second motion vector difference; determine a first motion vector predictor according to the first initial motion vector predictor and a first motion vector difference, and determine a second motion vector predictor according to the second initial motion vector predictor and a second motion vector difference Motion vector prediction value (in other words, the motion vector correction process is performed according to the first initial motion vector prediction value to obtain the first modified motion vector prediction value, and the motion vector correction process is performed according to the second initial motion vector prediction value to obtain the second correction Motion vector prediction value); according to the first motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value, perform a motion vector correction process to obtain the first modified motion vector prediction value and the second modified motion vector prediction value; The first modified motion vector predictor and the second modified motion vector predictor predict the first image block to be processed.
示例性的,视频编码器可以实现第二方面所述的对应应用于编码器的设计的方法。视频编码器包括第四方面中任一应用于帧间预测单元的设计的装置。Exemplarily, the video encoder may implement the method corresponding to the design of the encoder described in the second aspect. The video encoder includes any device applied to the design of an inter prediction unit in the fourth aspect.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种编码设备,包括:相互耦合的非易失性存储器和处理器,所述处理器调用存储在所述存储器中的程序代码以执行第一方面或第二方面所述的对应应用于编码器的设计的方法的部分或全部步骤。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an encoding device, including: a non-volatile memory and a processor coupled with each other, the processor calls the program code stored in the memory to execute the first aspect or the second aspect The method described in the aspect corresponds to some or all of the steps of the method applied to the design of the encoder.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种解码设备,包括:相互耦合的非易失性存储器和处理器,所述处理器调用存储在所述存储器中的程序代码以执行第一方面或者第二方面所述的对应应用于解码器的设计的方法的部分或全部步骤。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a decoding device, including: a non-volatile memory and a processor coupled with each other, the processor calls the program code stored in the memory to execute the first aspect or the second aspect The second aspect corresponds to some or all of the steps of the method applied to the design of the decoder.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储了程序代码,其中,所述程序代码包括用于执行第一方面或者第二方面任意一种方法的部分或全部步骤的指令。In a twelfth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores program code, where the program code includes any one of the first aspect or the second aspect Instructions for some or all of the steps of the method.
第十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行第一方面或者第二方面的任意一种方法的部分或全部步骤。In a thirteenth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product, which when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute part or all of the steps of any one of the first aspect or the second aspect .
本申请的第十四方面提供了一种电子设备,包括上述第六方面所述的视频编码器,或上述第七方面所述的视频解码器,或上述第三、第四或者第五方面所述的图像预测装置。A fourteenth aspect of the present application provides an electronic device, including the video encoder according to the sixth aspect, or the video decoder according to the seventh aspect, or the third, fourth, or fifth aspect. The image prediction device described.
应当理解的是,本申请的第三至十四方面与本申请的第一方面和第二方面的技术方案相同或者类似,各方面及对应的可行实施方式所取得的有益效果相似,不再赘述。It should be understood that the third to fourteenth aspects of this application are the same as or similar to the technical solutions of the first and second aspects of this application, and the beneficial effects achieved by each aspect and corresponding feasible implementation manners are similar, and will not be repeated here. .
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1A是用于实现本申请实施例的视频编码及解码系统10实例的框图;FIG. 1A is a block diagram of an example of a video encoding and decoding system 10 used to implement an embodiment of the present application;
图1B是用于实现本申请实施例的视频译码系统40实例的框图;FIG. 1B is a block diagram of an example of a video decoding system 40 used to implement an embodiment of the present application;
图2是用于实现本申请实施例的编码器20实例结构的框图;FIG. 2 is a block diagram of an example structure of an encoder 20 used to implement an embodiment of the present application;
图3是用于实现本申请实施例的解码器30实例结构的框图;FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an example structure of a decoder 30 used to implement an embodiment of the present application;
图4是用于实现本申请实施例的视频译码设备400实例的框图;FIG. 4 is a block diagram of an example of a video decoding device 400 used to implement an embodiment of the present application;
图5是用于实现本申请实施例的另一种编码装置或解码装置实例的框图;Fig. 5 is a block diagram of another example of an encoding device or a decoding device for implementing an embodiment of the present application;
图6是用于实现本申请实施例的空域和时域候选块的示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of candidate blocks in the spatial domain and the time domain used to implement an embodiment of the present application;
图7A是用于实现本申请实施例的MMVD搜索点的示意图;FIG. 7A is a schematic diagram of MMVD search points used to implement an embodiment of the present application;
图7B是用于实现本申请实施例的MMVD搜索过程示意图;FIG. 7B is a schematic diagram of an MMVD search process used to implement an embodiment of the present application;
图8是用于实现本申请实施例的一种视频图像预测预测方法的流程示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method for predicting and predicting a video image according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9是用于实现本申请实施例的前后向参考图像示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of forward and backward reference images used to implement an embodiment of the present application;
图10A是用于实现本申请实施例的候选列表的示意图;FIG. 10A is a schematic diagram of a candidate list used to implement an embodiment of the present application;
图10B是用于实现本申请实施例的一种选择当前块的预测块的运动矢量的示意图;Fig. 10B is a schematic diagram of selecting a motion vector of a prediction block of a current block for implementing an embodiment of the present application;
图11是用于实现本申请实施例的搜索点的示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a search point used to implement an embodiment of the present application;
图12是用于实现本申请实施例的运动矢量精细化过程示意图;Fig. 12 is a schematic diagram of a motion vector refinement process used to implement an embodiment of the present application;
图13是用于实现本申请实施例的另一种视频图像预测预测方法的流程示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of another video image prediction and prediction method used to implement an embodiment of the present application;
图14是用于实现本申请实施例的运动矢量精细化过程示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a motion vector refinement process used to implement an embodiment of the present application;
图15为用于实现本申请实施例的一种视频图像预测装置1500的结构框图。FIG. 15 is a structural block diagram of a video image prediction device 1500 used to implement an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面结合本申请实施例中的附图对本申请实施例进行描述。以下描述中,参考形成本公开一部分并以说明之方式示出本申请实施例的具体方面或可使用本申请实施例的具体方面的附图。应理解,本申请实施例可在其它方面中使用,并可包括附图中未描绘的结构或逻辑变化。因此,以下详细描述不应以限制性的意义来理解,且本申请的范围由所附权 利要求书界定。例如,应理解,结合所描述方法的揭示内容可以同样适用于用于执行所述方法的对应设备或系统,且反之亦然。例如,如果描述一个或多个具体方法步骤,则对应的设备可以包含如功能单元等一个或多个单元,来执行所描述的一个或多个方法步骤(例如,一个单元执行一个或多个步骤,或多个单元,其中每个都执行多个步骤中的一个或多个),即使附图中未明确描述或说明这种一个或多个单元。另一方面,例如,如果基于如功能单元等一个或多个单元描述具体装置,则对应的方法可以包含一个步骤来执行一个或多个单元的功能性(例如,一个步骤执行一个或多个单元的功能性,或多个步骤,其中每个执行多个单元中一个或多个单元的功能性),即使附图中未明确描述或说明这种一个或多个步骤。进一步,应理解的是,除非另外明确提出,本文中所描述的各示例性实施例和/或方面的特征可以相互组合。The embodiments of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. In the following description, reference is made to the accompanying drawings that form a part of the present disclosure and illustrate specific aspects of the embodiments of the present application or specific aspects that can be used in the embodiments of the present application. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present application may be used in other aspects, and may include structural or logical changes not depicted in the drawings. Therefore, the following detailed description should not be understood in a restrictive sense, and the scope of this application is defined by the appended claims. For example, it should be understood that the content disclosed in conjunction with the described method may be equally applicable to the corresponding device or system for executing the method, and vice versa. For example, if one or more specific method steps are described, the corresponding device may include one or more units such as functional units to perform the described one or more method steps (for example, one unit performs one or more steps) , Or multiple units, each of which performs one or more of multiple steps), even if such one or more units are not explicitly described or illustrated in the drawings. On the other hand, for example, if a specific device is described based on one or more units such as functional units, the corresponding method may include one step to perform the functionality of one or more units (for example, one step performs one or more units). The functionality, or multiple steps, each of which performs the functionality of one or more of the multiple units), even if such one or more steps are not explicitly described or illustrated in the drawings. Further, it should be understood that, unless expressly stated otherwise, the features of the exemplary embodiments and/or aspects described herein can be combined with each other.
本申请实施例所涉及的技术方案不仅可能应用于现有的视频编码标准中(如H.264、HEVC等标准),还可能应用于未来的视频编码标准中(如H.266标准)。本申请的实施方式部分使用的术语仅用于对本申请的具体实施例进行解释,而非旨在限定本申请。下面先对本申请实施例可能涉及的一些概念进行简单介绍。The technical solutions involved in the embodiments of this application may not only be applied to existing video coding standards (such as H.264, HEVC, etc.), but may also be applied to future video coding standards (such as H.266). The terminology used in the implementation mode of this application is only used to explain the specific embodiments of this application, and is not intended to limit this application. The following briefly introduces some concepts that may be involved in the embodiments of the present application.
视频编码通常是指处理形成视频或视频序列的图片序列。在视频编码领域,术语“图片(picture)”、“帧(frame)”或“图像(image)”可以用作同义词。本文中使用的视频编码表示视频编码或视频解码。视频编码在源侧执行,通常包括处理(例如,通过压缩)原始视频图片以减少表示该视频图片所需的数据量,从而更高效地存储和/或传输。视频解码在目的地侧执行,通常包括相对于编码器作逆处理,以重构视频图片。实施例涉及的视频图片“编码”应理解为涉及视频序列的“编码”或“解码”。编码部分和解码部分的组合也称为编解码(编码和解码)。Video coding generally refers to processing a sequence of pictures that form a video or video sequence. In the field of video coding, the terms "picture", "frame" or "image" can be used as synonyms. Video encoding used in this article means video encoding or video decoding. Video encoding is performed on the source side and usually includes processing (for example, by compressing) the original video picture to reduce the amount of data required to represent the video picture, so as to store and/or transmit more efficiently. Video decoding is performed on the destination side and usually involves inverse processing relative to the encoder to reconstruct the video picture. The “encoding” of video pictures involved in the embodiments should be understood as involving “encoding” or “decoding” of a video sequence. The combination of the encoding part and the decoding part is also called codec (encoding and decoding).
视频序列包括一系列图像(picture),图像被进一步划分为切片(slice),切片再被划分为块(block)。视频编码以块为单位进行编码处理,在一些新的视频编码标准中,块的概念被进一步扩展。比如,在H.264标准中有宏块(macroblock,MB),宏块可进一步划分成多个可用于预测编码的预测块(partition)。在高性能视频编码(high efficiency video coding,HEVC)标准中,采用编码单元(coding unit,CU),预测单元(prediction unit,PU)和变换单元(transform unit,TU)等基本概念,从功能上划分了多种块单元,并采用全新的基于树结构进行描述。比如CU可以按照四叉树进行划分为更小的CU,而更小的CU还可以继续划分,从而形成一种四叉树结构,CU是对编码图像进行划分和编码的基本单元。对于PU和TU也有类似的树结构,PU可以对应预测块,是预测编码的基本单元。对CU按照划分模式进一步划分成多个PU。TU可以对应变换块,是对预测残差进行变换的基本单元。然而,无论CU,PU还是TU,本质上都属于块(或称图像块)的概念。A video sequence includes a series of pictures, the pictures are further divided into slices, and the slices are divided into blocks. Video coding is performed in units of blocks. In some new video coding standards, the concept of blocks is further expanded. For example, there is a macroblock (MB) in the H.264 standard, and the macroblock can be further divided into multiple prediction blocks (partitions) that can be used for predictive coding. In the high-efficiency video coding (HEVC) standard, basic concepts such as coding unit (CU), prediction unit (PU), and transform unit (TU) are adopted, which are functionally A variety of block units are divided, and a new tree-based structure is used for description. For example, the CU can be divided into smaller CUs according to the quadtree, and the smaller CUs can be further divided to form a quadtree structure. The CU is a basic unit for dividing and encoding the coded image. There is a similar tree structure for PU and TU. PU can correspond to prediction block and is the basic unit of prediction coding. The CU is further divided into multiple PUs according to the division mode. The TU can correspond to the transform block and is the basic unit for transforming the prediction residual. However, no matter CU, PU or TU, they all belong to the concept of block (or image block) in nature.
例如在HEVC中,通过使用表示为编码树的四叉树结构将CTU拆分为多个CU。在CU层级处作出是否使用图片间(时间)或图片内(空间)预测对图片区域进行编码的决策。每个CU可以根据PU拆分类型进一步拆分为一个、两个或四个PU。一个PU内应用相同的预测过程,并在PU基础上将相关信息传输到解码器。在通过基于PU拆分类型应用预测过程获取残差块之后,可以根据类似于用于CU的编码树的其它四叉树结构将CU分割成变换单元(transform unit,TU)。在视频压缩技术最新的发展中,使用四叉树和二叉树(Quad-tree and binary tree,QTBT)分割帧来分割编码块。在QTBT块结构中,CU可以为正方形或矩形形状。For example, in HEVC, a CTU is split into multiple CUs by using a quadtree structure represented as a coding tree. A decision is made at the CU level whether to use inter-picture (temporal) or intra-picture (spatial) prediction to encode picture regions. Each CU can be further split into one, two or four PUs according to the PU split type. The same prediction process is applied in a PU, and relevant information is transmitted to the decoder on the basis of the PU. After the residual block is obtained by applying a prediction process based on the PU split type, the CU may be divided into transform units (TU) according to other quadtree structures similar to the coding tree used for the CU. In the latest development of video compression technology, quad-tree and binary tree (Quad-tree and Binary Tree, QTBT) are used to divide frames to divide coding blocks. In the QTBT block structure, the CU may have a square or rectangular shape.
本文中,为了便于描述和理解,可将当前图像中待处理的图像块称为当前块或者待处理图像块,例如在编码中,指当前正在编码的块;在解码中,指当前正在解码的块。将参考图像中用于对当前块进行预测的已解码的图像块称为参考块,即参考块是为当前块提供参考信号的块,其中,参考信号表示图像块内的像素值。可将参考图像中为当前块提供预测信号的块为预测块,其中,预测信号表示预测块内的像素值或者采样值或者采样信号。例如,在遍历多个参考块以后,找到了最佳参考块,此最佳参考块将为当前块提供预测,此块称为预测块。In this article, for ease of description and understanding, the image block to be processed in the current image can be referred to as the current block or image block to be processed. For example, in encoding, it refers to the block currently being encoded; in decoding, it refers to the currently being decoded. Piece. The decoded image block used to predict the current block in the reference image is called a reference block, that is, a reference block is a block that provides a reference signal for the current block, where the reference signal represents the pixel value in the image block. The block in the reference image that provides the prediction signal for the current block may be a prediction block, where the prediction signal represents the pixel value or sample value or sample signal in the prediction block. For example, after traversing multiple reference blocks, the best reference block is found. This best reference block will provide prediction for the current block, and this block is called a prediction block.
无损视频编码情况下,可以重构原始视频图片,即经重构视频图片具有与原始视频图片相同的质量(假设存储或传输期间没有传输损耗或其它数据丢失)。在有损视频编码情况下,通过例如量化执行进一步压缩,来减少表示视频图片所需的数据量,而解码器侧无法完全重构视频图片,即经重构视频图片的质量相比原始视频图片的质量较低或较差。In the case of lossless video coding, the original video picture can be reconstructed, that is, the reconstructed video picture has the same quality as the original video picture (assuming no transmission loss or other data loss during storage or transmission). In the case of lossy video coding, for example, quantization is performed to perform further compression to reduce the amount of data required to represent the video picture, and the decoder side cannot completely reconstruct the video picture, that is, the quality of the reconstructed video picture is compared with the original video picture The quality is low or poor.
H.261的几个视频编码标准属于“有损混合型视频编解码”(即,将样本域中的空间和时间预测与变换域中用于应用量化的2D变换编码结合)。视频序列的每个图片通常分割成不重叠的块集合,通常在块层级上进行编码。换句话说,编码器侧通常在块(视频块)层级处理亦即编码视频,例如,通过空间(图片内)预测和时间(图片间)预测来产生预测块,从当前块(当前处理或待处理的块)减去预测块以获取残差块,在变换域变换残差块并量化残差块,以减少待传输(压缩)的数据量,而解码器侧将相对于编码器的逆处理部分应用于经编码或经压缩块,以重构用于表示的当前块。另外,编码器复制解码器处理循环,使得编码器和解码器生成相同的预测(例如帧内预测和帧间预测)和/或重构,用于处理亦即编码后续块。Several video coding standards of H.261 belong to "lossy hybrid video coding and decoding" (that is, combining spatial and temporal prediction in the sample domain with 2D transform coding for applying quantization in the transform domain). Each picture of a video sequence is usually divided into a set of non-overlapping blocks, and is usually coded at the block level. In other words, the encoder side usually processes the video at the block (video block) level, that is, encodes the video. For example, the prediction block is generated by spatial (intra-picture) prediction and temporal (inter-picture) prediction, from the current block (currently processed or to be processed). The processed block) subtracts the prediction block to obtain the residual block, transforms the residual block in the transform domain and quantizes the residual block to reduce the amount of data to be transmitted (compressed), and the decoder side will process the inverse of the encoder Partially applied to the coded or compressed block to reconstruct the current block for representation. In addition, the encoder duplicates the decoder processing loop, so that the encoder and the decoder generate the same prediction (for example, intra prediction and inter prediction) and/or reconstruction for processing, that is, to encode subsequent blocks.
下面描述本申请实施例所应用的系统架构。参见图1A,图1A示例性地给出了本申请实施例所应用的视频编码及解码系统10的示意性框图。如图1A所示,视频编码及解码系统10可包括源设备12和目的地设备14,源设备12产生经编码视频数据,因此,源设备12可被称为视频编码装置。目的地设备14可对由源设备12所产生的经编码的视频数据进行解码,因此,目的地设备14可被称为视频解码装置。源设备12、目的地设备14或两个的各种实施方案可包含一或多个处理器以及耦合到所述一或多个处理器的存储器。所述存储器可包含但不限于RAM、ROM、EEPROM、快闪存储器或可用于以可由计算机存取的指令或数据结构的形式存储所要的程序代码的任何其它媒体,如本文所描述。源设备12和目的地设备14可以包括各种装置,包含桌上型计算机、移动计算装置、笔记型(例如,膝上型)计算机、平板计算机、机顶盒、例如所谓的“智能”电话等电话手持机、电视机、相机、显示装置、数字媒体播放器、视频游戏控制台、车载计算机、无线通信设备或其类似者。The following describes the system architecture applied by the embodiments of the present application. Referring to FIG. 1A, FIG. 1A exemplarily shows a schematic block diagram of a video encoding and decoding system 10 applied in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1A, the video encoding and decoding system 10 may include a source device 12 and a destination device 14. The source device 12 generates encoded video data. Therefore, the source device 12 may be referred to as a video encoding device. The destination device 14 can decode the encoded video data generated by the source device 12, and therefore, the destination device 14 can be referred to as a video decoding device. Various implementations of source device 12, destination device 14, or both may include one or more processors and memory coupled to the one or more processors. The memory may include, but is not limited to, RAM, ROM, EEPROM, flash memory, or any other medium that can be used to store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures accessible by a computer, as described herein. The source device 12 and the destination device 14 may include various devices, including desktop computers, mobile computing devices, notebook (for example, laptop) computers, tablet computers, set-top boxes, telephone handsets such as so-called "smart" phones. Computers, televisions, cameras, display devices, digital media players, video game consoles, on-board computers, wireless communication equipment, or the like.
虽然图1A将源设备12和目的地设备14绘示为单独的设备,但设备实施例也可以同时包括源设备12和目的地设备14或同时包括两者的功能性,即源设备12或对应的功能性以及目的地设备14或对应的功能性。在此类实施例中,可以使用相同硬件和/或软件,或使用单独的硬件和/或软件,或其任何组合来实施源设备12或对应的功能性以及目的地设备14或对应的功能性。Although FIG. 1A shows the source device 12 and the destination device 14 as separate devices, the device embodiment may also include the source device 12 and the destination device 14 or the functionality of both, that is, the source device 12 or the corresponding The functionality of the destination device 14 or the corresponding functionality. In such embodiments, the same hardware and/or software may be used, or separate hardware and/or software, or any combination thereof may be used to implement the source device 12 or the corresponding functionality and the destination device 14 or the corresponding functionality .
源设备12和目的地设备14之间可通过链路13进行通信连接,目的地设备14可经由链路13从源设备12接收经编码视频数据。链路13可包括能够将经编码视频数据从源设 备12移动到目的地设备14的一或多个媒体或装置。在一个实例中,链路13可包括使得源设备12能够实时将经编码视频数据直接发射到目的地设备14的一或多个通信媒体。在此实例中,源设备12可根据通信标准(例如无线通信协议)来调制经编码视频数据,且可将经调制的视频数据发射到目的地设备14。所述一或多个通信媒体可包含无线和/或有线通信媒体,例如射频(RF)频谱或一或多个物理传输线。所述一或多个通信媒体可形成基于分组的网络的一部分,基于分组的网络例如为局域网、广域网或全球网络(例如,因特网)。所述一或多个通信媒体可包含路由器、交换器、基站或促进从源设备12到目的地设备14的通信的其它设备。The source device 12 and the destination device 14 may communicate with each other via a link 13, and the destination device 14 may receive encoded video data from the source device 12 via the link 13. Link 13 may include one or more media or devices capable of moving encoded video data from source device 12 to destination device 14. In one example, link 13 may include one or more communication media that enable source device 12 to transmit encoded video data directly to destination device 14 in real time. In this example, the source device 12 may modulate the encoded video data according to a communication standard, such as a wireless communication protocol, and may transmit the modulated video data to the destination device 14. The one or more communication media may include wireless and/or wired communication media, such as a radio frequency (RF) spectrum or one or more physical transmission lines. The one or more communication media may form part of a packet-based network, such as a local area network, a wide area network, or a global network (e.g., the Internet). The one or more communication media may include routers, switches, base stations, or other devices that facilitate communication from source device 12 to destination device 14.
源设备12包括编码器20,另外可选地,源设备12还可以包括图片源16、图片预处理器18、以及通信接口22。具体实现形态中,所述编码器20、图片源16、图片预处理器18、以及通信接口22可能是源设备12中的硬件部件,也可能是源设备12中的软件程序。分别描述如下:The source device 12 includes an encoder 20, and optionally, the source device 12 may also include a picture source 16, a picture preprocessor 18, and a communication interface 22. In a specific implementation form, the encoder 20, the picture source 16, the picture preprocessor 18, and the communication interface 22 may be hardware components in the source device 12, or may be software programs in the source device 12. They are described as follows:
图片源16,可以包括或可以为任何类别的图片捕获设备,用于例如捕获现实世界图片,和/或任何类别的图片或评论(对于屏幕内容编码,屏幕上的一些文字也认为是待编码的图片或图像的一部分)生成设备,例如,用于生成计算机动画图片的计算机图形处理器,或用于获取和/或提供现实世界图片、计算机动画图片(例如,屏幕内容、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)图片)的任何类别设备,和/或其任何组合(例如,实景(augmented reality,AR)图片)。图片源16可以为用于捕获图片的相机或者用于存储图片的存储器,图片源16还可以包括存储先前捕获或产生的图片和/或获取或接收图片的任何类别的(内部或外部)接口。当图片源16为相机时,图片源16可例如为本地的或集成在源设备中的集成相机;当图片源16为存储器时,图片源16可为本地的或例如集成在源设备中的集成存储器。当所述图片源16包括接口时,接口可例如为从外部视频源接收图片的外部接口,外部视频源例如为外部图片捕获设备,比如相机、外部存储器或外部图片生成设备,外部图片生成设备例如为外部计算机图形处理器、计算机或服务器。接口可以为根据任何专有或标准化接口协议的任何类别的接口,例如有线或无线接口、光接口。The picture source 16, which can include or can be any type of picture capture device, for example to capture real-world pictures, and/or any type of pictures or comments (for screen content encoding, some text on the screen is also considered to be encoded Picture or part of an image) generating equipment, for example, a computer graphics processor for generating computer animation pictures, or for obtaining and/or providing real world pictures, computer animation pictures (for example, screen content, virtual reality, VR) pictures), and/or any combination thereof (for example, augmented reality (AR) pictures). The picture source 16 may be a camera for capturing pictures or a memory for storing pictures. The picture source 16 may also include any type of (internal or external) interface for storing previously captured or generated pictures and/or acquiring or receiving pictures. When the picture source 16 is a camera, the picture source 16 may be, for example, a local or an integrated camera integrated in the source device; when the picture source 16 is a memory, the picture source 16 may be local or, for example, an integrated camera integrated in the source device. Memory. When the picture source 16 includes an interface, the interface may be, for example, an external interface for receiving pictures from an external video source. The external video source is, for example, an external picture capturing device, such as a camera, an external memory, or an external picture generating device, such as It is an external computer graphics processor, computer or server. The interface can be any type of interface according to any proprietary or standardized interface protocol, such as a wired or wireless interface, and an optical interface.
其中,图片可以视为像素点(picture element)的二维阵列或矩阵。阵列中的像素点也可以称为采样点。阵列或图片在水平和垂直方向(或轴线)上的采样点数目定义图片的尺寸和/或分辨率。为了表示颜色,通常采用三个颜色分量,即图片可以表示为或包含三个采样阵列。例如在RBG格式或颜色空间中,图片包括对应的红色、绿色及蓝色采样阵列。但是,在视频编码中,每个像素通常以亮度/色度格式或颜色空间表示,例如对于YUV格式的图片,包括Y指示的亮度分量(有时也可以用L指示)以及U和V指示的两个色度分量。亮度(luma)分量Y表示亮度或灰度水平强度(例如,在灰度等级图片中两者相同),而两个色度(chroma)分量U和V表示色度或颜色信息分量。相应地,YUV格式的图片包括亮度采样值(Y)的亮度采样阵列,和色度值(U和V)的两个色度采样阵列。RGB格式的图片可以转换或变换为YUV格式,反之亦然,该过程也称为色彩变换或转换。如果图片是黑白的,该图片可以只包括亮度采样阵列。本申请实施例中,由图片源16传输至图片处理器的图片也可称为原始图片数据17。Among them, a picture can be regarded as a two-dimensional array or matrix of picture elements. The pixel points in the array can also be called sampling points. The number of sampling points of the array or picture in the horizontal and vertical directions (or axis) defines the size and/or resolution of the picture. In order to represent colors, three color components are usually used, that is, pictures can be represented as or contain three sample arrays. For example, in the RBG format or color space, a picture includes corresponding red, green, and blue sample arrays. However, in video coding, each pixel is usually expressed in a luminance/chrominance format or color space. For example, for a picture in the YUV format, it includes the luminance component indicated by Y (sometimes indicated by L) and the two indicated by U and V. Chrominance components. The luma component Y represents brightness or gray level intensity (for example, the two are the same in a grayscale picture), and the two chroma components U and V represent chroma or color information components. Correspondingly, a picture in the YUV format includes a luminance sample array of luminance sample values (Y), and two chrominance sample arrays of chrominance values (U and V). Pictures in RGB format can be converted or converted to YUV format, and vice versa. This process is also called color conversion or conversion. If the picture is black and white, the picture may only include the luminance sample array. In the embodiment of the present application, the picture transmitted from the picture source 16 to the picture processor may also be referred to as original picture data 17.
图片预处理器18,用于接收原始图片数据17并对原始图片数据17执行预处理,以获取经预处理的图片19或经预处理的图片数据19。例如,图片预处理器18执行的预处理可以包括整修、色彩格式转换(例如,从RGB格式转换为YUV格式)、调色或去噪。The picture preprocessor 18 is configured to receive the original picture data 17 and perform preprocessing on the original picture data 17 to obtain the preprocessed picture 19 or the preprocessed picture data 19. For example, the pre-processing performed by the picture pre-processor 18 may include trimming, color format conversion (for example, conversion from RGB format to YUV format), toning, or denoising.
编码器20(或称视频编码器20),用于接收经预处理的图片数据19,采用相关预测模式(如本文各个实施例中的预测模式)对经预处理的图片数据19进行处理,从而提供经编码图片数据21(下文将进一步基于图2或图4或图5描述编码器20的结构细节)。在一些实施例中,编码器20可以用于执行后文所描述的各个实施例,以实现本申请所描述的色度块预测方法在编码侧的应用。The encoder 20 (or video encoder 20) is configured to receive the pre-processed picture data 19, and process the pre-processed picture data 19 using a relevant prediction mode (such as the prediction mode in the various embodiments herein), thereby The encoded picture data 21 is provided (the structure details of the encoder 20 will be described further based on FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 or FIG. 5). In some embodiments, the encoder 20 may be used to implement the various embodiments described below to realize the application of the chrominance block prediction method described in this application on the encoding side.
通信接口22,可用于接收经编码图片数据21,并可通过链路13将经编码图片数据21传输至目的地设备14或任何其它设备(如存储器),以用于存储或直接重构,所述其它设备可为任何用于解码或存储的设备。通信接口22可例如用于将经编码图片数据21封装成合适的格式,例如数据包,以在链路13上传输。The communication interface 22 can be used to receive the encoded picture data 21, and can transmit the encoded picture data 21 to the destination device 14 or any other device (such as a memory) via the link 13 for storage or direct reconstruction, so The other device can be any device used for decoding or storage. The communication interface 22 may be used, for example, to encapsulate the encoded picture data 21 into a suitable format, such as a data packet, for transmission on the link 13.
目的地设备14包括解码器30,另外可选地,目的地设备14还可以包括通信接口28、图片后处理器32和显示设备34。分别描述如下:The destination device 14 includes a decoder 30, and optionally, the destination device 14 may also include a communication interface 28, a picture post processor 32, and a display device 34. They are described as follows:
通信接口28,可用于从源设备12或任何其它源接收经编码图片数据21,所述任何其它源例如为存储设备,存储设备例如为经编码图片数据存储设备。通信接口28可以用于藉由源设备12和目的地设备14之间的链路13或藉由任何类别的网络传输或接收经编码图片数据21,链路13例如为直接有线或无线连接,任何类别的网络例如为有线或无线网络或其任何组合,或任何类别的私网和公网,或其任何组合。通信接口28可以例如用于解封装通信接口22所传输的数据包以获取经编码图片数据21。The communication interface 28 may be used to receive the encoded picture data 21 from the source device 12 or any other source, for example, a storage device, and the storage device is, for example, an encoded picture data storage device. The communication interface 28 can be used to transmit or receive the encoded picture data 21 via the link 13 between the source device 12 and the destination device 14 or via any type of network. The link 13 is, for example, a direct wired or wireless connection. The type of network is, for example, a wired or wireless network or any combination thereof, or any type of private network and public network, or any combination thereof. The communication interface 28 may be used, for example, to decapsulate the data packet transmitted by the communication interface 22 to obtain the encoded picture data 21.
通信接口28和通信接口22都可以配置为单向通信接口或者双向通信接口,以及可以用于例如发送和接收消息来建立连接、确认和交换任何其它与通信链路和/或例如经编码图片数据传输的数据传输有关的信息。Both the communication interface 28 and the communication interface 22 can be configured as a one-way communication interface or a two-way communication interface, and can be used, for example, to send and receive messages to establish connections, confirm and exchange any other communication links and/or, for example, encoded picture data Information about the transmission of the transmitted data.
解码器30(或称为解码器30),用于接收经编码图片数据21并提供经解码图片数据31或经解码图片31(下文将进一步基于图3或图4或图5描述解码器30的结构细节)。在一些实施例中,解码器30可以用于执行后文所描述的各个实施例,以实现本申请所描述的色度块预测方法在解码侧的应用。The decoder 30 (or referred to as the decoder 30) is used to receive the encoded picture data 21 and provide the decoded picture data 31 or the decoded picture 31 (below will further describe the decoder 30 based on Figure 3 or Figure 4 or Figure 5 Structural details). In some embodiments, the decoder 30 may be used to implement the various embodiments described below to realize the application of the chrominance block prediction method described in this application on the decoding side.
图片后处理器32,用于对经解码图片数据31(也称为经重构图片数据)执行后处理,以获得经后处理图片数据33。图片后处理器32执行的后处理可以包括:色彩格式转换(例如,从YUV格式转换为RGB格式)、调色、整修或重采样,或任何其它处理,还可用于将经后处理图片数据33传输至显示设备34。The picture post processor 32 is configured to perform post-processing on the decoded picture data 31 (also referred to as reconstructed picture data) to obtain post-processed picture data 33. The post-processing performed by the picture post-processor 32 may include: color format conversion (for example, conversion from YUV format to RGB format), toning, trimming or resampling, or any other processing, and can also be used to convert post-processed picture data 33 Transmission to display device 34.
显示设备34,用于接收经后处理图片数据33以向例如用户或观看者显示图片。显示设备34可以为或可以包括任何类别的用于呈现经重构图片的显示器,例如,集成的或外部的显示器或监视器。例如,显示器可以包括液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD)、有机发光二极管(organic light emitting diode,OLED)显示器、等离子显示器、投影仪、微LED显示器、硅基液晶(liquid crystal on silicon,LCoS)、数字光处理器(digital light processor,DLP)或任何类别的其它显示器。The display device 34 is configured to receive the post-processed image data 33 to display the image to, for example, users or viewers. The display device 34 may be or may include any type of display for presenting reconstructed pictures, for example, an integrated or external display or monitor. For example, the display may include a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display, a plasma display, a projector, a micro LED display, a liquid crystal on silicon (LCoS), Digital light processor (digital light processor, DLP) or any other type of display.
虽然,图1A将源设备12和目的地设备14绘示为单独的设备,但设备实施例也可以同时包括源设备12和目的地设备14或同时包括两者的功能性,即源设备12或对应的功能性以及目的地设备14或对应的功能性。在此类实施例中,可以使用相同硬件和/或软件,或使用单独的硬件和/或软件,或其任何组合来实施源设备12或对应的功能性以及目的地设备14或对应的功能性。Although FIG. 1A shows the source device 12 and the destination device 14 as separate devices, the device embodiment may also include the source device 12 and the destination device 14 or the functionality of both, that is, the source device 12 or Corresponding functionality and destination device 14 or corresponding functionality. In such embodiments, the same hardware and/or software may be used, or separate hardware and/or software, or any combination thereof may be used to implement the source device 12 or the corresponding functionality and the destination device 14 or the corresponding functionality .
本领域技术人员基于描述明显可知,不同单元的功能性或图1A所示的源设备12和/ 或目的地设备14的功能性的存在和(准确)划分可能根据实际设备和应用有所不同。源设备12和目的地设备14可以包括各种设备中的任一个,包含任何类别的手持或静止设备,例如,笔记本或膝上型计算机、移动电话、智能手机、平板或平板计算机、摄像机、台式计算机、机顶盒、电视机、相机、车载设备、显示设备、数字媒体播放器、视频游戏控制台、视频流式传输设备(例如内容服务服务器或内容分发服务器)、广播接收器设备、广播发射器设备等,并可以不使用或使用任何类别的操作系统。It is obvious to those skilled in the art based on the description that the functionality of different units or the existence and (accurate) division of the functionality of the source device 12 and/or the destination device 14 shown in FIG. 1A may vary according to actual devices and applications. The source device 12 and the destination device 14 may include any of a variety of devices, including any type of handheld or stationary device, for example, a notebook or laptop computer, mobile phone, smart phone, tablet or tablet computer, video camera, desktop Computers, set-top boxes, televisions, cameras, in-vehicle devices, display devices, digital media players, video game consoles, video streaming devices (such as content service servers or content distribution servers), broadcast receiver devices, broadcast transmitter devices And so on, and can not use or use any type of operating system.
编码器20和解码器30都可以实施为各种合适电路中的任一个,例如,一个或多个微处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field-programmable gate array,FPGA)、离散逻辑、硬件或其任何组合。如果部分地以软件实施所述技术,则设备可将软件的指令存储于合适的非暂时性计算机可读存储介质中,且可使用一或多个处理器以硬件执行指令从而执行本公开的技术。前述内容(包含硬件、软件、硬件与软件的组合等)中的任一者可视为一或多个处理器。Both the encoder 20 and the decoder 30 can be implemented as any of various suitable circuits, for example, one or more microprocessors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), and application-specific integrated circuits (application-specific integrated circuits). circuit, ASIC), field-programmable gate array (FPGA), discrete logic, hardware, or any combination thereof. If the technology is partially implemented in software, the device can store the instructions of the software in a suitable non-transitory computer-readable storage medium, and can use one or more processors to execute the instructions in hardware to execute the technology of the present disclosure . Any of the foregoing content (including hardware, software, a combination of hardware and software, etc.) can be regarded as one or more processors.
在一些情况下,图1A中所示视频编码及解码系统10仅为示例,本申请的技术可以适用于不必包含编码和解码设备之间的任何数据通信的视频编码设置(例如,视频编码或视频解码)。在其它实例中,数据可从本地存储器检索、在网络上流式传输等。视频编码设备可以对数据进行编码并且将数据存储到存储器,和/或视频解码设备可以从存储器检索数据并且对数据进行解码。在一些实例中,由并不彼此通信而是仅编码数据到存储器和/或从存储器检索数据且解码数据的设备执行编码和解码。In some cases, the video encoding and decoding system 10 shown in FIG. 1A is only an example, and the technology of this application can be applied to video encoding settings that do not necessarily include any data communication between encoding and decoding devices (for example, video encoding or video encoding). decoding). In other instances, the data can be retrieved from local storage, streamed on the network, etc. The video encoding device can encode data and store the data to the memory, and/or the video decoding device can retrieve the data from the memory and decode the data. In some instances, encoding and decoding are performed by devices that do not communicate with each other but only encode data to the memory and/or retrieve data from the memory and decode the data.
参见图1B,图1B是根据一示例性实施例的包含图2的编码器20和/或图3的解码器30的视频译码系统40的实例的说明图。视频译码系统40可以实现本申请实施例的各种技术的组合。在所说明的实施方式中,视频译码系统40可以包含成像设备41、编码器20、解码器30(和/或藉由处理电路46的逻辑电路47实施的视频编/解码器)、天线42、一个或多个处理器43、一个或多个存储器44和/或显示设备45。Referring to FIG. 1B, FIG. 1B is an explanatory diagram of an example of a video coding system 40 including the encoder 20 of FIG. 2 and/or the decoder 30 of FIG. 3 according to an exemplary embodiment. The video decoding system 40 can implement a combination of various technologies in the embodiments of the present application. In the illustrated embodiment, the video decoding system 40 may include an imaging device 41, an encoder 20, a decoder 30 (and/or a video encoder/decoder implemented by the logic circuit 47 of the processing circuit 46), and an antenna 42 , One or more processors 43, one or more memories 44 and/or display devices 45.
如图1B所示,成像设备41、天线42、处理电路46、逻辑电路47、编码器20、解码器30、处理器43、存储器44和/或显示设备45能够互相通信。如所论述,虽然用编码器20和解码器30绘示视频译码系统40,但在不同实例中,视频译码系统40可以只包含编码器20或只包含解码器30。As shown in FIG. 1B, the imaging device 41, the antenna 42, the processing circuit 46, the logic circuit 47, the encoder 20, the decoder 30, the processor 43, the memory 44, and/or the display device 45 can communicate with each other. As discussed, although the encoder 20 and the decoder 30 are used to illustrate the video coding system 40, in different examples, the video coding system 40 may include only the encoder 20 or only the decoder 30.
在一些实例中,天线42可以用于传输或接收视频数据的经编码比特流。另外,在一些实例中,显示设备45可以用于呈现视频数据。在一些实例中,逻辑电路47可以通过处理电路46实施。处理电路46可以包含专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC)逻辑、图形处理器、通用处理器等。视频译码系统40也可以包含可选的处理器43,该可选处理器43类似地可以包含专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC)逻辑、图形处理器、通用处理器等。在一些实例中,逻辑电路47可以通过硬件实施,如视频编码专用硬件等,处理器43可以通过通用软件、操作系统等实施。另外,存储器44可以是任何类型的存储器,例如易失性存储器(例如,静态随机存取存储器(Static Random Access Memory,SRAM)、动态随机存储器(Dynamic Random Access Memory,DRAM)等)或非易失性存储器(例如,闪存等)等。在非限制性实例中,存储器44可以由超速缓存内存实施。在一些实例中,逻辑电路47可以访问存储器44(例如用于实施图像缓冲 器)。在其它实例中,逻辑电路47和/或处理电路46可以包含存储器(例如,缓存等)用于实施图像缓冲器等。In some examples, antenna 42 may be used to transmit or receive an encoded bitstream of video data. In addition, in some examples, the display device 45 may be used to present video data. In some examples, the logic circuit 47 may be implemented by the processing circuit 46. The processing circuit 46 may include application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) logic, graphics processor, general purpose processor, and so on. The video decoding system 40 may also include an optional processor 43, and the optional processor 43 may similarly include application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) logic, a graphics processor, a general-purpose processor, and the like. In some examples, the logic circuit 47 may be implemented by hardware, such as dedicated hardware for video encoding, and the processor 43 may be implemented by general software, an operating system, and the like. In addition, the memory 44 may be any type of memory, such as volatile memory (for example, static random access memory (Static Random Access Memory, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (Dynamic Random Access Memory, DRAM), etc.) or non-volatile memory. Memory (for example, flash memory, etc.), etc. In a non-limiting example, the memory 44 may be implemented by cache memory. In some instances, the logic circuit 47 may access the memory 44 (e.g., to implement an image buffer). In other examples, the logic circuit 47 and/or the processing circuit 46 may include memory (e.g., cache, etc.) for implementing image buffers and the like.
在一些实例中,通过逻辑电路实施的编码器20可以包含(例如,通过处理电路46或存储器44实施的)图像缓冲器和(例如,通过处理电路46实施的)图形处理单元。图形处理单元可以通信耦合至图像缓冲器。图形处理单元可以包含通过逻辑电路47实施的编码器20,以实施参照图2和/或本文中所描述的任何其它编码器系统或子系统所论述的各种模块。逻辑电路可以用于执行本文所论述的各种操作。In some examples, the encoder 20 implemented by logic circuits may include an image buffer (e.g., implemented by the processing circuit 46 or the memory 44) and a graphics processing unit (e.g., implemented by the processing circuit 46). The graphics processing unit may be communicatively coupled to the image buffer. The graphics processing unit may include an encoder 20 implemented by a logic circuit 47 to implement various modules discussed with reference to FIG. 2 and/or any other encoder system or subsystem described herein. Logic circuits can be used to perform the various operations discussed herein.
在一些实例中,解码器30可以以类似方式通过逻辑电路47实施,以实施参照图3的解码器30和/或本文中所描述的任何其它解码器系统或子系统所论述的各种模块。在一些实例中,逻辑电路实施的解码器30可以包含(通过处理电路44或存储器44实施的)图像缓冲器和(例如,通过处理电路46实施的)图形处理单元。图形处理单元可以通信耦合至图像缓冲器。图形处理单元可以包含通过逻辑电路47实施的解码器30,以实施参照图3和/或本文中所描述的任何其它解码器系统或子系统所论述的各种模块。In some examples, decoder 30 may be implemented by logic circuit 47 in a similar manner to implement the various modules discussed with reference to decoder 30 of FIG. 3 and/or any other decoder systems or subsystems described herein. In some examples, the decoder 30 implemented by logic circuits may include an image buffer (implemented by the processing circuit 44 or the memory 44) and a graphics processing unit (implemented by the processing circuit 46, for example). The graphics processing unit may be communicatively coupled to the image buffer. The graphics processing unit may include a decoder 30 implemented by a logic circuit 47 to implement the various modules discussed with reference to FIG. 3 and/or any other decoder systems or subsystems described herein.
在一些实例中,天线42可以用于接收视频数据的经编码比特流。如所论述,经编码比特流可以包含本文所论述的与编码视频帧相关的数据、指示符、索引值、模式选择数据等,例如与编码分割相关的数据(例如,变换系数或经量化变换系数,(如所论述的)可选指示符,和/或定义编码分割的数据)。视频译码系统40还可包含耦合至天线42并用于解码经编码比特流的解码器30。显示设备45用于呈现视频帧。In some examples, antenna 42 may be used to receive an encoded bitstream of video data. As discussed, the encoded bitstream may include data, indicators, index values, mode selection data, etc., related to the encoded video frame discussed herein, such as data related to coded partitions (e.g., transform coefficients or quantized transform coefficients). , (As discussed) optional indicators, and/or data defining code partitions). The video coding system 40 may also include a decoder 30 coupled to the antenna 42 and used to decode the encoded bitstream. The display device 45 is used to present video frames.
应理解,本申请实施例中对于参考编码器20所描述的实例,解码器30可以用于执行相反过程。关于信令语法元素,解码器30可以用于接收并解析这种语法元素,相应地解码相关视频数据。在一些例子中,编码器20可以将语法元素熵编码成经编码视频比特流。在此类实例中,解码器30可以解析这种语法元素,并相应地解码相关视频数据。It should be understood that, for the example described with reference to the encoder 20 in the embodiments of the present application, the decoder 30 may be used to perform the reverse process. Regarding signaling syntax elements, the decoder 30 can be used to receive and parse such syntax elements, and decode related video data accordingly. In some examples, the encoder 20 may entropy encode the syntax elements into an encoded video bitstream. In such instances, the decoder 30 can parse such syntax elements and decode related video data accordingly.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例描述的视频图像编码方法发生在编码器20处,本申请实施例描述的视频图像解码方法发生在解码器30处,本申请实施例中的编码器20和解码器30可以是例如H.263、H.264、HEVV、MPEG-2、MPEG-4、VP8、VP9等视频标准协议或者下一代视频标准协议(如H.266等)对应的编/解码器。It should be noted that the video image encoding method described in the embodiment of the application occurs at the encoder 20, and the video image decoding method described in the embodiment of the application occurs at the decoder 30. The encoder 20 and the decoder in the embodiment of the application The device 30 may be, for example, an encoder/decoder corresponding to video standard protocols such as H.263, H.264, HEVV, MPEG-2, MPEG-4, VP8, VP9, or next-generation video standard protocols (such as H.266, etc.).
参见图2,图2示出用于实现本申请实施例的编码器20的实例的示意性/概念性框图。在图2的实例中,编码器20包括残差计算单元204、变换处理单元206、量化单元208、逆量化单元210、逆变换处理单元212、重构单元214、缓冲器216、环路滤波器220、经解码图片缓冲器(decoded picture buffer,DPB)230、预测处理单元260和熵编码单元270。预测处理单元260可以包含帧间预测单元244、帧内预测单元254和模式选择单元262。帧间预测单元244可以包含运动估计单元和运动补偿单元(未图示)。图2所示的编码器20也可以称为混合型视频编码器或根据混合型视频编解码器的视频编码器。Referring to Fig. 2, Fig. 2 shows a schematic/conceptual block diagram of an example of an encoder 20 for implementing an embodiment of the present application. In the example of FIG. 2, the encoder 20 includes a residual calculation unit 204, a transformation processing unit 206, a quantization unit 208, an inverse quantization unit 210, an inverse transformation processing unit 212, a reconstruction unit 214, a buffer 216, and a loop filter. 220. A decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230, a prediction processing unit 260, and an entropy coding unit 270. The prediction processing unit 260 may include an inter prediction unit 244, an intra prediction unit 254, and a mode selection unit 262. The inter prediction unit 244 may include a motion estimation unit and a motion compensation unit (not shown). The encoder 20 shown in FIG. 2 may also be referred to as a hybrid video encoder or a video encoder according to a hybrid video codec.
例如,残差计算单元204、变换处理单元206、量化单元208、预测处理单元260和熵编码单元270形成编码器20的前向信号路径,而例如逆量化单元210、逆变换处理单元212、重构单元214、缓冲器216、环路滤波器220、经解码图片缓冲器(decoded picture buffer,DPB)230、预测处理单元260形成编码器的后向信号路径,其中编码器的后向信号路径对应于解码器的信号路径(参见图3中的解码器30)。For example, the residual calculation unit 204, the transform processing unit 206, the quantization unit 208, the prediction processing unit 260, and the entropy encoding unit 270 form the forward signal path of the encoder 20, and for example, the inverse quantization unit 210, the inverse transform processing unit 212, and the The structure unit 214, the buffer 216, the loop filter 220, the decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230, and the prediction processing unit 260 form the backward signal path of the encoder, wherein the backward signal path of the encoder corresponds to The signal path of the decoder (see decoder 30 in FIG. 3).
编码器20通过例如输入202,接收图片201或图片201的图像块203,例如,形成视 频或视频序列的图片序列中的图片。图像块203也可以称为当前图片块或待编码图片块,图片201可以称为当前图片或待编码图片(尤其是在视频编码中将当前图片与其它图片区分开时,其它图片例如同一视频序列亦即也包括当前图片的视频序列中的先前经编码和/或经解码图片)。The encoder 20 receives a picture 201 or an image block 203 of a picture 201, for example, a picture in a picture sequence that forms a video or a video sequence through, for example, an input 202. The image block 203 may also be called the current picture block or the picture block to be encoded, and the picture 201 may be called the current picture or the picture to be encoded (especially when the current picture is distinguished from other pictures in video encoding, the other pictures are for example the same video sequence). That is, the previous coded and/or decoded picture in the video sequence that also includes the current picture).
编码器20的实施例可以包括分割单元(图2中未绘示),用于将图片201分割成多个例如图像块203的块,通常分割成多个不重叠的块。分割单元可以用于对视频序列中所有图片使用相同的块大小以及定义块大小的对应栅格,或用于在图片或子集或图片群组之间更改块大小,并将每个图片分割成对应的块。The embodiment of the encoder 20 may include a segmentation unit (not shown in FIG. 2) for segmenting the picture 201 into a plurality of blocks such as the image block 203, usually into a plurality of non-overlapping blocks. The segmentation unit can be used to use the same block size and the corresponding grid defining the block size for all pictures in the video sequence, or to change the block size between pictures or subsets or groups of pictures, and divide each picture into The corresponding block.
在一个实例中,编码器20的预测处理单元260可以用于执行上述分割技术的任何组合。In one example, the prediction processing unit 260 of the encoder 20 may be used to perform any combination of the aforementioned segmentation techniques.
如图片201,图像块203也是或可以视为具有采样值的采样点的二维阵列或矩阵,虽然其尺寸比图片201小。换句话说,图像块203可以包括,例如,一个采样阵列(例如黑白图片201情况下的亮度阵列)或三个采样阵列(例如,彩色图片情况下的一个亮度阵列和两个色度阵列)或依据所应用的色彩格式的任何其它数目和/或类别的阵列。图像块203的水平和垂直方向(或轴线)上采样点的数目定义图像块203的尺寸。Like the picture 201, the image block 203 is also or can be regarded as a two-dimensional array or matrix of sampling points with sample values, although its size is smaller than that of the picture 201. In other words, the image block 203 may include, for example, one sampling array (for example, a luminance array in the case of a black-and-white picture 201) or three sampling arrays (for example, one luminance array and two chrominance arrays in the case of a color picture) or Any other number and/or type of array depending on the color format applied. The number of sampling points in the horizontal and vertical directions (or axes) of the image block 203 defines the size of the image block 203.
如图2所示的编码器20用于逐块编码图片201,例如,对每个图像块203执行编码和预测。The encoder 20 shown in FIG. 2 is used to encode the picture 201 block by block, for example, to perform encoding and prediction on each image block 203.
残差计算单元204用于基于图片图像块203和预测块265(下文提供预测块265的其它细节)计算残差块205,例如,通过逐样本(逐像素)将图片图像块203的样本值减去预测块265的样本值,以在样本域中获取残差块205。The residual calculation unit 204 is configured to calculate the residual block 205 based on the picture image block 203 and the prediction block 265 (other details of the prediction block 265 are provided below), for example, by subtracting the sample value of the picture image block 203 sample by sample (pixel by pixel). The sample value of the block 265 is de-predicted to obtain the residual block 205 in the sample domain.
变换处理单元206用于在残差块205的样本值上应用例如离散余弦变换(discrete cosine transform,DCT)或离散正弦变换(discrete sine transform,DST)的变换,以在变换域中获取变换系数207。变换系数207也可以称为变换残差系数,并在变换域中表示残差块205。The transform processing unit 206 is configured to apply a transform such as discrete cosine transform (DCT) or discrete sine transform (DST) to the sample values of the residual block 205 to obtain transform coefficients 207 in the transform domain. . The transform coefficient 207 may also be referred to as a transform residual coefficient, and represents the residual block 205 in the transform domain.
变换处理单元206可以用于应用DCT/DST的整数近似值,例如为HEVC/H.265指定的变换。与正交DCT变换相比,这种整数近似值通常由某一因子按比例缩放。为了维持经正变换和逆变换处理的残差块的范数,应用额外比例缩放因子作为变换过程的一部分。比例缩放因子通常是基于某些约束条件选择的,例如,比例缩放因子是用于移位运算的2的幂、变换系数的位深度、准确性和实施成本之间的权衡等。例如,在解码器30侧通过例如逆变换处理单元212为逆变换(以及在编码器20侧通过例如逆变换处理单元212为对应逆变换)指定具体比例缩放因子,以及相应地,可以在编码器20侧通过变换处理单元206为正变换指定对应比例缩放因子。The transform processing unit 206 may be used to apply an integer approximation of DCT/DST, such as the transform specified for HEVC/H.265. Compared with the orthogonal DCT transform, this integer approximation is usually scaled by a factor. In order to maintain the norm of the residual block processed by the forward and inverse transformation, an additional scaling factor is applied as part of the transformation process. The scaling factor is usually selected based on certain constraints. For example, the scaling factor is a trade-off between the power of 2 used for the shift operation, the bit depth of the transform coefficient, accuracy, and implementation cost. For example, on the decoder 30 side, for example, the inverse transformation processing unit 212 for the inverse transformation (and on the encoder 20 side, for example, the inverse transformation processing unit 212 for the corresponding inverse transformation) designate a specific scaling factor, and accordingly, the encoder The 20 side uses the transformation processing unit 206 to specify a corresponding scaling factor for the positive transformation.
量化单元208用于例如通过应用标量量化或向量量化来量化变换系数207,以获取经量化变换系数209。经量化变换系数209也可以称为经量化残差系数209。量化过程可以减少与部分或全部变换系数207有关的位深度。例如,可在量化期间将n位变换系数向下舍入到m位变换系数,其中n大于m。可通过调整量化参数(quantization parameter,QP)修改量化程度。例如,对于标量量化,可以应用不同的标度来实现较细或较粗的量化。较小量化步长对应较细量化,而较大量化步长对应较粗量化。可以通过量化参数(quantization parameter,QP)指示合适的量化步长。例如,量化参数可以为合适的量化步长的预定义集合的索引。例如,较小的量化参数可以对应精细量化(较小量化步长),较大量化参数可以对应粗糙量化(较大量化步长),反之亦然。量化可以包含除以量化步长以及例如通过 逆量化210执行的对应的量化或逆量化,或者可以包含乘以量化步长。根据例如HEVC的一些标准的实施例可以使用量化参数来确定量化步长。一般而言,可以基于量化参数使用包含除法的等式的定点近似来计算量化步长。可以引入额外比例缩放因子来进行量化和反量化,以恢复可能由于在用于量化步长和量化参数的等式的定点近似中使用的标度而修改的残差块的范数。在一个实例实施方式中,可以合并逆变换和反量化的标度。或者,可以使用自定义量化表并在例如比特流中将其从编码器通过信号发送到解码器。量化是有损操作,其中量化步长越大,损耗越大。The quantization unit 208 is used to quantize the transform coefficient 207 by applying scalar quantization or vector quantization, for example, to obtain the quantized transform coefficient 209. The quantized transform coefficient 209 may also be referred to as a quantized residual coefficient 209. The quantization process can reduce the bit depth associated with some or all of the transform coefficients 207. For example, n-bit transform coefficients can be rounded down to m-bit transform coefficients during quantization, where n is greater than m. The degree of quantization can be modified by adjusting the quantization parameter (QP). For example, for scalar quantization, different scales can be applied to achieve finer or coarser quantization. A smaller quantization step size corresponds to a finer quantization, and a larger quantization step size corresponds to a coarser quantization. The appropriate quantization step size can be indicated by a quantization parameter (QP). For example, the quantization parameter may be an index of a predefined set of suitable quantization steps. For example, a smaller quantization parameter can correspond to fine quantization (smaller quantization step size), and a larger quantization parameter can correspond to coarse quantization (larger quantization step size), and vice versa. The quantization may include division by a quantization step size and corresponding quantization or inverse quantization performed by, for example, inverse quantization 210, or may include multiplication by a quantization step size. Embodiments according to some standards such as HEVC may use quantization parameters to determine the quantization step size. In general, the quantization step size can be calculated based on the quantization parameter using a fixed-point approximation of an equation including division. Additional scaling factors can be introduced for quantization and inverse quantization to restore the norm of the residual block that may be modified due to the scale used in the fixed-point approximation of the equations for the quantization step size and the quantization parameter. In an example embodiment, the scales of inverse transform and inverse quantization may be combined. Alternatively, a custom quantization table can be used and signaled from the encoder to the decoder in, for example, a bitstream. Quantization is a lossy operation, where the larger the quantization step, the greater the loss.
逆量化单元210用于在经量化系数上应用量化单元208的逆量化,以获取经反量化系数211,例如,基于或使用与量化单元208相同的量化步长,应用量化单元208应用的量化方案的逆量化方案。经反量化系数211也可以称为经反量化残差系数211,对应于变换系数207,虽然由于量化造成的损耗通常与变换系数不相同。The inverse quantization unit 210 is configured to apply the inverse quantization of the quantization unit 208 on the quantized coefficients to obtain the inverse quantized coefficients 211, for example, based on or use the same quantization step size as the quantization unit 208, and apply the quantization scheme applied by the quantization unit 208 The inverse quantification scheme. The inversely quantized coefficient 211 may also be referred to as the inversely quantized residual coefficient 211, which corresponds to the transform coefficient 207, although the loss due to quantization is usually different from the transform coefficient.
逆变换处理单元212用于应用变换处理单元206应用的变换的逆变换,例如,逆离散余弦变换(discrete cosine transform,DCT)或逆离散正弦变换(discrete sine transform,DST),以在样本域中获取逆变换块213。逆变换块213也可以称为逆变换经反量化块213或逆变换残差块213。The inverse transform processing unit 212 is configured to apply the inverse transform of the transform applied by the transform processing unit 206, for example, an inverse discrete cosine transform (DCT) or an inverse discrete sine transform (DST), so as to be in the sample domain Obtain the inverse transform block 213. The inverse transformation block 213 may also be referred to as an inverse transformation and inverse quantization block 213 or an inverse transformation residual block 213.
重构单元214(例如,求和器214)用于将逆变换块213(即经重构残差块213)添加至预测块265,以在样本域中获取经重构块215,例如,将经重构残差块213的样本值与预测块265的样本值相加。The reconstruction unit 214 (for example, the summer 214) is used to add the inverse transform block 213 (that is, the reconstructed residual block 213) to the prediction block 265 to obtain the reconstructed block 215 in the sample domain, for example, The sample value of the reconstructed residual block 213 and the sample value of the prediction block 265 are added.
可选地,例如线缓冲器216的缓冲器单元216(或简称“缓冲器”216)用于缓冲或存储经重构块215和对应的样本值,用于例如帧内预测。在其它的实施例中,编码器可以用于使用存储在缓冲器单元216中的未经滤波的经重构块和/或对应的样本值来进行任何类别的估计和/或预测,例如帧内预测。Optionally, the buffer unit 216 (or "buffer" 216 for short) such as the line buffer 216 is used to buffer or store the reconstructed block 215 and the corresponding sample value, for example, for intra prediction. In other embodiments, the encoder can be used to use the unfiltered reconstructed block and/or the corresponding sample value stored in the buffer unit 216 to perform any type of estimation and/or prediction, such as intra-frame prediction.
例如,编码器20的实施例可以经配置以使得缓冲器单元216不只用于存储用于帧内预测254的经重构块215,也用于环路滤波器220单元(在图2中未示出),和/或,例如使得缓冲器单元216和经解码图片缓冲器单元230形成一个缓冲器。其它实施例可以用于将经滤波块221和/或来自经解码图片缓冲器230的块或样本(图2中均未示出)用作帧内预测254的输入或基础。For example, the embodiment of the encoder 20 may be configured such that the buffer unit 216 is used not only for storing the reconstructed block 215 for intra prediction 254, but also for the loop filter 220 unit (not shown in FIG. 2 Out), and/or, for example, the buffer unit 216 and the decoded picture buffer unit 230 form one buffer. Other embodiments may be used to use the filtered block 221 and/or blocks or samples from the decoded picture buffer 230 (neither shown in FIG. 2) as the input or basis for the intra prediction 254.
环路滤波器单元220(或简称“环路滤波器”220)用于对经重构块215进行滤波以获取经滤波块221,从而顺利进行像素转变或提高视频质量。环路滤波器单元220旨在表示一个或多个环路滤波器,例如去块滤波器、样本自适应偏移(sample-adaptive offset,SAO)滤波器或其它滤波器,例如双边滤波器、自适应环路滤波器(adaptive loop filter,ALF),或锐化或平滑滤波器,或协同滤波器。尽管环路滤波器单元220在图2中示出为环内滤波器,但在其它配置中,环路滤波器单元220可实施为环后滤波器。经滤波块221也可以称为经滤波的经重构块221。经解码图片缓冲器230可以在环路滤波器单元220对经重构编码块执行滤波操作之后存储经重构编码块。The loop filter unit 220 (or “loop filter” 220 for short) is used to filter the reconstructed block 215 to obtain the filtered block 221, thereby smoothly performing pixel conversion or improving video quality. The loop filter unit 220 is intended to represent one or more loop filters, such as deblocking filters, sample-adaptive offset (SAO) filters or other filters, such as bilateral filters, auto Adaptive loop filter (ALF), or sharpening or smoothing filter, or collaborative filter. Although the loop filter unit 220 is shown as an in-loop filter in FIG. 2, in other configurations, the loop filter unit 220 may be implemented as a post-loop filter. The filtered block 221 may also be referred to as a filtered reconstructed block 221. The decoded picture buffer 230 may store the reconstructed coded block after the loop filter unit 220 performs a filtering operation on the reconstructed coded block.
编码器20(对应地,环路滤波器单元220)的实施例可以用于输出环路滤波器参数(例如,样本自适应偏移信息),例如,直接输出或由熵编码单元270或任何其它熵编码单元熵编码后输出,例如使得解码器30可以接收并应用相同的环路滤波器参数用于解码。The embodiment of the encoder 20 (correspondingly, the loop filter unit 220) may be used to output loop filter parameters (e.g., sample adaptive offset information), for example, directly output or by the entropy encoding unit 270 or any other The entropy coding unit outputs after entropy coding, for example, so that the decoder 30 can receive and apply the same loop filter parameters for decoding.
经解码图片缓冲器(decoded picture buffer,DPB)230可以为存储参考图片数据供编码器20编码视频数据之用的参考图片存储器。DPB 230可由多种存储器设备中的任一个形 成,例如动态随机存储器(dynamic random access memory,DRAM)(包含同步DRAM(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、磁阻式RAM(magnetoresistive RAM,MRAM)、电阻式RAM(resistive RAM,RRAM))或其它类型的存储器设备。可以由同一存储器设备或单独的存储器设备提供DPB 230和缓冲器216。在某一实例中,经解码图片缓冲器(decoded picture buffer,DPB)230用于存储经滤波块221。经解码图片缓冲器230可以进一步用于存储同一当前图片或例如先前经重构图片的不同图片的其它先前的经滤波块,例如先前经重构和经滤波块221,以及可以提供完整的先前经重构亦即经解码图片(和对应参考块和样本)和/或部分经重构当前图片(和对应参考块和样本),例如用于帧间预测。在某一实例中,如果经重构块215无需环内滤波而得以重构,则经解码图片缓冲器(decoded picture buffer,DPB)230用于存储经重构块215。The decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230 may be a reference picture memory that stores reference picture data for the encoder 20 to encode video data. DPB 230 can be formed by any of a variety of memory devices, such as dynamic random access memory (DRAM) (including synchronous DRAM (SDRAM), magnetoresistive RAM (MRAM), resistive RAM) (resistive RAM, RRAM)) or other types of memory devices. The DPB 230 and the buffer 216 may be provided by the same memory device or by separate memory devices. In a certain example, a decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230 is used to store the filtered block 221. The decoded picture buffer 230 may be further used to store other previous filtered blocks of the same current picture or different pictures such as the previously reconstructed picture, such as the previously reconstructed and filtered block 221, and may provide a complete previous Reconstruction is a decoded picture (and corresponding reference blocks and samples) and/or a partially reconstructed current picture (and corresponding reference blocks and samples), for example, for inter prediction. In a certain example, if the reconstructed block 215 is reconstructed without in-loop filtering, a decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230 is used to store the reconstructed block 215.
预测处理单元260,也称为块预测处理单元260,用于接收或获取图像块203(当前图片201的当前图像块203)和经重构图片数据,例如来自缓冲器216的同一(当前)图片的参考样本和/或来自经解码图片缓冲器230的一个或多个先前经解码图片的参考图片数据231,以及用于处理这类数据进行预测,即提供可以为经帧间预测块245或经帧内预测块255的预测块265。The prediction processing unit 260, also called the block prediction processing unit 260, is used to receive or obtain the image block 203 (the current image block 203 of the current picture 201) and reconstructed picture data, such as the same (current) picture from the buffer 216 The reference samples and/or the reference picture data 231 of one or more previously decoded pictures from the decoded picture buffer 230, and used to process such data for prediction, that is, the provision can be an inter-predicted block 245 or a The prediction block 265 of the intra prediction block 255.
模式选择单元262可以用于选择预测模式(例如帧内或帧间预测模式)和/或对应的用作预测块265的预测块245或255,以计算残差块205和重构经重构块215。The mode selection unit 262 may be used to select a prediction mode (for example, intra or inter prediction mode) and/or the corresponding prediction block 245 or 255 used as the prediction block 265 to calculate the residual block 205 and reconstruct the reconstructed block 215.
模式选择单元262的实施例可以用于选择预测模式(例如,从预测处理单元260所支持的那些预测模式中选择),所述预测模式提供最佳匹配或者说最小残差(最小残差意味着传输或存储中更好的压缩),或提供最小信令开销(最小信令开销意味着传输或存储中更好的压缩),或同时考虑或平衡以上两者。模式选择单元262可以用于基于码率失真优化(rate distortion optimization,RDO)确定预测模式,即选择提供最小码率失真优化的预测模式,或选择相关码率失真至少满足预测模式选择标准的预测模式。The embodiment of the mode selection unit 262 can be used to select a prediction mode (for example, from those supported by the prediction processing unit 260) that provides the best match or minimum residual (the minimum residual means Better compression in transmission or storage), or provide minimal signaling overhead (minimum signaling overhead means better compression in transmission or storage), or consider or balance both. The mode selection unit 262 may be configured to determine a prediction mode based on rate distortion optimization (RDO), that is, select a prediction mode that provides the smallest rate-distortion optimization, or select a prediction mode whose related rate-distortion at least meets the prediction mode selection criteria .
下文将详细解释编码器20的实例(例如,通过预测处理单元260)执行的预测处理和(例如,通过模式选择单元262)执行的模式选择。The prediction processing performed by an example of the encoder 20 (for example, by the prediction processing unit 260) and the mode selection performed (for example, by the mode selection unit 262) will be explained in detail below.
如上文所述,编码器20用于从(预先确定的)预测模式集合中确定或选择最好或最优的预测模式。预测模式集合可以包括例如帧内预测模式和/或帧间预测模式。As described above, the encoder 20 is used to determine or select the best or optimal prediction mode from a set of (predetermined) prediction modes. The prediction mode set may include, for example, an intra prediction mode and/or an inter prediction mode.
帧内预测模式集合可以包括35种不同的帧内预测模式,例如,如DC(或均值)模式和平面模式的非方向性模式,或如H.265中定义的方向性模式,或者可以包括67种不同的帧内预测模式,例如,如DC(或均值)模式和平面模式的非方向性模式,或如正在发展中的H.266中定义的方向性模式。The set of intra prediction modes may include 35 different intra prediction modes, for example, non-directional modes such as DC (or mean) mode and planar mode, or directional modes as defined in H.265, or may include 67 Different intra-frame prediction modes, for example, non-directional modes such as DC (or mean) mode and planar mode, or directional modes as defined in H.266 under development.
在可能的实现中,帧间预测模式集合取决于可用参考图片(即,例如前述存储在DBP230中的至少部分经解码图片)和其它帧间预测参数,例如取决于是否使用整个参考图片或只使用参考图片的一部分,例如围绕当前块的区域的搜索窗区域,来搜索最佳匹配参考块,和/或例如取决于是否应用如半像素和/或四分之一像素内插的像素内插,帧间预测模式集合例如可包括跳过(skip)模式和融合(merge)模式。具体实施中,帧间预测模式集合可包括本申请实施例中基于skip的融合运动矢量差(merge with motion vector difference,MMVD)模式,或者基于merge的MMVD模式。在一个实例中,帧内预测单元254可以用于执行下文描述的帧间预测技术的任意组合。In a possible implementation, the set of inter-frame prediction modes depends on the available reference pictures (ie, for example, the aforementioned at least part of the decoded pictures stored in the DBP230) and other inter-frame prediction parameters, such as whether to use the entire reference picture or only use A part of the reference picture, such as the search window area surrounding the area of the current block, to search for the best matching reference block, and/or depending on whether pixel interpolation such as half pixel and/or quarter pixel interpolation is applied, The set of inter prediction modes may include, for example, skip mode and merge mode. In specific implementation, the inter-frame prediction mode set may include the skip-based merged motion vector difference (MMVD) mode in the embodiment of the present application, or the merge-based MMVD mode. In one example, the intra prediction unit 254 may be used to perform any combination of inter prediction techniques described below.
除了以上预测模式,本申请实施例也可以应用跳过模式和/或直接模式。In addition to the above prediction modes, the embodiments of the present application may also apply skip mode and/or direct mode.
预测处理单元260可以进一步用于将图像块203分割成较小的块分区或子块,例如,通过迭代使用四叉树(quad-tree,QT)分割、二进制树(binary-tree,BT)分割或三叉树(triple-tree,TT)分割,或其任何组合,以及用于例如为块分区或子块中的每一个执行预测,其中模式选择包括选择分割的图像块203的树结构和选择应用于块分区或子块中的每一个的预测模式。The prediction processing unit 260 may be further used to divide the image block 203 into smaller block partitions or sub-blocks, for example, by iteratively using quad-tree (QT) segmentation and binary-tree (BT) segmentation. Or triple-tree (TT) segmentation, or any combination thereof, and used to perform prediction, for example, for each of the block partitions or sub-blocks, where the mode selection includes selecting the tree structure of the segmented image block 203 and selecting the application The prediction mode for each of the block partitions or sub-blocks.
帧间预测单元244可以包含运动估计(motion estimation,ME)单元(图2中未示出)和运动补偿(motion compensation,MC)单元(图2中未示出)。运动估计单元用于接收或获取图片图像块203(当前图片201的当前图片图像块203)和经解码图片231,或至少一个或多个先前经重构块,例如,一个或多个其它/不同先前经解码图片231的经重构块,来进行运动估计。例如,视频序列可以包括当前图片和先前经解码图片31,或换句话说,当前图片和先前经解码图片31可以是形成视频序列的图片序列的一部分,或者形成该图片序列。The inter prediction unit 244 may include a motion estimation (ME) unit (not shown in FIG. 2) and a motion compensation (MC) unit (not shown in FIG. 2). The motion estimation unit is used to receive or obtain the picture image block 203 (the current picture image block 203 of the current picture 201) and the decoded picture 231, or at least one or more previously reconstructed blocks, for example, one or more other/different The reconstructed block of the previously decoded picture 231 is used for motion estimation. For example, the video sequence may include the current picture and the previously decoded picture 31, or in other words, the current picture and the previously decoded picture 31 may be part of the picture sequence forming the video sequence, or form the picture sequence.
例如,编码器20可以用于从多个其它图片中的同一或不同图片的多个参考块中选择参考块,并向运动估计单元(图2中未示出)提供参考图片和/或提供参考块的位置(X、Y坐标)与当前块的位置之间的偏移(空间偏移)作为帧间预测参数。该偏移也称为运动向量(motion vector,MV)。For example, the encoder 20 may be used to select a reference block from multiple reference blocks of the same or different pictures among multiple other pictures, and provide the reference picture and/or provide a reference to the motion estimation unit (not shown in FIG. 2) The offset (spatial offset) between the position of the block (X, Y coordinates) and the position of the current block is used as an inter prediction parameter. This offset is also called a motion vector (MV).
运动补偿单元用于获取帧间预测参数,并基于或使用帧间预测参数执行帧间预测来获取帧间预测块245。由运动补偿单元(图2中未示出)执行的运动补偿可以包含基于通过运动估计(可能执行对子像素精确度的内插)确定的运动/块向量取出或生成预测块。内插滤波可从已知像素样本产生额外像素样本,从而潜在地增加可用于编码图片块的候选预测块的数目。一旦接收到用于当前图片块的PU的运动向量,运动补偿单元246可以在一个参考图片列表中定位运动向量指向的预测块。运动补偿单元246还可以生成与块和视频条带相关联的语法元素,以供解码器30在解码视频条带的图片块时使用。The motion compensation unit is used to obtain inter prediction parameters, and perform inter prediction based on or using the inter prediction parameters to obtain the inter prediction block 245. The motion compensation performed by the motion compensation unit (not shown in FIG. 2) may include fetching or generating a prediction block based on a motion/block vector determined by motion estimation (interpolation of sub-pixel accuracy may be performed). Interpolation filtering can generate additional pixel samples from known pixel samples, thereby potentially increasing the number of candidate prediction blocks that can be used to encode picture blocks. Once the motion vector for the PU of the current picture block is received, the motion compensation unit 246 can locate the prediction block pointed to by the motion vector in a reference picture list. The motion compensation unit 246 may also generate syntax elements associated with the blocks and video slices for use by the decoder 30 when decoding picture blocks of the video slices.
具体的,上述帧间预测单元244可向熵编码单元270传输语法元素,所述语法元素包括帧间预测参数(比如遍历多个帧间预测模式后选择用于当前块预测的帧间预测模式的指示信息)。可能应用场景中,如果帧间预测模式只有一种,那么也可以不在语法元素中携带帧间预测参数,此时解码端30可直接使用默认的预测模式进行解码。可以理解的,帧间预测单元244可以用于执行帧间预测技术的任意组合。Specifically, the aforementioned inter-prediction unit 244 may transmit syntax elements to the entropy encoding unit 270, and the syntax elements include inter-prediction parameters (for example, after traversing multiple inter-prediction modes and selecting the inter-prediction mode used for prediction of the current block) Instructions). In a possible application scenario, if there is only one inter-frame prediction mode, the inter-frame prediction parameter may not be carried in the syntax element. In this case, the decoder 30 can directly use the default prediction mode for decoding. It can be understood that the inter prediction unit 244 may be used to perform any combination of inter prediction techniques.
帧内预测单元254用于获取,例如接收同一图片的图片块203(当前图片块)和一个或多个先前经重构块,例如经重构相相邻块,以进行帧内估计。例如,编码器20可以用于从多个(预定)帧内预测模式中选择帧内预测模式。The intra prediction unit 254 is used to obtain, for example, receive a picture block 203 (current picture block) of the same picture and one or more previously reconstructed blocks, for example reconstructed adjacent blocks, for intra estimation. For example, the encoder 20 may be used to select an intra prediction mode from a plurality of (predetermined) intra prediction modes.
编码器20的实施例可以用于基于优化标准选择帧内预测模式,例如基于最小残差(例如,提供最类似于当前图片块203的预测块255的帧内预测模式)或最小码率失真。The embodiment of the encoder 20 may be used to select an intra prediction mode based on optimization criteria, for example, based on a minimum residual (for example, an intra prediction mode that provides a prediction block 255 most similar to the current picture block 203) or a minimum rate distortion.
帧内预测单元254进一步用于基于如所选择的帧内预测模式的帧内预测参数确定帧内预测块255。在任何情况下,在选择用于块的帧内预测模式之后,帧内预测单元254还用于向熵编码单元270提供帧内预测参数,即提供指示所选择的用于块的帧内预测模式的信息。在一个实例中,帧内预测单元254可以用于执行帧内预测技术的任意组合。The intra prediction unit 254 is further configured to determine the intra prediction block 255 based on the intra prediction parameters of the selected intra prediction mode. In any case, after selecting the intra prediction mode for the block, the intra prediction unit 254 is also used to provide intra prediction parameters to the entropy encoding unit 270, that is, to provide an indication of the selected intra prediction mode for the block Information. In one example, the intra prediction unit 254 may be used to perform any combination of intra prediction techniques.
具体的,上述帧内预测单元254可向熵编码单元270传输语法元素,所述语法元素包括帧内预测参数(比如遍历多个帧内预测模式后选择用于当前块预测的帧内预测模式的指示信息)。可能应用场景中,如果帧内预测模式只有一种,那么也可以不在语法元素中携 带帧内预测参数,此时解码端30可直接使用默认的预测模式进行解码。Specifically, the aforementioned intra-prediction unit 254 may transmit syntax elements to the entropy encoding unit 270, and the syntax elements include intra-prediction parameters (for example, after traversing multiple intra-prediction modes, selecting the intra-prediction mode used for prediction of the current block) Instructions). In a possible application scenario, if there is only one intra prediction mode, the intra prediction parameters may not be carried in the syntax element. In this case, the decoder 30 can directly use the default prediction mode for decoding.
熵编码单元270用于将熵编码算法或方案(例如,可变长度编码(variable length coding,VLC)方案、上下文自适应VLC(context adaptive VLC,CAVLC)方案、算术编码方案、上下文自适应二进制算术编码(context adaptive binary arithmetic coding,CABAC)、基于语法的上下文自适应二进制算术编码(syntax-based context-adaptive binary arithmetic coding,SBAC)、概率区间分割熵(probability interval partitioning entropy,PIPE)编码或其它熵编码方法或技术)应用于经量化残差系数209、帧间预测参数、帧内预测参数和/或环路滤波器参数中的单个或所有上(或不应用),以获取可以通过输出272以例如经编码比特流21的形式输出的经编码图片数据21。可以将经编码比特流传输到视频解码器30,或将其存档稍后由视频解码器30传输或检索。熵编码单元270还可用于熵编码正被编码的当前视频条带的其它语法元素。The entropy coding unit 270 is used to apply entropy coding algorithms or schemes (for example, variable length coding (VLC) scheme, context adaptive VLC (context adaptive VLC, CAVLC) scheme, arithmetic coding scheme, context adaptive binary arithmetic) Coding (context adaptive binary arithmetic coding, CABAC), syntax-based context-adaptive binary arithmetic coding (SBAC), probability interval partitioning entropy (PIPE) coding or other entropy Encoding method or technique) applied to quantized residual coefficients 209, inter-frame prediction parameters, intra-frame prediction parameters and/or loop filter parameters, one or all (or not applied), to obtain the output 272 For example, encoded picture data 21 output in the form of encoded bitstream 21. The encoded bitstream can be transmitted to the video decoder 30, or archived for later transmission or retrieval by the video decoder 30. The entropy encoding unit 270 may also be used for entropy encoding other syntax elements of the current video slice being encoded.
视频编码器20的其它结构变型可用于编码视频流。例如,基于非变换的编码器20可以在没有针对某些块或帧的变换处理单元206的情况下直接量化残差信号。在另一实施方式中,编码器20可具有组合成单个单元的量化单元208和逆量化单元210。Other structural variants of the video encoder 20 can be used to encode video streams. For example, the non-transform-based encoder 20 may directly quantize the residual signal without the transform processing unit 206 for certain blocks or frames. In another embodiment, the encoder 20 may have a quantization unit 208 and an inverse quantization unit 210 combined into a single unit.
具体的,在本申请实施例中,编码器20可用于实现后文实施例中描述的视频图像编码方法。Specifically, in this embodiment of the present application, the encoder 20 may be used to implement the video image encoding method described in the following embodiments.
应当理解的是,视频编码器20的其它的结构变化可用于编码视频流。例如,对于某些图像块或者图像帧,视频编码器20可以直接地量化残差信号而不需要经变换处理单元206处理,相应地也不需要经逆变换处理单元212处理;或者,对于某些图像块或者图像帧,视频编码器20没有产生残差数据,相应地不需要经变换处理单元206、量化单元208、逆量化单元210和逆变换处理单元212处理;或者,视频编码器20可以将经重构图像块作为参考块直接地进行存储而不需要经滤波器220处理;或者,视频编码器20中量化单元208和逆量化单元210可以合并在一起。环路滤波器220是可选的,以及针对无损压缩编码的情况下,变换处理单元206、量化单元208、逆量化单元210和逆变换处理单元212是可选的。应当理解的是,根据不同的应用场景,帧间预测单元244和帧内预测单元254可以是被选择性的启用。It should be understood that other structural changes of the video encoder 20 can be used to encode the video stream. For example, for some image blocks or image frames, the video encoder 20 may directly quantize the residual signal without being processed by the transform processing unit 206, and accordingly does not need to be processed by the inverse transform processing unit 212; or, for some For image blocks or image frames, the video encoder 20 does not generate residual data, and accordingly does not need to be processed by the transform processing unit 206, quantization unit 208, inverse quantization unit 210, and inverse transform processing unit 212; or, the video encoder 20 may The reconstructed image block is directly stored as a reference block without being processed by the filter 220; or, the quantization unit 208 and the inverse quantization unit 210 in the video encoder 20 may be combined together. The loop filter 220 is optional, and for lossless compression coding, the transform processing unit 206, the quantization unit 208, the inverse quantization unit 210, and the inverse transform processing unit 212 are optional. It should be understood that, according to different application scenarios, the inter prediction unit 244 and the intra prediction unit 254 may be selectively activated.
参见图3,图3示出用于实现本申请实施例的解码器30的实例的示意性/概念性框图。视频解码器30用于接收例如由编码器20编码的经编码图片数据(例如,经编码比特流)21,以获取经解码图片231。在解码过程期间,视频解码器30从视频编码器20接收视频数据,例如表示经编码视频条带的图片块的经编码视频比特流及相关联的语法元素。Referring to FIG. 3, FIG. 3 shows a schematic/conceptual block diagram of an example of a decoder 30 for implementing an embodiment of the present application. The video decoder 30 is used to receive, for example, encoded picture data (for example, an encoded bit stream) 21 encoded by the encoder 20 to obtain a decoded picture 231. During the decoding process, video decoder 30 receives video data from video encoder 20, such as an encoded video bitstream and associated syntax elements that represent picture blocks of an encoded video slice.
在图3的实例中,解码器30包括熵解码单元304、逆量化单元310、逆变换处理单元312、重构单元314(例如求和器314)、缓冲器316、环路滤波器320、经解码图片缓冲器330以及预测处理单元360。预测处理单元360可以包含帧间预测单元344、帧内预测单元354和模式选择单元362。在一些实例中,视频解码器30可执行大体上与参照图2的视频编码器20描述的编码遍次互逆的解码遍次。In the example of FIG. 3, the decoder 30 includes an entropy decoding unit 304, an inverse quantization unit 310, an inverse transform processing unit 312, a reconstruction unit 314 (such as a summer 314), a buffer 316, a loop filter 320, and The decoded picture buffer 330 and the prediction processing unit 360. The prediction processing unit 360 may include an inter prediction unit 344, an intra prediction unit 354, and a mode selection unit 362. In some examples, video decoder 30 may perform decoding passes that are substantially reciprocal of the encoding passes described with video encoder 20 of FIG. 2.
熵解码单元304用于对经编码图片数据21执行熵解码,以获取例如经量化系数309和/或经解码的编码参数(图3中未示出),例如,帧间预测、帧内预测参数、环路滤波器参数和/或其它语法元素中(经解码)的任意一个或全部。熵解码单元304进一步用于将帧间预测参数、帧内预测参数和/或其它语法元素转发至预测处理单元360。视频解码器30可接收视频条带层级和/或视频块层级的语法元素。The entropy decoding unit 304 is configured to perform entropy decoding on the encoded picture data 21 to obtain, for example, quantized coefficients 309 and/or decoded encoding parameters (not shown in FIG. 3), for example, inter prediction, intra prediction parameters , Loop filter parameters and/or any one or all of other syntax elements (decoded). The entropy decoding unit 304 is further configured to forward the inter prediction parameters, intra prediction parameters and/or other syntax elements to the prediction processing unit 360. The video decoder 30 may receive syntax elements at the video slice level and/or the video block level.
逆量化单元310功能上可与逆量化单元110相同,逆变换处理单元312功能上可与逆变换处理单元212相同,重构单元314功能上可与重构单元214相同,缓冲器316功能上可与缓冲器216相同,环路滤波器320功能上可与环路滤波器220相同,经解码图片缓冲器330功能上可与经解码图片缓冲器230相同。The inverse quantization unit 310 can be functionally the same as the inverse quantization unit 110, the inverse transformation processing unit 312 can be functionally the same as the inverse transformation processing unit 212, the reconstruction unit 314 can be functionally the same as the reconstruction unit 214, and the buffer 316 can be functionally identical. Like the buffer 216, the loop filter 320 may be functionally the same as the loop filter 220, and the decoded picture buffer 330 may be functionally the same as the decoded picture buffer 230.
预测处理单元360可以包括帧间预测单元344和帧内预测单元354,其中帧间预测单元344功能上可以类似于帧间预测单元244,帧内预测单元354功能上可以类似于帧内预测单元254。预测处理单元360通常用于执行块预测和/或从经编码数据21获取预测块365,以及从例如熵解码单元304(显式地或隐式地)接收或获取预测相关参数和/或关于所选择的预测模式的信息。The prediction processing unit 360 may include an inter prediction unit 344 and an intra prediction unit 354. The inter prediction unit 344 may be functionally similar to the inter prediction unit 244, and the intra prediction unit 354 may be functionally similar to the intra prediction unit 254. . The prediction processing unit 360 is generally used to perform block prediction and/or obtain a prediction block 365 from the encoded data 21, and to receive or obtain (explicitly or implicitly) prediction-related parameters and/or information about the prediction from the entropy decoding unit 304, for example. Information about the selected prediction mode.
当视频条带经编码为经帧内编码(I)条带时,预测处理单元360的帧内预测单元354用于基于信号表示的帧内预测模式及来自当前帧或图片的先前经解码块的数据来产生用于当前视频条带的图片块的预测块365。当视频帧经编码为经帧间编码(即B或P)条带时,预测处理单元360的帧间预测单元344(例如,运动补偿单元)用于基于运动向量及从熵解码单元304接收的其它语法元素生成用于当前视频条带的视频块的预测块365。对于帧间预测,可从一个参考图片列表内的一个参考图片中产生预测块。视频解码器30可基于存储于DPB 330中的参考图片,使用默认建构技术来建构参考帧列表:列表0和列表1。When a video slice is coded as an intra-coded (I) slice, the intra-prediction unit 354 of the prediction processing unit 360 is used for the intra-prediction mode based on the signal and the previous decoded block from the current frame or picture. Data to generate a prediction block 365 for the picture block of the current video slice. When a video frame is coded as inter-coded (ie, B or P) slices, the inter-frame prediction unit 344 (eg, motion compensation unit) of the prediction processing unit 360 is used for the motion vector and the received from the entropy decoding unit 304 The other syntax elements generate a prediction block 365 for the video block of the current video slice. For inter prediction, a prediction block can be generated from a reference picture in a reference picture list. The video decoder 30 may use the default construction technique to construct a list of reference frames based on the reference pictures stored in the DPB 330: list 0 and list 1.
预测处理单元360用于通过解析运动向量和其它语法元素,确定用于当前视频条带的视频块的预测信息,并使用预测信息产生用于正经解码的当前视频块的预测块。在本申请的一实例中,预测处理单元360使用接收到的一些语法元素确定用于编码视频条带的视频块的预测模式(例如,帧内或帧间预测)、帧间预测条带类型(例如,B条带、P条带或GPB条带)、用于条带的参考图片列表中的一个或多个的建构信息、用于条带的每个经帧间编码视频块的运动向量、条带的每个经帧间编码视频块的帧间预测状态以及其它信息,以解码当前视频条带的视频块。在本公开的另一实例中,视频解码器30从比特流接收的语法元素包含接收自适应参数集(adaptive parameter set,APS)、序列参数集(sequence parameter set,SPS)、图片参数集(picture parameter set,PPS)或条带标头中的一个或多个中的语法元素。The prediction processing unit 360 is configured to determine prediction information for the video block of the current video slice by parsing the motion vector and other syntax elements, and use the prediction information to generate the prediction block for the current video block being decoded. In an example of the present application, the prediction processing unit 360 uses some syntax elements received to determine the prediction mode (for example, intra or inter prediction) and the inter prediction slice type ( For example, B slice, P slice or GPB slice), construction information for one or more of the reference picture list for the slice, motion vector for each inter-coded video block of the slice, The inter prediction status and other information of each inter-encoded video block of the slice to decode the video block of the current video slice. In another example of the present disclosure, the syntax elements received by the video decoder 30 from the bitstream include receiving adaptive parameter set (APS), sequence parameter set (sequence parameter set, SPS), and picture parameter set (picture parameter set). parameter set, PPS) or a syntax element in one or more of the slice headers.
逆量化单元310可用于逆量化(即,反量化)在比特流中提供且由熵解码单元304解码的经量化变换系数。逆量化过程可包含使用由视频编码器20针对视频条带中的每一视频块所计算的量化参数来确定应该应用的量化程度并同样确定应该应用的逆量化程度。The inverse quantization unit 310 may be used to inverse quantize (ie, inverse quantize) the quantized transform coefficients provided in the bitstream and decoded by the entropy decoding unit 304. The inverse quantization process may include using the quantization parameter calculated by the video encoder 20 for each video block in the video slice to determine the degree of quantization that should be applied and also determine the degree of inverse quantization that should be applied.
逆变换处理单元312用于将逆变换(例如,逆DCT、逆整数变换或概念上类似的逆变换过程)应用于变换系数,以便在像素域中产生残差块。The inverse transform processing unit 312 is used to apply an inverse transform (for example, an inverse DCT, an inverse integer transform, or a conceptually similar inverse transform process) to transform coefficients so as to generate a residual block in the pixel domain.
重构单元314(例如,求和器314)用于将逆变换块313(即经重构残差块313)添加到预测块365,以在样本域中获取经重构块315,例如通过将经重构残差块313的样本值与预测块365的样本值相加。The reconstruction unit 314 (for example, the summer 314) is used to add the inverse transform block 313 (that is, the reconstructed residual block 313) to the prediction block 365 to obtain the reconstructed block 315 in the sample domain, for example by adding The sample value of the reconstructed residual block 313 and the sample value of the prediction block 365 are added.
环路滤波器单元320(在编码循环期间或在编码循环之后)用于对经重构块315进行滤波以获取经滤波块321,从而顺利进行像素转变或提高视频质量。在一个实例中,环路滤波器单元320可以用于执行下文描述的滤波技术的任意组合。环路滤波器单元320旨在表示一个或多个环路滤波器,例如去块滤波器、样本自适应偏移(sample-adaptive offset,SAO)滤波器或其它滤波器,例如双边滤波器、自适应环路滤波器(adaptive loop filter, ALF),或锐化或平滑滤波器,或协同滤波器。尽管环路滤波器单元320在图3中示出为环内滤波器,但在其它配置中,环路滤波器单元320可实施为环后滤波器。The loop filter unit 320 (during the encoding cycle or after the encoding cycle) is used to filter the reconstructed block 315 to obtain the filtered block 321, thereby smoothly performing pixel transformation or improving video quality. In one example, the loop filter unit 320 may be used to perform any combination of the filtering techniques described below. The loop filter unit 320 is intended to represent one or more loop filters, such as deblocking filters, sample-adaptive offset (SAO) filters or other filters, such as bilateral filters, auto Adaptive loop filter (ALF), or sharpening or smoothing filter, or collaborative filter. Although the loop filter unit 320 is shown as an in-loop filter in FIG. 3, in other configurations, the loop filter unit 320 may be implemented as a post-loop filter.
随后将给定帧或图片中的经解码视频块321存储在存储用于后续运动补偿的参考图片的经解码图片缓冲器330中。The decoded video block 321 in a given frame or picture is then stored in a decoded picture buffer 330 that stores reference pictures for subsequent motion compensation.
解码器30用于例如,藉由输出332输出经解码图片31,以向用户呈现或供用户查看。The decoder 30 is used, for example, to output the decoded picture 31 through the output 332 for presentation or viewing by the user.
视频解码器30的其它变型可用于对压缩的比特流进行解码。例如,解码器30可以在没有环路滤波器单元320的情况下生成输出视频流。例如,基于非变换的解码器30可以在没有针对某些块或帧的逆变换处理单元312的情况下直接逆量化残差信号。在另一实施方式中,视频解码器30可以具有组合成单个单元的逆量化单元310和逆变换处理单元312。Other variants of the video decoder 30 can be used to decode the compressed bitstream. For example, the decoder 30 may generate an output video stream without the loop filter unit 320. For example, the non-transform-based decoder 30 may directly inversely quantize the residual signal without the inverse transform processing unit 312 for certain blocks or frames. In another embodiment, the video decoder 30 may have an inverse quantization unit 310 and an inverse transform processing unit 312 combined into a single unit.
具体的,在本申请实施例中,解码器30用于实现后文实施例中描述的视频图像解码方法。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present application, the decoder 30 is used to implement the video image decoding method described in the following embodiments.
应当理解的是,视频解码器30的其它结构变化可用于解码经编码视频位流。例如,视频解码器30可以不经滤波器320处理而生成输出视频流;或者,对于某些图像块或者图像帧,视频解码器30的熵解码单元304没有解码出经量化的系数,相应地不需要经逆量化单元310和逆变换处理单元312处理。环路滤波器320是可选的;以及针对无损压缩的情况下,逆量化单元310和逆变换处理单元312是可选的。应当理解的是,根据不同的应用场景,帧间预测单元和帧内预测单元可以是被选择性的启用。It should be understood that other structural changes of the video decoder 30 can be used to decode the encoded video bitstream. For example, the video decoder 30 may generate an output video stream without processing by the filter 320; or, for some image blocks or image frames, the entropy decoding unit 304 of the video decoder 30 does not decode the quantized coefficients, and accordingly does not It needs to be processed by the inverse quantization unit 310 and the inverse transform processing unit 312. The loop filter 320 is optional; and for lossless compression, the inverse quantization unit 310 and the inverse transform processing unit 312 are optional. It should be understood that, according to different application scenarios, the inter prediction unit and the intra prediction unit may be selectively activated.
应当理解的是,本申请的编码器20和解码器30中,针对某个环节的处理结果可以经过进一步处理后,输出到下一个环节,例如,在插值滤波、运动矢量推导或环路滤波等环节之后,对相应环节的处理结果进一步进行Clip或移位shift等操作。It should be understood that in the encoder 20 and decoder 30 of the present application, the processing result for a certain link can be further processed and output to the next link, for example, in interpolation filtering, motion vector derivation or loop filtering, etc. After the link, operations such as Clip or shift are further performed on the processing results of the corresponding link.
例如,按照相邻仿射编码块的运动矢量推导得到的当前图像块的控制点的运动矢量,或者推导得到的当前图像块的子块的运动矢量,可以经过进一步处理,本申请对此不做限定。例如,对运动矢量的取值范围进行约束,使其在一定的位宽内。假设允许的运动矢量的位宽为bitDepth,则运动矢量的范围为-2^(bitDepth-1)~2^(bitDepth-1)-1,其中“^”符号表示幂次方。如bitDepth为16,则取值范围为-32768~32767。如bitDepth为18,则取值范围为-131072~131071。又例如,对运动矢量(例如一个8x8图像块内的四个4x4子块的运动矢量MV)的取值进行约束,使得所述四个4x4子块MV的整数部分之间的最大差值不超过N个像素,例如不超过一个像素。For example, the motion vector of the control point of the current image block derived from the motion vector of the adjacent affine coding block, or the motion vector of the sub-block of the current image block derived from the motion vector may undergo further processing, and this application will not do this limited. For example, restrict the value range of the motion vector so that it is within a certain bit width. Assuming that the bit width of the allowed motion vector is bitDepth, the range of the motion vector is -2^(bitDepth-1) ~ 2^(bitDepth-1)-1, where the "^" symbol represents the power. If bitDepth is 16, the value range is -32768~32767. If bitDepth is 18, the value range is -131072~131071. For another example, the value of the motion vector (for example, the motion vector MV of the four 4x4 sub-blocks in an 8x8 image block) is restricted, so that the maximum difference between the integer parts of the four 4x4 sub-blocks MV does not exceed N pixels, for example, no more than one pixel.
参见图4,图4是本申请实施例提供的视频译码设备400(例如视频编码设备400或视频解码设备400)的结构示意图。视频译码设备400适于实施本文所描述的实施例。在一个实施例中,视频译码设备400可以是视频解码器(例如图1A的解码器30)或视频编码器(例如图1A的编码器20)。在另一个实施例中,视频译码设备400可以是上述图1A的解码器30或图1A的编码器20中的一个或多个组件。Refer to FIG. 4, which is a schematic structural diagram of a video decoding device 400 (for example, a video encoding device 400 or a video decoding device 400) provided by an embodiment of the present application. The video coding device 400 is suitable for implementing the embodiments described herein. In one embodiment, the video coding device 400 may be a video decoder (for example, the decoder 30 of FIG. 1A) or a video encoder (for example, the encoder 20 of FIG. 1A). In another embodiment, the video coding device 400 may be one or more components of the decoder 30 in FIG. 1A or the encoder 20 in FIG. 1A described above.
视频译码设备400包括:用于接收数据的入口端口410和接收单元(Rx)420,用于处理数据的处理器、逻辑单元或中央处理器(CPU)430,用于传输数据的发射器单元(Tx)440(或者简称为发射器440)和出口端口450,以及,用于存储数据的存储器460(比如内存460)。视频译码设备400还可以包括与入口端口410、接收器单元420(或者简称为接收器420)、发射器单元440和出口端口450耦合的光电转换组件和电光(EO)组件,用于光信号或电信号的出口或入口。The video decoding device 400 includes: an entry port 410 for receiving data and a receiving unit (Rx) 420, a processor, logic unit or central processing unit (CPU) 430 for processing data, and a transmitter unit for transmitting data (Tx) 440 (or simply referred to as transmitter 440) and outlet port 450, as well as memory 460 (such as memory 460) for storing data. The video decoding device 400 may also include photoelectric conversion components and electro-optical (EO) components coupled with the inlet port 410, the receiver unit 420 (or simply referred to as the receiver 420), the transmitter unit 440 and the outlet port 450 for optical signals. Or the outlet or entrance of electrical signals.
处理器430通过硬件和软件实现。处理器430可以实现为一个或多个CPU芯片、核(例 如,多核处理器)、FPGA、ASIC和DSP。处理器430与入口端口410、接收器单元420、发射器单元440、出口端口450和存储器460通信。处理器430包括译码模块470(例如编码模块470或解码模块470)。编码/解码模块470实现本文中所公开的实施例,以实现本申请实施例所提供的色度块预测方法。例如,编码/解码模块470实现、处理或提供各种编码操作。因此,通过编码/解码模块470为视频译码设备400的功能提供了实质性的改进,并影响了视频译码设备400到不同状态的转换。或者,以存储在存储器460中并由处理器430执行的指令来实现编码/解码模块470。The processor 430 is implemented by hardware and software. The processor 430 may be implemented as one or more CPU chips, cores (e.g., multi-core processors), FPGA, ASIC, and DSP. The processor 430 communicates with the ingress port 410, the receiver unit 420, the transmitter unit 440, the egress port 450, and the memory 460. The processor 430 includes a decoding module 470 (for example, an encoding module 470 or a decoding module 470). The encoding/decoding module 470 implements the embodiments disclosed herein to implement the chroma block prediction method provided in the embodiments of the present application. For example, the encoding/decoding module 470 implements, processes, or provides various encoding operations. Therefore, the encoding/decoding module 470 provides a substantial improvement to the function of the video decoding device 400 and affects the conversion of the video decoding device 400 to different states. Alternatively, the encoding/decoding module 470 is implemented by instructions stored in the memory 460 and executed by the processor 430.
存储器460包括一个或多个磁盘、磁带机和固态硬盘,可以用作溢出数据存储设备,用于在选择性地执行这些程序时存储程序,并存储在程序执行过程中读取的指令和数据。存储器460可以是易失性和/或非易失性的,可以是只读存储器(ROM)、随机存取存储器(RAM)、随机存取存储器(ternary content-addressable memory,TCAM)和/或静态随机存取存储器(SRAM)。The memory 460 includes one or more magnetic disks, tape drives, and solid-state hard disks, and can be used as an overflow data storage device for storing programs when these programs are selectively executed, and storing instructions and data read during program execution. The memory 460 may be volatile and/or non-volatile, and may be read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), random access memory (ternary content-addressable memory, TCAM), and/or static Random Access Memory (SRAM).
参见图5,图5是根据一示例性实施例的可用作图1A中的源设备12和目的地设备14中的任一个或两个的装置500的简化框图。装置500可以实现本申请的技术。换言之,图5为本申请实施例的编码设备或解码设备(简称为译码设备500)的一种实现方式的示意性框图。其中,译码设备500可以包括处理器510、存储器530和总线系统550。其中,处理器和存储器通过总线系统相连,该存储器用于存储指令,该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令。译码设备的存储器存储程序代码,且处理器可以调用存储器中存储的程序代码执行本申请描述的各种视频图像的编码或解码方法,尤其是在各种帧间预测模式或帧内预测模式下的视频编码或解码方法。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。Referring to FIG. 5, FIG. 5 is a simplified block diagram of an apparatus 500 that can be used as either or both of the source device 12 and the destination device 14 in FIG. 1A according to an exemplary embodiment. The device 500 can implement the technology of the present application. In other words, FIG. 5 is a schematic block diagram of an implementation manner of an encoding device or a decoding device (referred to as a decoding device 500 for short) according to an embodiment of the application. The decoding device 500 may include a processor 510, a memory 530, and a bus system 550. The processor and the memory are connected through a bus system, the memory is used to store instructions, and the processor is used to execute instructions stored in the memory. The memory of the decoding device stores program codes, and the processor can call the program codes stored in the memory to execute the various video image encoding or decoding methods described in this application, especially in various inter prediction modes or intra prediction modes Video encoding or decoding method. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
在本申请实施例中,该处理器510可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit,简称为“CPU”),该处理器510还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。In the embodiment of the present application, the processor 510 may be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, referred to as "CPU"), and the processor 510 may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), and dedicated integrated Circuit (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
该存储器530可以包括只读存储器(ROM)设备或者随机存取存储器(RAM)设备。任何其他适宜类型的存储设备也可以用作存储器530。存储器530可以包括由处理器510使用总线550访问的代码和数据531。存储器530可以进一步包括操作系统533和应用程序535,该应用程序535包括允许处理器510执行本申请描述的视频编码或解码方法(尤其是本申请描述的视频图像预测方法)的至少一个程序。例如,应用程序535可以包括应用1至N,其进一步包括执行在本申请描述的视频编码或解码方法的视频编码或解码应用(简称视频译码应用)。The memory 530 may include a read only memory (ROM) device or a random access memory (RAM) device. Any other suitable type of storage device can also be used as the memory 530. The memory 530 may include code and data 531 accessed by the processor 510 using the bus 550. The memory 530 may further include an operating system 533 and an application program 535. The application program 535 includes at least one program that allows the processor 510 to execute the video encoding or decoding method described in this application (especially the video image prediction method described in this application). For example, the application program 535 may include applications 1 to N, which further include a video encoding or decoding application (referred to as a video coding application) that executes the video encoding or decoding method described in this application.
该总线系统550除包括数据总线之外,还可以包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线等。但是为了清楚说明起见,在图中将各种总线都标为总线系统550。In addition to the data bus, the bus system 550 may also include a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus. However, for clear description, various buses are marked as the bus system 550 in the figure.
可选的,译码设备500还可以包括一个或多个输出设备,诸如显示器570。在一个示例中,显示器570可以是触感显示器,其将显示器与可操作地感测触摸输入的触感单元合并。显示器570可以经由总线550连接到处理器510。Optionally, the decoding device 500 may further include one or more output devices, such as a display 570. In one example, the display 570 may be a touch-sensitive display that merges the display with a touch-sensitive unit operable to sense touch input. The display 570 may be connected to the processor 510 via the bus 550.
下面针对本申请涉及到的帧间预测采用的相关技术进行描述。The following describes related technologies used in the inter-frame prediction involved in this application.
1)融合(merge)模式1) Merge mode
对于merge模式,先通过当前块空域或者时域相邻的已编码块的运动信息,构建候选运动列表(也可以简称为候选列表),将候选运动列表中率失真代价最小的候选运动信息作为当前块的运动矢量预测值(motion vector predictor,MVP),再将最优的候选运动信息在候选运动列表中位置的索引值(比如记为merge index,下同)传递到解码端。其中,邻块的位置及其遍历顺序都是预先定义好的。率失真代价由公式(1)计算获得,其中,J表示率失真代价RD Cost,SAD为使用候选运动矢量预测值进行运动估计后得到的预测像素值与原始像素值之间的绝对误差和(sum of absolute differences,SAD),R表示码率,λ表示拉格朗日乘子。编码端将选择的运动矢量预测值在候选运动列表中的索引值传递到解码端。进一步地,在MVP为中心的邻域内进行运动搜索获得当前块实际的运动矢量,编码端将MVP与实际运动矢量之间的差值(motion vector difference)(即残差)传递到解码端。For the merge mode, first construct a candidate motion list (also referred to as a candidate list) based on the motion information of the adjacent coded blocks in the spatial or temporal domain of the current block, and use the candidate motion information with the least rate-distortion cost in the candidate motion list as the current The motion vector predictor (MVP) of the block, and then the index value of the position of the optimal candidate motion information in the candidate motion list (for example, denoted as merge index, the same below) is passed to the decoding end. Among them, the position of the neighboring block and its traversal sequence are predefined. The rate-distortion cost is calculated by formula (1), where J represents the rate-distortion cost RD Cost, and SAD is the sum of absolute errors between the predicted pixel value and the original pixel value obtained after motion estimation using candidate motion vector predictors (sum of absolute differences, SAD), R represents the bit rate, and λ represents the Lagrangian multiplier. The encoding end transmits the index value of the selected motion vector predictor in the candidate motion list to the decoding end. Further, the motion search is performed in the neighborhood centered on the MVP to obtain the actual motion vector of the current block, and the encoding end transmits the difference (motion vector difference) (ie, residual) between the MVP and the actual motion vector to the decoding end.
J=SAD+λR(1)J=SAD+λR(1)
当前块空域和时域候选运动信息如图6所示,空域候选运动信息来自于空间相邻的5个块(A0,A1,B0,B1和B2),参见图6所示,若相邻块不可得(相邻块不存在或者相邻块未编码或者相邻块采用的预测模式不为帧间预测模式),则该相邻块的运动信息不加入候选运动列表。当前块的时域候选运动信息根据参考帧和当前帧的图序计数(picture order count,POC)对参考帧中对应位置块的MV进行缩放后获得。首先判断参考帧中T位置的块是否可得,若不可得则选择参考帧中C位置的块。The current block spatial and temporal candidate motion information is shown in Figure 6. The spatial candidate motion information comes from 5 adjacent blocks (A0, A1, B0, B1 and B2) in space. See Figure 6, if adjacent blocks Unavailable (the neighboring block does not exist or the neighboring block is not coded or the prediction mode adopted by the neighboring block is not an inter prediction mode), then the motion information of the neighboring block is not added to the candidate motion list. The temporal candidate motion information of the current block is obtained by scaling the MV of the corresponding block in the reference frame according to the picture order count (POC) of the reference frame and the current frame. First, determine whether the block at position T in the reference frame is available, and if not, select the block at position C in the reference frame.
merge模式的邻块的位置及其遍历顺序也是预先定义好的,且邻块的位置及其遍历顺序在不同模式下可能不同。The position and traversal order of neighboring blocks in merge mode are also predefined, and the position and traversal order of neighboring blocks may be different in different modes.
可以看到,merge模式中需要维护一个候选运动列表。每次向候选列表中加入新的运动信息之前都会先检查列表中是否已经存在相同的运动信息,如果存在则不会将该运动信息加入列表中。我们将这个检查过程称为候选运动列表的修剪。列表修剪是为了防止列表中出现相同的运动信息,避免冗余的率失真代价计算。As you can see, a list of candidate motions needs to be maintained in the merge mode. Before adding new motion information to the candidate list, it will first check whether the same motion information already exists in the list, and if it does, the motion information will not be added to the list. We call this checking process the pruning of the candidate motion list. List pruning is to prevent the same motion information from appearing in the list and avoid redundant rate-distortion cost calculation.
2)融合运动矢量差(merge with motion vector difference,MMVD)方式2) Merge with motion vector difference (MMVD) method
MMVD利用了merge候选。在merge候选运动列表中选取其中一个或多个候选运动信息然后基于候选运动信息进行运动矢量(MV)拓展表达。MV拓展表达包括MV起始点,运动步长以及运动方向。MMVD makes use of merge candidates. Select one or more candidate motion information from the merge candidate motion list, and then perform motion vector (MV) extended expression based on the candidate motion information. MV expansion expression includes MV starting point, movement step length and movement direction.
利用已有的merge候选运动列表,所选用的候选运动矢量是默认合并类型(比如MRG_TYPE_DEFAULT_N)。所选的候选运动矢量即为MV的起始点,换言之,即所选的候选运动矢量用于确定MV的初始位置。参见表1所示,基本候选索引(Base candidate IDX)表明选用候选运动列表中哪个候选运动矢量作为最优的候选运动矢量。Using the existing merge candidate motion list, the selected candidate motion vector is the default merge type (for example, MRG_TYPE_DEFAULT_N). The selected candidate motion vector is the starting point of the MV, in other words, the selected candidate motion vector is used to determine the initial position of the MV. As shown in Table 1, the basic candidate index (Base candidate IDX) indicates which candidate motion vector in the candidate motion list is selected as the optimal candidate motion vector.
表1Table 1
Base candidate IDX Basecandidate IDX 00 11 22 33
N th MVP N th MVP 1 st MVP 1 st MVP 2 nd MVP 2 nd MVP 3 rd MVP 3 rd MVP 4 th MVP 4 th MVP
如果merge候选运动列表中可供选取的候选运动矢量的个数为1,则可以不确定Base candidate IDX。示例性的,在解码的时候,候选运动列表中的首个候选运动信息作为选择的候选运动信息。If the number of candidate motion vectors available for selection in the merge candidate motion list is 1, then the Basecandidate IDX may not be determined. Exemplarily, when decoding, the first candidate motion information in the candidate motion list is used as the selected candidate motion information.
步长标识(Distance IDX)代表运动矢量的偏移距离信息。步长标识的数值代表偏移初始位置的距离(例如预设距离),预设距离定义参见表2所示。The step identifier (Distance IDX) represents the offset distance information of the motion vector. The value of the step size represents the distance from the initial position (for example, the preset distance), and the definition of the preset distance is shown in Table 2.
表2Table 2
Distance IDX Distance IDX 00 11 22 33 44 55 66 77
Pixel distance Pixel distance 1/4-pel1/4-pel 1/2-pel1/2-pel 1-pel1-pel 2-pel2-pel 4-pel4-pel 8-pel8-pel 16-pel16-pel 32-pel32-pel
方向标识(Direction IDX)表示基于初始位置的运动矢量差(motion vector difference,MVD)的方向。方向标识总共可以包括四种情况,具体定义参见表3所示。The direction IDX (Direction IDX) indicates the direction of the motion vector difference (MVD) based on the initial position. The direction indicator can include four situations in total, see Table 3 for specific definitions.
表3table 3
Direction IDXDirection IDX 0000 0101 1010 1111
x-axisx-axis ++ - N/AN/A N/AN/A
y-axisy-axis N/AN/A N/AN/A ++ -
如图7A所示,实线为运动矢量起始点中双向预测分别在L0参考帧以及L1参考帧中运动矢量指向的对应位置,虚线为结合MVD后的运动矢量的指向位置,两者间的矢量差即为MVD。在解码侧,运动矢量差可以基于Distance IDX和Direction IDX确定。参见图7B,以运动矢量起始点的位置为中心(虚线圆点)为例,则黑实心圆点为(表2所示)一倍距离的周边偏移运动矢量(运动矢量起始点的运动矢量值加上MVD)的指向位置,空心实线圆点为两倍距离的周边偏移运动矢量(运动矢量起始点的运动矢量值加上MVD)的指向位置。As shown in Figure 7A, the solid line is the corresponding position of the motion vector in the L0 reference frame and the L1 reference frame of the bidirectional prediction in the motion vector starting point, and the dashed line is the pointing position of the motion vector combined with MVD, the vector between the two The difference is MVD. On the decoding side, the motion vector difference can be determined based on Distance IDX and Direction IDX. Referring to Figure 7B, taking the position of the starting point of the motion vector as the center (dotted line) as an example, the black solid dot is (shown in Table 2) the peripheral offset motion vector (the motion vector at the starting point of the motion vector) at one time Value plus MVD) pointing position, the hollow solid line dot is the pointing position of the peripheral offset motion vector (the motion vector value of the starting point of the motion vector plus MVD) twice the distance.
参见图7A和图7B所示,根据MMVD方式确定当前图像块的预测像素值的过程可以包括:Referring to FIG. 7A and FIG. 7B, the process of determining the predicted pixel value of the current image block according to the MMVD method may include:
首先根据Base candidate IDX确定MV起始点,比如参见图7A中的位于中心的空心虚线圆点,图7B中的实线所对应的位置,其中实线为双向预测分别在L0参考帧以及L1参考帧中Base candidate IDX标识的运动矢量所指向的对应位置。然后基于Direction IDX确定在MV的起始点的基础上向哪个方向偏移,再基于Distance IDX确定在Direction IDX指示的方向上偏移几个像素点。比如,Direction IDX==00,Distance IDX=2,则表示在x正方向上偏移一个像素点的运动矢量作为当前图像块的运动矢量,以预测或获取当前图像块的预测像素值。换句话说,基于Direction IDX和Distance IDX可以确定运动矢量差(MVD),然后在Base candidate IDX标识的运动矢量预测值与确定的MVD相加得到解码所需要的运动矢量预测值。First, determine the MV starting point according to Basecandidate IDX. For example, see the hollow dotted dot in the center in Figure 7A, and the position corresponding to the solid line in Figure 7B. The solid line is the bidirectional prediction in the L0 reference frame and the L1 reference frame. The corresponding position pointed to by the motion vector identified by the Base candidate IDX. Then, based on the Direction IDX, determine which direction to shift based on the starting point of the MV, and then determine how many pixels to shift in the direction indicated by the Direction IDX based on the Distance IDX. For example, Direction IDX==00, Distance IDX=2, it means that the motion vector offset by one pixel in the positive x direction is used as the motion vector of the current image block to predict or obtain the predicted pixel value of the current image block. In other words, the motion vector difference (MVD) can be determined based on the Direction IDX and the Distance IDX, and then the motion vector predictor identified by the Basecandidate IDX is added to the determined MVD to obtain the motion vector predictor required for decoding.
若采用的是双向预测,则候选运动信息中可以包括前向运动矢量预测值和后向运动矢量预测值。示例性的,前向运动矢量预测值和后向运动矢量预测值可以是参考List0和List1两个参考帧列表进行前向和后向预测得到的预测值。此外,候选运动信息中可以包括前后向运动矢量预测值和前后向参考预测块对应的图像序列号(PictureOrderCount,POC)。在参考预测块对应的POC比当前块的POC小时,标识前向预测;在参考预测块对应的POC比当前块的POC大时,标识后向预测。If bidirectional prediction is adopted, the candidate motion information may include the forward motion vector predictor and the backward motion vector predictor. Exemplarily, the forward motion vector predicted value and the backward motion vector predicted value may be predicted values obtained by forward and backward prediction with reference to the two reference frame lists List0 and List1. In addition, the candidate motion information may include the forward and backward motion vector predictor and the picture sequence number (PictureOrderCount, POC) corresponding to the forward and backward reference prediction block. When the POC corresponding to the reference prediction block is smaller than the POC of the current block, forward prediction is identified; when the POC corresponding to the reference prediction block is greater than the POC of the current block, backward prediction is identified.
另外,需要说明的是,本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。 字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。应当理解,尽管在本申请实施例中可能采用术语第一、第二等来描述各对象(比如运动矢量预测值、参考预测块等)、但这些术语仅用来将各对象彼此区分开。In addition, it should be noted that in this application, "at least one" means one or more, and "multiple" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects are in an "or" relationship. "The following at least one item (a)" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or plural items (a). For example, at least one item (a) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple . It should be understood that although the terms first, second, etc. may be used in the embodiments of the present application to describe each object (such as a motion vector prediction value, a reference prediction block, etc.), these terms are only used to distinguish each object from each other.
现有帧间预测在采用MMVD方式时,存在双向预测的情况下,由于未充分利用前后向参考预测块之前的匹配关系导致编解码准确度较低。When the existing inter-frame prediction adopts the MMVD mode, in the case of bidirectional prediction, the encoding and decoding accuracy is low due to insufficient use of the matching relationship between the forward and backward reference prediction blocks.
基于此,本申请实施例提供了一种视频图像预测方法及装置,在确定采用MMVD方式解码的情况下,如果是双向预测,可以采用结合运动矢量修正(或者运动矢量精细化)方法,比如解码端运动矢量精细化(decoder-side motion vector refinement,DMVR)方法,从而对双向的两个运动矢量预测值进行修正处理后,基于修正的运动矢量预测值执行解码操作,从而可以提高解码准确度。其中,方法和装置是基于同一发明构思的,由于方法及装置解决问题的原理相似,因此装置与方法的实施可以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述。Based on this, the embodiments of the present application provide a video image prediction method and device. When it is determined to use MMVD for decoding, if it is bidirectional prediction, a combined motion vector correction (or motion vector refinement) method can be used, such as decoding A decoder-side motion vector refinement (DMVR) method is used to correct two bidirectional motion vector predictors, and then perform a decoding operation based on the corrected motion vector predictors, thereby improving decoding accuracy. Among them, the method and the device are based on the same inventive concept. Since the principles of the method and the device to solve the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repetition will not be repeated.
本申请实施例示例如下两种,采用MMVD方式结合运动矢量修正方法进行预测的方式:The embodiments of the present application illustrate the following two methods, using the MMVD method combined with the motion vector correction method for prediction:
第一种可能的实施方式:在基于候选索引确定初始运动矢量预测值后,在采用双向预测的情况下,基于运动矢量修正方法对初始的前后向运动矢量预测值进行修正,基于修正后的运动矢量预测值与MVD结合后的运动矢量预测值对当前待处理图像块进行解码。The first possible implementation manner: After the initial motion vector predictor is determined based on the candidate index, in the case of bidirectional prediction, the initial forward and backward motion vector predictor is corrected based on the motion vector correction method, based on the corrected motion The motion vector predictor combined with the vector predictor and MVD decodes the current image block to be processed.
第二种可能的实施方式:在基于候选索引确定初始运动矢量预测值后,在采用双向预测的情况下,基于运动矢量修正方法对初始的前后向运动矢量预测值进行修正,基于修正后的运动矢量预测值与MVD结合后的运动矢量预测值对当待处理图像前块进行解码。The second possible implementation manner: After the initial motion vector predictor is determined based on the candidate index, in the case of bidirectional prediction, the initial forward and backward motion vector predictor is corrected based on the motion vector correction method, based on the corrected motion The motion vector predictor combined with the vector predictor and MVD decodes the previous block of the image to be processed.
下面结合附图对本申请提供的上述两种实施方式进行详细说明。一种示例中,如上所述的两种实施方式具体可以可以由视频编解码装置、视频编解码器、视频编解码系统以及其它具有视频编解码功能的设备来执行。如上所述的两种实施方式既可以发生在编码过程,也可以发生在解码过程,更具体地,如上所述的两种实施方式可以发生在编解码时的帧间预测过程。The above two implementation manners provided by the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. In an example, the two implementation manners described above may be specifically executed by a video codec device, a video codec, a video codec system, and other devices with a video codec function. The two implementation manners described above can occur both in the encoding process and the decoding process. More specifically, the two implementation manners described above can occur in the inter-frame prediction process during encoding and decoding.
参见图8所示,针对本申请提供的视频图像预测中第一种可能的实施方式的流程示意图。Refer to FIG. 8 for a schematic flowchart of a first possible implementation manner in the video image prediction provided by this application.
S801,确定当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差。S801: Determine the first initial motion vector prediction value, the second initial motion vector prediction value, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed.
在一种示例下,第一初始运动矢量预测值即对应于第一列表(即list0)的初始运动矢量预测值,相应地,第二初始运动矢量预测值即对应于第二列表(即list1)的初始运动矢量预测值。In an example, the first initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the initial motion vector prediction value of the first list (ie list0), and accordingly, the second initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the second list (ie list1) The initial motion vector prediction value.
在另一种示例下,第一初始运动矢量预测值即对应于第一方向(例如前向)的初始运动矢量预测值,相应地,第二初始运动矢量预测值即对应于第二方向(例如后向)的初始运动矢量预测值;本申请对此不做限定。比如,参见图9所示,本申请实施例涉及的当前待处理图像块所属的当前图像存在一前一后的两个参考图像,分别为第一参考图像(比如前向参考图像)和第二参考图像(比如后向参考图像)。即第一初始运动矢量预测值可以是前向预测方向的初始前向运动矢量预测值,第二初始运动矢量预测值可以是后向预测方向的初始后向运动矢量预测值。后续以初始前向运动矢量预测值和初始后向运动矢量预测 值为例进行说明。In another example, the first initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the initial motion vector prediction value in the first direction (for example, forward), and correspondingly, the second initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the second direction (for example, Backward) initial motion vector prediction value; this application does not limit this. For example, referring to FIG. 9, the current image to which the current image block to be processed belongs in the embodiment of the present application has two reference images one after the other, which are the first reference image (such as the forward reference image) and the second reference image respectively. Reference image (such as backward reference image). That is, the first initial motion vector prediction value may be the initial forward motion vector prediction value in the forward prediction direction, and the second initial motion vector prediction value may be the initial backward motion vector prediction value in the backward prediction direction. The following takes the initial forward motion vector predictor and the initial backward motion vector predictor as examples for description.
S802,根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、所述第二初始运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程,以得到第一修正运动矢量预测值和第二修正运动矢量预测值。S802. Perform a motion vector correction process according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value to obtain a first corrected motion vector predicted value and a second corrected motion vector predicted value.
S803,根据所述第一修正运动矢量预测值与所述第一运动矢量差确定第一运动矢量预测值,以及根据所述第二修正运动矢量预测值与所述第二运动矢量差确定第二运动矢量预测值。S803. Determine a first motion vector prediction value according to the first modified motion vector prediction value and the first motion vector difference, and determine a second motion vector prediction value according to the second modified motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector difference. Motion vector prediction value.
示例性的,步骤S804在实现时,可以将所述第一修正运动矢量预测值与所述第一运动矢量差的和作为第一运动矢量预测值,将所述第二修正运动矢量预测值与所述第二运动矢量差的和作为第二运动矢量预测值。Exemplarily, when step S804 is implemented, the sum of the first modified motion vector prediction value and the first motion vector difference may be used as the first motion vector prediction value, and the second modified motion vector prediction value may be combined with The sum of the second motion vector difference is used as the second motion vector prediction value.
S804,根据所述第一运动矢量预测值和所述第二运动矢量预测值对所述当前待处理图像块进行预测。S804: Predict the current image block to be processed according to the first motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,当前待处理图像块可以是当前块分割后的子块,也可以是当前块。比如在编码或者解码时,将待处理图像划分为16×16的图像块进行编解码,在执行本申请实施例提供的图像预测方法时,可以针对16×16的图像块进行帧间预测,当然还可以对16×16的图像块进行进一步划分,比如划分为16个4×4的子块,针对每个子块分别采用本申请实施例提供的图像预测方法进行帧间预测。在采用子块的方式时,属于同一个图像块的多个子块的前后向运动矢量预测值,以及前后向运动矢量差相同,但是经过精细化处理后的每个子块的前后向运动矢量预测一般会不同。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the current image block to be processed may be a sub-block after the current block is divided, or the current block. For example, during encoding or decoding, the image to be processed is divided into 16×16 image blocks for encoding and decoding. When the image prediction method provided in this embodiment of the application is executed, inter-frame prediction can be performed for 16×16 image blocks. Of course The 16×16 image block can also be further divided, for example, into 16 4×4 sub-blocks, and the image prediction method provided in the embodiment of the present application is used for each sub-block to perform inter-frame prediction. When the sub-block method is adopted, the forward and backward motion vector predictors of multiple sub-blocks belonging to the same image block and the forward and backward motion vector differences are the same, but the forward and backward motion vector prediction of each sub-block after refined processing is generally Will be different.
本申请实施例提供的方案的执行,可以存在触发条件,比如确定当前待处理图像块进行帧间预测采用MMVD方式时,才启动执行,步骤S801,确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差。在确定不采用MMVD方式,可以采用其它方式进行帧间预测。The execution of the solution provided in the embodiments of the application may have trigger conditions, for example, it is determined that the current image block to be processed uses the MMVD method for inter-frame prediction, and then the execution is started. Step S801 is to determine the first initial value of the current image block to be processed. The motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference. When it is determined not to adopt the MMVD method, other methods can be used for inter-frame prediction.
比如,在解码侧,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差之前,从码流中解析第一标识(比如mmvd_flag[x0][y0]);从而在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差时,当所述第一标识指示对当前待处理图像块进行帧间预测采用融合运动矢量差MMVD方式时,执行确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差。For example, on the decoding side, before determining the first initial motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed, from the code stream Analyze the first flag (such as mmvd_flag[x0][y0]); thereby determining the first initial motion vector prediction value, the second initial motion vector prediction value, the first motion vector difference, and the first motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed In the case of the second motion vector difference, when the first indicator indicates that the fused motion vector difference MMVD method is used for inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed, the determination of the first initial motion vector predictor of the current image block to be processed is performed, The second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference.
例如,第一标识也可以称为mmvd_flag[x0][y0],在标准文本或代码中也采用上述名称。作为一种示例,mmvd_flag[x0][y0]为第一数值时,指示对当前待处理图像块进行帧间预测采用融合运动矢量差MMVD方式,mmvd_flag[x0][y0]为第二数值时,指示对当前待处理图像块进行帧间预测不采用融合运动矢量差MMVD方式。例如:第一数值可以为1(或ture),第二数值可以为0(或false)。For example, the first flag may also be called mmvd_flag[x0][y0], and the above name is also used in the standard text or code. As an example, when mmvd_flag[x0][y0] is the first value, it indicates that the inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed adopts the fused motion vector difference MMVD method, and when mmvd_flag[x0][y0] is the second value, Indicates that the inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed does not use the merged motion vector difference MMVD mode. For example: the first value can be 1 (or true), and the second value can be 0 (or false).
在确定当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差,可以采用多种方式进行,例如,可以采用下面的方式一或者方式二来获取。In determining the first initial motion vector prediction value, the second initial motion vector prediction value, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed, various methods can be used, for example, the following Method 1 or Method 2 to obtain.
方式一:method one:
根据当前待处理图像块的相邻块的运动信息构建候选列表,并从该候选列表中选择某个候选运动信息作为当前待处理图像块的预测运动信息。如图6所示,选择相邻块A0的 运动矢量预测值作为当前图像块的预测运动信息,具体地,将A0的前向运动矢量作为当前块的前向预测运动矢量,将A0的后向运动矢量作为当前块的后向预测运动矢量。A candidate list is constructed according to the motion information of neighboring blocks of the current image block to be processed, and a certain candidate motion information is selected from the candidate list as the predicted motion information of the current image block to be processed. As shown in Figure 6, the motion vector predictor of the neighboring block A0 is selected as the predicted motion information of the current image block. Specifically, the forward motion vector of A0 is used as the forward motion vector of the current block, and the backward motion vector of A0 The motion vector is used as the backward predictive motion vector of the current block.
应理解的是,在构建完的候选运动矢量列表中可能包括多个候选运动信息,也可能仅包括一个候选运动信息。当包括多个候选运动信息,在解码的时候,码流中会包括候选索引,从而在确定当前待处理块的候选运动信息前,从码流中解析出候选索引,根据候选索引从候选列表中确定对应的候选运动信息。候选索引对应的候选运动信息包括第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值,所述第三运动矢量预测值作为第一初始运动矢量预测值,所述第四运动矢量预测值作为第二初始运动矢量预测值。当候选列表中包括多个候选运动信息时,在编码时的时候,在为当前待处理图像块选择候选运动信息时,可以将将候选运动列表中率失真代价最小的候选运动信息作为当前块的运动矢量预测值。It should be understood that the constructed candidate motion vector list may include multiple candidate motion information, or may only include one candidate motion information. When multiple candidate motion information is included, the candidate index will be included in the code stream during decoding, so that before the candidate motion information of the current block to be processed is determined, the candidate index is parsed from the code stream, and the candidate index is obtained from the candidate list according to the candidate index. Determine the corresponding candidate motion information. The candidate motion information corresponding to the candidate index includes a third motion vector predictor and a fourth motion vector predictor. The third motion vector predictor is used as the first initial motion vector predictor, and the fourth motion vector predictor is used as the second motion vector predictor. The initial motion vector prediction value. When the candidate list includes multiple candidate motion information, during encoding, when selecting candidate motion information for the current image block to be processed, the candidate motion information with the least rate-distortion cost in the candidate motion list can be used as the current block Motion vector prediction value.
当候选列表中仅包括一个候选运动信息时,在编码的时候,可以不将候选索引编入码流,从而确定候选列表中的首个位置的候选运动信息包括的第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值。When only one candidate motion information is included in the candidate list, the candidate index may not be included in the code stream during encoding, so as to determine the third motion vector predictor and the first motion vector prediction value included in the candidate motion information at the first position in the candidate list. The four motion vector predictors are the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
应理解的是,在候选列表中包括多个候选运动信息,在编码时,确定采用采用候选列表中的首个位置的候选运动信息作为当前待处理图像块的候选运动信息时,则在编码的时候,可以不将候选索引编入码流,从而在解码时,码流中不包括的候选索引,从而直接确定候选列表中的首个位置的候选运动信息包括的第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值。It should be understood that the candidate list includes multiple candidate motion information. When encoding, it is determined that the candidate motion information at the first position in the candidate list is used as the candidate motion information of the current image block to be processed. At this time, the candidate index may not be compiled into the code stream, so that the candidate index that is not included in the code stream during decoding can directly determine the third motion vector predictor and the first motion vector prediction value included in the candidate motion information at the first position in the candidate list. The four motion vector predictors are the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
方式二:根据当前待处理图像块的相邻块的运动信息构建候选列表,候选列表的构建是用到之前已经在先编码或解码的相邻块的MV,相邻块可能按照本申请提供的方式执行运动矢量精细化处理,或者相邻块按照传统技术(非运动矢量精细化)处理。候选列表中,候选索引对应的候选运动信息可能仅包括原始的候选运动信息(非运动矢量精细化处理得到的候选运动信息),候选索引对应的候选运动信息可以包括原始的候选运动信息和精细化处理后的候选运动信息。比如,如图10A所示,L0表示第一列表(list0),L1表示第二列表(list1),候选索引0指示的mvL0_A,ref0和mvL1_A,ref1表示精细化处理后的候选运动信息,候选索引0指示的mvL0_D,ref0和mvL1_D,ref1表示原始的候选运动信息。候选索引1指示的mvL0_B,ref0和mvL1_B,ref1表示精细化处理后的候选运动信息,候选索引1指示的mvL0_C,ref0和mvL1_C,ref1表示原始的候选运动信息。。Method 2: Construct a candidate list based on the motion information of the neighboring blocks of the current image block to be processed. The candidate list is constructed by using the MVs of the neighboring blocks that have been previously encoded or decoded. The neighboring blocks may be provided in accordance with this application. Perform motion vector refinement processing in the method, or adjacent blocks are processed according to the traditional technology (non-motion vector refinement). In the candidate list, the candidate motion information corresponding to the candidate index may only include the original candidate motion information (candidate motion information obtained by non-motion vector refinement processing), and the candidate motion information corresponding to the candidate index may include the original candidate motion information and refinement The processed candidate motion information. For example, as shown in Figure 10A, L0 represents the first list (list0), L1 represents the second list (list1), mvL0_A, ref0 and mvL1_A indicated by candidate index 0, ref1 represents the candidate motion information after refinement processing, and candidate index The mvL0_D, ref0 and mvL1_D, ref1 indicated by 0 represent the original candidate motion information. The mvL0_B, ref0 and mvL1_B, ref1 indicated by the candidate index 1 represent the candidate motion information after refinement processing, and the mvL0_C, ref0 and mvL1_C, and ref1 indicated by the candidate index 1 represent the original candidate motion information. .
当候选列表中包括多个候选运动信息,在解码的时候,码流中会包括候选索引,从而在确定当前待处理块的候选运动信息前,从码流中解析出候选索引,根据候选索引从候选列表中确定对应的候选项,候选项中包括两个候选运动信息,比如第一候选运动信息(精细化处理后的候选运动信息)、第二候选运动信息(非精细化处理的候选运动信息)。比如参见图10A所示,候选索引为0,第一候选运动信息包括(mvL0_B,ref0和mvL1_B,ref1),第二候选运动信息包括mvL0_C,ref0和mvL1_C,ref1。一种示例中,可以选择精细化处理后的候选运动信息包括的两个运动矢量预测值作为第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值,另一种示例中,可以选择非精细化处理的候选运动信息包括的两个运动矢量预测值作为第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值,又一种示例中,可以确定候选项所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块是否属于不同图像,当属于不同图像时,可以选择精细化处理的候选运动信息包括的两个运动矢量预测值作为第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值,当属于同一图像时,可以选择非精细化处理的候选 运动信息包括的两个运动矢量预测值作为第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值。When the candidate list includes multiple candidate motion information, when decoding, the code stream will include the candidate index, so that before the candidate motion information of the current block to be processed is determined, the candidate index is parsed from the code stream, and the candidate index is obtained according to the candidate index. Determine the corresponding candidate in the candidate list. The candidate includes two candidate motion information, such as the first candidate motion information (refined candidate motion information) and the second candidate motion information (non-refined candidate motion information) ). For example, as shown in FIG. 10A, the candidate index is 0, the first candidate motion information includes (mvL0_B, ref0 and mvL1_B, ref1), and the second candidate motion information includes mvL0_C, ref0 and mvL1_C, ref1. In one example, the two motion vector predictors included in the refined candidate motion information can be selected as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor. In another example, the non-refined motion vector predictor can be selected. The two motion vector predictors included in the candidate motion information of the transformation process are used as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor. In another example, it can be determined that the image block to which the candidate belongs and the current waiting Whether the processed image blocks belong to different images, when they belong to different images, the two motion vector predictors included in the refined candidate motion information can be selected as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor. For the same image, two motion vector predictors included in the candidate motion information of the non-refined processing can be selected as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
需要说明的是,候选项所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块是否属于不同图像,也就是说,所述候选项(或者第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息)所属的图像块或者来源的图像块,对应的位置是否位于所述当前待处理图像块所在的图像。例如,参见图10B所示,候选项对应的候选运动信息(第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息)是来自于当前待处理图像块的时域邻近块的T1像素位置的运动信息,即T1像素位置位于所述当前待处理图像块所在的图像外。候选项对应的候选运动信息是来自于当前待处理图像块的空域邻近块的A0像素位置的运动信息,即A0像素位置位于所述当前待处理图像块所在的图像。It should be noted whether the image block to which the candidate belongs and the image block to be processed currently belong to different images, that is, the image block to which the candidate (or the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information) belongs Or the source image block, whether the corresponding position is located in the image where the current image block to be processed is located. For example, referring to Figure 10B, the candidate motion information (first candidate motion information or second candidate motion information) corresponding to the candidate is the motion information from the T1 pixel position of the temporal neighboring block of the current image block to be processed, namely The T1 pixel position is outside the image where the current image block to be processed is located. The candidate motion information corresponding to the candidate item is the motion information from the A0 pixel position of the spatial neighboring block of the current image block to be processed, that is, the A0 pixel position is located in the image where the current image block to be processed is located.
当候选列表中仅包括一个候选项,在编码的时候,可以不将候选索引编入码流,从而确定候选列表中的首个位置的候选项,候选项中包括两个候选运动信息,每个候选项中包括两个候选运动信息,比如第一候选运动信息(精细化(或者修正)处理后的候选运动信息)、第二候选运动信息(非精细化处理的候选运动信息),一种示例中,可以选择精细化处理后的候选运动信息包括的两个运动矢量预测值作为第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值,另一种示例中,可以选择非精细化处理的候选运动信息包括的两个运动矢量预测值作为第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值,又一种示例中,可以确定候选项所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块是否属于不同图像,当属于不同图像时,可以选择精细化处理的候选运动信息包括的两个运动矢量预测值作为第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值,当属于同一图像时,可以选择非精细化处理的候选运动信息包括的两个运动矢量预测值作为第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值。When the candidate list includes only one candidate, when encoding, the candidate index may not be compiled into the code stream to determine the candidate at the first position in the candidate list. The candidate includes two candidate motion information, each The candidates include two candidate motion information, such as the first candidate motion information (refined (or modified) processed candidate motion information), the second candidate motion information (non-refined processed candidate motion information), an example , You can select the two motion vector predictors included in the refined candidate motion information as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor. In another example, you can select the non-refined processed The candidate motion information includes two motion vector predictors as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor. In another example, the image block to which the candidate belongs and the current image block to be processed can be determined Whether it belongs to different images, when it belongs to different images, two motion vector predictors included in the refined candidate motion information can be selected as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor. When they belong to the same image , The two motion vector predictors included in the candidate motion information of the non-refined processing can be selected as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
应理解,上述方式一或方式二仅是获取图像块的预测运动信息的两种具体方式的示例,本申请对获取预测块的运动信息的方式不做限定,任何能够获取图像块的预测运动信息的方式都在本申请的保护范围内。It should be understood that the above method 1 or method 2 are only examples of two specific methods for obtaining the predicted motion information of the image block. The present application does not limit the method of obtaining the motion information of the prediction block, and any method that can obtain the predicted motion information of the image block The methods are all within the protection scope of this application.
作为一种示例,本文示例一种解析当前待处理图像块采用的帧间预测模式(包括解析第一标识、候选索引)的部分语法结构,参见表4所示。As an example, this article exemplifies a partial syntax structure for parsing the inter-frame prediction mode (including parsing the first identifier and the candidate index) used in the current image block to be processed, as shown in Table 4.
表4Table 4
Figure PCTCN2019077726-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2019077726-appb-000001
其中,表4中,mmvd_flag[x0][y0]对应于第一标识,表4中mmvd_merge_flag[x0][y0]也可以称为mmvd_merge_idx[x0][y0],mmvd_merge_idx[x0][y0]用于指示选择的 MMVD候选运动矢量列表的基本候选索引,mmvd_merge_flag[x0][y0]或者mmvd_merge_idx[x0][y0]对应于本申请实施例提及的候选索引。mmvd_distance_idx[x0][y0]用于指示偏移初始位置的距离索引。mmvd_direction_idx[x0][y0]用于指示初始位置MVD的方向。Among them, in Table 4, mmvd_flag[x0][y0] corresponds to the first flag, and mmvd_merge_flag[x0][y0] in Table 4 can also be called mmvd_merge_idx[x0][y0], mmvd_merge_idx[x0][y0] is used for The basic candidate index indicating the selected MMVD candidate motion vector list, mmvd_merge_flag[x0][y0] or mmvd_merge_idx[x0][y0] corresponds to the candidate index mentioned in this embodiment of the application. mmvd_distance_idx[x0][y0] is used to indicate the distance index of the offset initial position. mmvd_direction_idx[x0][y0] is used to indicate the direction of the initial position MVD.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中所提及的第一运动矢量差与第二运动矢量差可以根据mmvd_distance_idx[x0][y0]和mmvd_direction_idx[x0][y0]来确定。It should be noted that the first motion vector difference and the second motion vector difference mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may be determined according to mmvd_distance_idx[x0][y0] and mmvd_direction_idx[x0][y0].
作为一种示例,在执行步骤S802时,可以存在启动条件,比如当基于候选列表中选择的所述候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、所述第二初始运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程。当基于候选列表中选择的所述候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,可以直接进行非精细化处理,具体的,根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差确定第一目标运动矢量预测值,以及根据所述第二初始运动矢量预测值、第二运动矢量差确定第二目标运动矢量预测值;根据所述第一目标运动矢量预测值和所述第二目标运动矢量预测值,对所述当前待处理图像块进行预测。As an example, when step S802 is performed, there may be a starting condition, for example, when the image block to which the candidate motion information selected based on the candidate list belongs and the current image block to be processed belong to different images, according to the first An initial motion vector prediction value, the second initial motion vector prediction value, and a motion vector correction process. When the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs based on the selected candidate list belongs to the same image as the currently to-be-processed image block, non-refinement processing can be directly performed, specifically, based on the first initial motion vector prediction value , The first motion vector difference determines the first target motion vector predictor, and the second target motion vector predictor is determined according to the second initial motion vector predictor and the second motion vector difference; and the second target motion vector predictor is predicted according to the first target motion vector Value and the second target motion vector prediction value to predict the current image block to be processed.
在步骤S802执行修正过程,可以存在多种方式,如下示例描述两种可能的运动矢量修正方法,本申请实施例中当然还可以采用其它可能的运动矢量修正方法,本申请不再赘述。There may be multiple ways to perform the correction process in step S802. The following examples describe two possible motion vector correction methods. Of course, other possible motion vector correction methods can also be used in the embodiment of the present application, which will not be repeated in this application.
第一种可能的示例:The first possible example:
A1:确定当前待处理图像块的预测运动信息。预测运动信息中包括初始前向运动矢量预测值和初始后向运动矢量预测值。A1: Determine the predicted motion information of the current image block to be processed. The predicted motion information includes the initial forward motion vector predicted value and the initial backward motion vector predicted value.
A2:根据所述当前待处理图像块的初始前向运动矢量预测值,通过运动补偿方法,在前向参考图像中获得当前块的前向参考预测块。A2: According to the initial forward motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed, the forward reference prediction block of the current block is obtained in the forward reference image by the motion compensation method.
A3:根据所述当前待处理图像块的初始后向运动矢量预测值,通过运动补偿方法,在后向参考图像中获得当前待处理图像块的后向参考预测块。A3: According to the initial backward motion vector predictor of the current image block to be processed, the backward reference prediction block of the current image block to be processed is obtained from the backward reference image by the motion compensation method.
A4:根据A2所获得的前向参考预测块的像素值和A3所获得的后向参考预测块的像素值,确定A2所获得的前向参考预测块与A3所获得的后向参考预测块间的差异。A4: Determine the distance between the forward reference prediction block obtained by A2 and the backward reference prediction block obtained by A3 according to the pixel value of the forward reference prediction block obtained by A2 and the pixel value of the backward reference prediction block obtained by A3 The difference.
A5:在A2中所述的前向参考图像中,以A2所获得的前向参考预测块作为起始进行整像素或者分像素步长的运动搜索。分像素可以是1/2像素,1/4像素,1/8像素,1/16像素等,都进行整像素步长运动搜索,得到至少一个当前解码块的前向预测块。A5: In the forward reference image described in A2, the forward reference prediction block obtained by A2 is used as a starting point to perform a motion search of integer or sub-pixel steps. The sub-pixels can be 1/2 pixels, 1/4 pixels, 1/8 pixels, 1/16 pixels, etc., all of which perform an entire pixel step motion search to obtain at least one forward prediction block of the currently decoded block.
如图11所示,(0,0)点位置为搜索起始点,除此之外,在搜索起始点周围的8个整像素步长的搜索点进行搜索,得到8个前向参考预测块。本申请实施例中,不限定使用的搜索方法,可为任意搜索方法。As shown in FIG. 11, the (0,0) point position is the search starting point. In addition, the search is performed at 8 full-pixel step search points around the search starting point to obtain 8 forward reference prediction blocks. In the embodiments of the present application, the search method used is not limited, and any search method may be used.
A6:与A5类似,在A3中所述的后向参考图像中,以A3所获得的后向参考预测块作为起始进行整像素步长的运动搜索,得到8个后向参考预测块。A6: Similar to A5, in the backward reference image described in A3, the backward reference prediction block obtained by A3 is used as a starting point to perform a motion search with an entire pixel step to obtain 8 backward reference prediction blocks.
A7,A5和A6中,每移动一个整像素步长,计算得到的前向参考预测块与后向参考预测块的差异,从而得到8个差异值,确定8个差异值与搜索起始点对应的前后向参考预测块间的差异中的最小差异。最小差异对应的前后向参考预测块为最优前向参考预测块和最优后向参考预测块。In A7, A5, and A6, for each full-pixel step, the calculated difference between the forward reference prediction block and the backward reference prediction block is calculated to obtain 8 difference values, and the 8 difference values corresponding to the search starting point are determined The smallest difference among the differences between the forward and backward reference prediction blocks. The forward and backward reference prediction blocks corresponding to the smallest difference are the best forward reference prediction block and the best backward reference prediction block.
通过第一种可能的示例,第一初始运动矢量预测值对应于第一参考预测块,所述第二初始运动矢量预测值对应于第二参考预测块。在执行运动矢量精细化处理时,根据所述第 一参考预测块确定第一修正参考预测块,根据所述第二参考预测块确定第二修正参考预测块。Through the first possible example, the first initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the first reference prediction block, and the second initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the second reference prediction block. When performing motion vector refinement processing, a first modified reference prediction block is determined according to the first reference prediction block, and a second modified reference prediction block is determined according to the second reference prediction block.
其中,所述第一修正参考预测块与所述第二修正参考预测块间的差异小于或者等于所述第一参考预测块与所述第二参考预测块间的差异,所述第一修正参考预测块为第一预设区域中的且与所述第一参考预测块大小相同的图像块,所述第一预设区域包括所述第一参考预测块,所述第二修正参考预测块为第二预设区域中的且与所述第二参考预测块大小相同的图像块,所述第二预设区域包括所述第二参考预测块;所述第一修正参考预测块对应于所述第一修正运动矢量预测值,第二修正参考预测块对应于所述第二修正运动矢量预测值。Wherein, the difference between the first modified reference prediction block and the second modified reference prediction block is less than or equal to the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, and the first modified reference prediction block A prediction block is an image block in a first preset area that has the same size as the first reference prediction block, the first preset area includes the first reference prediction block, and the second modified reference prediction block is An image block in a second preset area that has the same size as the second reference prediction block, the second preset area includes the second reference prediction block; the first modified reference prediction block corresponds to the The first modified motion vector predictor, and the second modified reference prediction block corresponds to the second modified motion vector predictor.
由于在双向预测中,第一参考预测块和第二参考预测块是成对出现的,为了描述方便,将第一参考预测块和第二参考预测块称为第一参考预测块对。Since in bidirectional prediction, the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block appear in pairs, for the convenience of description, the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block are referred to as a first reference prediction block pair.
在第一种可能的示例中,运动矢量修正过程依据的是,由两个参考预测块构成的参考预测块对为起始搜索点,在周边搜索多个参考预测块对之间的差异最小的参考预测块对。In the first possible example, the motion vector correction process is based on the reference prediction block pair consisting of two reference prediction blocks as the starting search point, and the surrounding search for multiple reference prediction block pairs with the smallest difference Reference prediction block pair.
示例性的,在根据所述第一参考预测块确定第一修正参考预测块,根据所述第二参考预测块确定第二修正参考预测块时,可以通过如下方式实现:Exemplarily, when the first modified reference prediction block is determined according to the first reference prediction block, and the second modified reference prediction block is determined according to the second reference prediction block, it may be implemented in the following manner:
B1,根据第一参考预测块对进行运动搜索,得到至少一个第二参考预测块对。B1, performing a motion search according to the first reference prediction block pair to obtain at least one second reference prediction block pair.
其中,所述第一参考预测块对包括所述第一参考预测块和所述第二参考预测块;所述第二参考预测块对包括第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块,所述第三参考预测块是基于所述第一参考预测块在所述第一预设区域内进行运动搜索得到的,所述第四参考预测块是基于所述第二参考预测块在所述第二预设区域内进行运动搜索得到。Wherein, the first reference prediction block pair includes the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block; the second reference prediction block pair includes a third reference prediction block and a fourth reference prediction block, and the The third reference prediction block is obtained based on the motion search of the first reference prediction block in the first preset area, and the fourth reference prediction block is obtained based on the second reference prediction block in the second It can be obtained by motion search in the preset area.
示例性的,在B1中根据第一参考预测块对进行运动搜索时,可以基于第一参考预测块对进行搜索时可以以整像素或者分像素步长进行运动搜索,以得到至少一个第二参考预测块对。Exemplarily, when performing a motion search based on the first reference prediction block pair in B1, the search may be performed based on the first reference prediction block pair in whole-pixel or sub-pixel steps to obtain at least one second reference Predict block pairs.
分像素可以是1/2像素、1/4像素、1/8像素或者1/16像素像素等。The sub-pixels can be 1/2 pixels, 1/4 pixels, 1/8 pixels, or 1/16 pixels.
B2,确定所述至少一个第二参考预测块对中每个第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异;B2. Determine the difference between the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in each second reference prediction block pair in the at least one second reference prediction block pair;
具体的,第三参考预测块与所述第四参考预测块进行差异比较时,可以将两个图像块中各个像素差的绝对值之和作为第三参考预测块与所述第四参考预测块的差异值大小,可选的,也可以将两个图像块中各个像素差的平方和作为第三参考预测块与所述第四参考预测块的差异值大小,不具体限定差异的比较方法。Specifically, when the third reference prediction block is compared with the fourth reference prediction block, the sum of the absolute values of the differences of the pixels in the two image blocks may be used as the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block Optionally, the sum of the squares of the pixel differences in the two image blocks may be used as the difference value between the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block, and the comparison method of the difference is not specifically limited.
B3,确定所述至少一个第二参考预测块对中差异最小的参考预测块对。B3. Determine the reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference among the at least one second reference prediction block pair.
B4,在确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异小于所述第一参考预测块和所述第二参考预测块间的差异时,根据差异最小的第二参考预测块对进行运动搜索,得到至少一个第三参考预测块对;B4. When it is determined that the difference between the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is smaller than the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, Performing a motion search according to the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference to obtain at least one third reference prediction block pair;
其中,所述第三参考预测块对包括第五参考预测块和第六参考预测块,所述第五参考预测块是基于差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块在所述第一预设区域内进行运动搜索得到的,所述第六参考预测块是基于差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第四参考预测块在所述第二预设区域内进行运动搜索得到;Wherein, the third reference prediction block pair includes a fifth reference prediction block and a sixth reference prediction block, and the fifth reference prediction block is based on the third reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference. Obtained by performing a motion search in the first preset area, and the sixth reference prediction block is based on a second reference prediction block with the smallest difference to a fourth reference prediction block included in a motion search in the second preset area get;
B5,确定差异最小的第三参考预测块对包括的第五参考预测块和第六参考预测块间的差异小于差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差 异时,确定所述差异最小的第三参考预测块对包括的第五参考预测块为所述第一修正参考预测块,确定所述差异最小的第三参考预测块对包括的第六参考预测块为所述第二修正参考预测块。B5. Determine that the difference between the fifth reference prediction block and the sixth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is smaller than the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference When the difference between blocks is determined, the fifth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is determined to be the first modified reference prediction block, and the third reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is determined to be the first The six reference prediction block is the second modified reference prediction block.
另外,作为一种示例,在确定差异最小的第三参考预测块对包括的第五参考预测块和第六参考预测块间的差异小于差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异时,继续以差异最小的第三参考预测块对作为搜索起点,继续执行运动搜索。直到执行的次数达到预设阈值,或者搜索的位置超过搜索区域为止。In addition, as an example, it is determined that the difference between the fifth reference prediction block and the sixth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is smaller than the third reference prediction included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference. When there is a difference between the block and the fourth reference prediction block, continue to perform the motion search with the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference as the search starting point. Until the number of executions reaches a preset threshold, or the searched position exceeds the search area.
作为一种示例,在B3确定所述至少一个第二参考预测块对中差异最小的参考预测块对后,若确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异大于所述第一参考预测块和所述第二参考预测块间的差异,则确定所述第一参考预测块为所述第一修正参考预测块,确定所述第二参考预测块为第二修正参考预测块。As an example, after B3 determines the reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference among the at least one second reference prediction block pair, if it is determined that the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference includes the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference If the difference between the prediction blocks is greater than the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, it is determined that the first reference prediction block is the first modified reference prediction block, and the second reference prediction block is determined The prediction block is the second modified reference prediction block.
作为另一种示例,在B4得到至少一个第三参考预测块对后,若确定差异最小的第三参考预测块对包括的第五参考预测块和第六参考预测块间的差异大于差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异,则确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块为所述第一修正参考预测块,确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第四参考预测块为第二修正参考预测块。As another example, after B4 obtains at least one third reference prediction block pair, if it is determined that the difference between the fifth reference prediction block and the sixth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is greater than that of the third reference prediction block with the smallest difference The second reference prediction block pair includes the difference between the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block, the third reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is determined to be the first modified reference prediction block , Determining that the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is the second modified reference prediction block.
下面结合实例具体说明本申请实施例提供的MMVD结合运动矢量精细化处理过程。The following specifically describes the MMVD combined with motion vector refinement processing process provided by the embodiment of the present application with reference to an example.
如图12所示,获取当前待处理图像块的预测运动信息,假设当前待处理图像块的前后向运动矢量预测值分别为MV0(-22,18)和MV1(2,12),前后向运动矢量差分别为MVD0(1,0)和MVD1(-1,0)。As shown in Figure 12, the predicted motion information of the current image block to be processed is obtained. Assuming that the forward and backward motion vector prediction values of the current image block to be processed are MV0 (-22, 18) and MV1 (2, 12), the forward and backward motion The vector difference is MVD0(1,0) and MVD1(-1,0).
针对当前待处理图像块分别进行前后向预测得到当前待处理图像块的前向预测块和后向预测块。The forward and backward prediction is performed on the current image block to be processed to obtain the forward prediction block and the backward prediction block of the current image block to be processed.
以MV0(-22,18)和MV1(2,12)作为前后向运动矢量预测值的参考输入,分别对前向参考预测块q0和后向参考预测块h0进行第一精度的运动搜索,比如,第一精度为1像素。Take MV0(-22,18) and MV1(2,12) as the reference input of the forward and backward motion vector prediction values, and perform the first-precision motion search on the forward reference prediction block q0 and the backward reference prediction block h0, for example , The first precision is 1 pixel.
以前后向参考预测块q0和h0分别作为搜索起点进行第一精度的运动搜索,确定每次搜索得到的新前后参考预测块间的差异,比如前后向参考预测块周边8个前后向参考预测块对间的差异,以及前向参考预测块q0和后向参考预测块h0间的差异,假设差异最小的前后参考预测块的运动矢量预测值分别为(-21,18)和(1,12)。更新搜索点为(-21,18)和(1,12)分别对应前向参考预测块q1和后向参考预测块h1,继续执行第一精度的运动搜索。以前后向参考预测块q1和h1分别作为搜索起点进行第一精度的运动搜索,确定每次搜索得到的前后参考预测块的差异,比如前后向参考预测块q1和h1周边8个前后向参考预测块对间的差异,以及前向参考预测块q1和后向参考预测块h1间的差异,假设差异最小的前后参考预测块的运动矢量预测值分别为(-20,18)和(0,12)。(-21,18)和(1,12)分别对应前向参考预测块q2和后向参考预测块h2。The previous backward reference prediction blocks q0 and h0 are used as the search starting point to perform the first-precision motion search to determine the difference between the new forward and backward reference prediction blocks obtained in each search, such as 8 forward and backward reference prediction blocks around the forward and backward reference prediction blocks The difference between the pairs, and the difference between the forward reference prediction block q0 and the backward reference prediction block h0, assuming that the motion vector prediction values of the front and back reference prediction blocks with the smallest difference are (-21,18) and (1,12), respectively . The updated search points are (-21, 18) and (1, 12) respectively corresponding to the forward reference prediction block q1 and the backward reference prediction block h1, and the motion search with the first precision is continued. The previous and backward reference prediction blocks q1 and h1 are used as the search starting point to perform the first-precision motion search to determine the difference between the front and back reference prediction blocks obtained in each search, such as the forward and backward reference prediction blocks q1 and h1 around 8 forward and backward reference predictions The difference between the block pairs, and the difference between the forward reference prediction block q1 and the backward reference prediction block h1, assuming that the motion vector prediction values of the front and rear reference prediction blocks with the smallest difference are (-20, 18) and (0, 12) ). (-21,18) and (1,12) correspond to the forward reference prediction block q2 and the backward reference prediction block h2, respectively.
本申请实施例中可以配置第一精度的运动搜索次数,比如1次、两次等。或者确定运动搜索的范围。当超出范围时停止搜索。In the embodiment of the present application, the number of motion searches with the first precision can be configured, such as once, twice, and so on. Or determine the range of motion search. Stop searching when out of range.
以两次为例,将前向参考预测块q2的运动矢量预测值(-20,18)与MVD0(1,0)求和得到(-19,18),将后向参考预测块h2的运动矢量预测值(0,12)与MVD1求和得到(1,12)。从而基于前向运动矢量预测值(-19,18)和后向运动矢量预测值(1,12)对当前待处理图像块进行预测。图12中仅示意1种运动搜索的过程。Taking two times as an example, the motion vector prediction value (-20,18) of the forward reference prediction block q2 and MVD0(1,0) are summed to obtain (-19,18), and the motion of the backward reference prediction block h2 The vector predicted value (0,12) and MVD1 are summed to get (1,12). Therefore, the current image block to be processed is predicted based on the forward motion vector predictor (-19, 18) and the backward motion vector predictor (1, 12). Figure 12 shows only one kind of motion search process.
需要说明的是,对前向参考预测块和后向参考预测块进行第一精度的运动搜索时,第一精度可以是设定的任意精度,例如可以是1像素精度或1/2像素精度或1/4像素精度或1/8像素精度等。It should be noted that when the first-precision motion search is performed on the forward reference prediction block and the backward reference prediction block, the first precision can be any set precision, for example, it can be 1 pixel precision or 1/2 pixel precision or 1/4 pixel accuracy or 1/8 pixel accuracy, etc.
第二种可能的示例:The second possible example:
C1:获得当前待处理图像块的预测运动信息(包括初始前向运动矢量预测值和初始后向运动矢量预测值);C1: Obtain the predicted motion information of the current image block to be processed (including the initial forward motion vector predicted value and the initial backward motion vector predicted value);
C2:根据所述当前待处理图像块的初始前向运动矢量预测值,通过运动补偿方法,在前向参考图像中获得当前块的前向参考预测块。C2: According to the initial forward motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed, the forward reference prediction block of the current block is obtained in the forward reference image by the motion compensation method.
C3:根据所述当前块的初始后向运动矢量预测值,通过运动补偿方法,在后向参考图像中获得当前待处理图像块的后向参考预测块。C3: According to the initial backward motion vector predictor of the current block, the backward reference prediction block of the current image block to be processed is obtained from the backward reference image by the motion compensation method.
C4:根据C2所获得的前向参考预测块的像素值和C3所获得的后向参考预测块的像素值,通过加权的方法,获得模板匹配块的像素值。C4: According to the pixel value of the forward reference prediction block obtained by C2 and the pixel value of the backward reference prediction block obtained by C3, the pixel value of the template matching block is obtained by a weighting method.
C5:在C2中所述的前向参考图像中,进行整像素步长的运动搜索。需要指出的是,不管搜索起始点是否为整像素点(起始点可以是整像素,或亚像素,如:1/2,1/4,1/8,1/16等),都进行整像素步长运动搜索,得到至少一个当前解码块的前向参考预测块。C5: In the forward reference image described in C2, perform a motion search with an entire pixel step. It should be pointed out that, regardless of whether the search starting point is an entire pixel (the starting point can be an entire pixel, or a sub-pixel, such as: 1/2, 1/4, 1/8, 1/16, etc.), the entire pixel is performed Step motion search to obtain at least one forward reference prediction block of the currently decoded block.
如图11所示,(0,0)点位置为搜索起始点,除此之外,在搜索起始点周围的8个整像素步长的搜索点进行搜索,得到对应的预测块。本申请实施例中,不限定使用的搜索方法,可为任意搜索方法。计算所述每个前向参考预测块与C4中所述的模板匹配块之间的匹配误差,选择匹配误差最小的前向参考预测块对应的前向运动矢量预测值,作为最优的前向运动矢量预测值。匹配误差可以选用SAD准则进行计算。As shown in FIG. 11, the (0,0) point position is the search starting point. In addition, the search is performed at 8 full-pixel step search points around the search starting point to obtain the corresponding prediction block. In the embodiments of the present application, the search method used is not limited, and any search method may be used. Calculate the matching error between each forward reference prediction block and the template matching block described in C4, and select the forward motion vector predictor corresponding to the forward reference prediction block with the smallest matching error as the optimal forward Motion vector prediction value. The matching error can be calculated using the SAD criterion.
C6:与C5类似,在C3中所述的后向参考图像中,进行整像素步长的运动搜索,不管搜索起始点是否整像素点(起始点可以是整像素,或亚像素,如:1/2,1/4,1/8,1/16等),都进行整像素步长的运动搜索,得到至少一个当前解码块的后向预测块,计算每个后向预测块与C4中所述模板匹配块之间的匹配误差,选择匹配误差最小的后向预测块对应的后向运动矢量预测值,作为最优的后向运动矢量预测值。C6: Similar to C5, in the backward reference image described in C3, a motion search with an entire pixel step is performed, regardless of whether the search starting point is an entire pixel point (the starting point can be an entire pixel or a sub-pixel, such as: 1 /2, 1/4, 1/8, 1/16, etc.), the whole pixel step motion search is performed to obtain at least one backward prediction block of the currently decoded block, and each backward prediction block is calculated with the C4 For the matching error between the template matching blocks, the backward motion vector predictor corresponding to the backward predictive block with the smallest matching error is selected as the optimal backward motion vector predictor.
本申请实施例中,可以进行多次上述第二种可能的示例提供的运动矢量精细化过程,完成图像预测。示例性的,以两次为例,在通过C1-C6确定最优的前向运动矢量预测值,和最优的后向运动矢量预测值后,以最优的前向运动矢量预测值作为搜索起点,以及以最优的后向运动矢量预测值作为搜索起点分别进行运动搜索。搜索得到的前向运动矢量预测块与模板匹配块比较,选择匹配误差最小的前向参考预测块对应的前向运动矢量预测值作为二次搜索最优的前向运动矢量预测值,同理,得到二次搜索最优的后向运动矢量预测值。In this embodiment of the present application, the motion vector refinement process provided in the second possible example above may be performed multiple times to complete image prediction. Exemplarily, taking twice as an example, after determining the optimal forward motion vector predictor and the optimal backward motion vector predictor through C1-C6, use the optimal forward motion vector predictor as the search The starting point, and the optimal backward motion vector predictor as the starting point of the search for motion search. The searched forward motion vector prediction block is compared with the template matching block, and the forward motion vector prediction value corresponding to the forward reference prediction block with the smallest matching error is selected as the optimal forward motion vector prediction value for the second search. The same applies. Obtain the optimal backward motion vector predictor for the second search.
作为一种示例,多次搜索采用的模板匹配块可以相同,当然也可以更新,比如第二次搜索时,根据一次搜索最优的前向运动矢量预测值,通过运动补偿方法,在前向参考图像中获得当前待处理图像块的前向参考预测块;以及根据一次搜索最优的后向运动矢量预测值,通过运动补偿方法,在后向参考图像中获得当前待处理图像块的后向参考预测块,将运动补偿得到的前后向参考预测块的像素值通过加权的方法,得到最新的匹配模板块。As an example, the template matching blocks used in multiple searches can be the same, and of course they can also be updated. For example, in the second search, according to the optimal forward motion vector predicted value of one search, the motion compensation method is used in the forward reference Obtain the forward reference prediction block of the current image block to be processed in the image; and obtain the backward reference of the current image block to be processed in the backward reference image through the motion compensation method according to the optimal backward motion vector prediction value of a search For the prediction block, the pixel values of the forward and backward reference prediction blocks obtained by motion compensation are weighted to obtain the latest matching template block.
参见图13所示,针对本申请提供的视频图像预测中第二种可能的实施方式的流程示意图。图13所示的方法可以由视频编解码装置、视频编解码器、视频编解码系统以及其它具有视频编解码功能的设备来执行。图13所示的方法既可以发生在编码过程,也可以发生在解码过程,更具体地,图13所示的方法可以发生在编解码时的帧间预测过程。Refer to FIG. 13 for a schematic flowchart of a second possible implementation manner in the video image prediction provided by this application. The method shown in FIG. 13 may be executed by a video codec device, a video codec, a video codec system, and other devices with video codec functions. The method shown in FIG. 13 may occur during the encoding process or the decoding process. More specifically, the method shown in FIG. 13 may occur during the inter-frame prediction process during encoding and decoding.
S1301,确定第一待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差。S1301: Determine the first initial motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the first image block to be processed.
S1302,根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差确定第一运动矢量预测值,以及根据所述第二初始运动矢量预测值、第二运动矢量差确定第二运动矢量预测值。(换句话说,根据第一初始运动矢量预测值执行运动矢量修正过程以得到第一修正运动矢量预测值,根据第二初始运动矢量预测值执行运动矢量修正过程以得到第二修正运动矢量预测值)。S1302. Determine a first motion vector prediction value according to the first initial motion vector prediction value and the first motion vector difference, and determine a second motion vector prediction value according to the second initial motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector difference . (In other words, the motion vector correction process is performed according to the first initial motion vector prediction value to obtain the first modified motion vector prediction value, and the motion vector correction process is performed according to the second initial motion vector prediction value to obtain the second modified motion vector prediction value ).
示例性的,步骤S1302在实现时,可以将第一初始运动矢量预测值与第一运动矢量差的和作为第一运动矢量预测值,将所述第二初始运动矢量预测值与第二运动矢量差的和作为第二运动矢量预测值。Exemplarily, when step S1302 is implemented, the sum of the first initial motion vector prediction value and the first motion vector difference may be used as the first motion vector prediction value, and the second initial motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector The sum of the differences is used as the second motion vector prediction value.
S1303,根据所述第一运动矢量预测值、所述第二运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程,以得到第一修正运动矢量预测值和第二修正运动矢量预测值。S1303. Perform a motion vector correction process according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value to obtain a first corrected motion vector predicted value and a second corrected motion vector predicted value.
S1304,根据所述第一修正运动矢量预测值和所述第二修正运动矢量预测值对所述第一待处理图像块进行预测。S1304: Predict the first image block to be processed according to the first modified motion vector prediction value and the second modified motion vector prediction value.
在一种示例下,第一初始运动矢量预测值即对应于第一列表(即list0)的初始运动矢量预测值,相应地,第二初始运动矢量预测值即对应于第二列表(即list1)的初始运动矢量预测值。In an example, the first initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the initial motion vector prediction value of the first list (ie list0), and accordingly, the second initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the second list (ie list1) The initial motion vector prediction value.
在另一种示例下,第一初始运动矢量预测值即对应于第一方向(例如前向)的初始运动矢量预测值,相应地,第二初始运动矢量预测值即对应于第二方向(例如后向)的初始运动矢量预测值;本申请对此不做限定。In another example, the first initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the initial motion vector prediction value in the first direction (for example, forward), and correspondingly, the second initial motion vector prediction value corresponds to the second direction (for example, Backward) initial motion vector prediction value; this application does not limit this.
在一种实现方式下,运动矢量修正过程可以是DMVR过程,本申请实施例中,两者可以互相替换。相应的,第一修正运动矢量预测值或第二修正运动矢量预测值,也可以称为第一精细化运动矢量预测值或第二精细化运动矢量预测值。In an implementation manner, the motion vector correction process may be a DMVR process, and in the embodiment of the present application, the two may be replaced with each other. Correspondingly, the first modified motion vector prediction value or the second modified motion vector prediction value may also be referred to as the first refined motion vector prediction value or the second refined motion vector prediction value.
在一种可能的设计中,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差之前,还包括:In a possible design, before determining the first initial motion vector prediction value, the second initial motion vector prediction value, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed, the method further includes :
从码流中解析第一标识(比如mmvd_flag[x0][y0]);确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差,包括:当所述第一标识指示对当前待处理图像块进行帧间预测采用融合运动矢量差MMVD方式时,确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差。Analyze the first flag (such as mmvd_flag[x0][y0]) from the code stream; determine the first initial motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed, And the second motion vector difference, including: determining the first initial motion vector prediction of the current image block to be processed when the first identifier indicates that the fused motion vector difference MMVD method is adopted for inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed Value, second initial motion vector predicted value, first motion vector difference, and second motion vector difference.
在确定当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差,可以采用多种方式进行,例如,可以采用上述描述的方式一或者方式二来获取,此处不再赘述。In determining the first initial motion vector prediction value, the second initial motion vector prediction value, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed, various methods can be used. For example, the above description can be used Method 1 or Method 2 to obtain, so I won’t go into details here.
示例性的,本申请实施例中在执行S1303时可以存在启动条件,比如当在候选列表中选择的所述候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,根据所述第一运动矢量预测值、所述第二运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程。当在候选列表中选择的所述候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,根据步骤S1302得到的所述第一运动矢量预测值和所述第二运动矢量预测值,对所述当前待处理图像块进行解码。Exemplarily, there may be a start condition when S1303 is executed in the embodiment of the present application. For example, when the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs and the current image block to be processed belong to the selected candidate list belong to different images, The first motion vector predictor and the second motion vector predictor perform a motion vector correction process. When the image block to which the candidate motion information selected in the candidate list belongs belongs to the same image as the currently to-be-processed image block, the first motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value obtained in step S1302 Value, decode the current image block to be processed.
本申请实施例中,具体的针对所述第一运动矢量预测值和所述第二运动矢量预测值如 何执行运动矢量精细化过程,可以参见上述第一种可能的示例和第二种可能的示例中的描述,此处详细不再赘述。In this embodiment of the application, for how to perform the motion vector refinement process for the first motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value, please refer to the first possible example and the second possible example above The description in, I won’t go into details here.
下面结合实例具体说明本申请实施例提供的MMVD结合运动矢量精细化处理过程。The following specifically describes the MMVD combined with motion vector refinement processing process provided by the embodiment of the present application with reference to an example.
如图14所示,获取当前待处理图像块的预测运动信息,假设当前待处理图像块的前后向运动矢量预测值分别为MV0(-22,18)和MV1(2,12),前后向运动矢量差分别为MVD0(1,0)和MVD1(-1,0)。As shown in Figure 14, the predicted motion information of the current image block to be processed is obtained. It is assumed that the forward and backward motion vector prediction values of the current image block to be processed are MV0 (-22, 18) and MV1 (2, 12), respectively. The vector difference is MVD0(1,0) and MVD1(-1,0).
将前向运动矢量预测值MV0(-22,18)与MVD0(1,0)求和得到MV2(-21,18),将后向运动矢量预测值MV1(2,12)与MVD1(-1,0)求和得到MV3(1,12)。MV2对应前向参考预测块为q0,MV3对应前向参考预测块为h0。Sum the forward motion vector predictor MV0(-22,18) and MVD0(1,0) to get MV2(-21,18), and combine the backward motion vector predictor MV1(2,12) with MVD1(-1) ,0) and get MV3(1,12). The forward reference prediction block corresponding to MV2 is q0, and the forward reference prediction block corresponding to MV3 is h0.
以MV2(-21,18)和MV3(1,12)作为前后向运动矢量预测值的参考输入,分别对前向参考预测块q0和后向参考预测块h0进行第一精度的运动搜索,比如,第一精度为1像素。Use MV2(-21,18) and MV3(1,12) as the reference input of the forward and backward motion vector prediction values, and perform the first-precision motion search on the forward reference prediction block q0 and the backward reference prediction block h0, for example , The first precision is 1 pixel.
以前后向参考预测块q0和h0分别作为搜索起点进行第一精度的运动搜索,确定每次搜索得到的新前后参考预测块的差异,比如前后向参考预测块周边8个前后向参考预测块对间的差异,以及前向参考预测块q0和后向参考预测块h0间的差异,假设差异最小的前后参考预测块的运动矢量预测值分别为(-21,17)和(1,11)。更新搜索点为(-21,17)和(1,11)分别对应前向参考预测块q1和后向参考预测块h1,继续执行第一精度的运动搜索。以前后向参考预测块q1和h1分别作为搜索起点进行第一精度的运动搜索,确定每次搜索得到的前后参考预测块的差异,比如前后向参考预测块q1和h1周边8个前后向参考预测块间的差异,以及前向参考预测块q1和后向参考预测块h1间的差异,假设差异最小的前后参考预测块的运动矢量预测值分别为(-21,16)和(1,10)。(-21,16)和(1,10)分别对应前向参考预测块q2和后向参考预测块h2。The previous backward reference prediction blocks q0 and h0 are used as the search starting point to perform the first-precision motion search to determine the difference between the new forward and backward reference prediction blocks obtained in each search, such as 8 forward and backward reference prediction block pairs around the forward and backward reference prediction blocks As for the difference between the forward reference prediction block q0 and the backward reference prediction block h0, it is assumed that the motion vector prediction values of the front and rear reference prediction blocks with the smallest difference are (-21, 17) and (1, 11), respectively. The updated search points are (-21, 17) and (1, 11) respectively corresponding to the forward reference prediction block q1 and the backward reference prediction block h1, and the motion search with the first precision is continued. The previous and backward reference prediction blocks q1 and h1 are used as the search starting point to perform the first-precision motion search to determine the difference between the front and back reference prediction blocks obtained in each search, such as the forward and backward reference prediction blocks q1 and h1 around 8 forward and backward reference predictions The difference between blocks, and the difference between the forward reference prediction block q1 and the backward reference prediction block h1, assuming that the motion vector prediction values of the front and back reference prediction blocks with the smallest difference are (-21,16) and (1,10), respectively . (-21, 16) and (1, 10) correspond to the forward reference prediction block q2 and the backward reference prediction block h2, respectively.
本申请实施例中可以配置第一精度的运动搜索次数,比如1次、两次等。或者确定运动搜索的范围。当超出范围时停止搜索。In the embodiment of the present application, the number of motion searches with the first precision can be configured, such as once, twice, and so on. Or determine the range of motion search. Stop searching when out of range.
以两次为例,从而基于前向运动矢量预测值(-21,16)和后向运动矢量预测值(1,10)对当前待处理图像块进行预测。图14中仅示意1种运动搜索的过程。Taking twice as an example, the current image block to be processed is predicted based on the forward motion vector predictor (-21, 16) and the backward motion vector predictor (1, 10). Figure 14 shows only one kind of motion search process.
需要说明的是,对前向参考预测块和后向参考预测块进行第一精度的运动搜索时,第一精度可以是设定的任意精度,例如可以是1像素精度或1/2像素精度或1/4像素精度或1/8像素精度等。It should be noted that when the first-precision motion search is performed on the forward reference prediction block and the backward reference prediction block, the first precision can be any set precision, for example, it can be 1 pixel precision or 1/2 pixel precision or 1/4 pixel accuracy or 1/8 pixel accuracy, etc.
应理解的是,本申请实施例提供的精细化MMVD结合精细化处理过程的方案可以应用于解码侧,当然也适用于编码侧。编码侧的不再详细赘述。It should be understood that the solution of the refined MMVD combined with the refined processing process provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the decoding side, and of course it is also applicable to the encoding side. The details on the encoding side will not be described in detail.
下面结合图15对本申请实施例的图像预测装置进行详细的描述。The image prediction apparatus according to the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 15.
图15是本申请实施例的一种图像预测装置的示意性框图。需要说明的是,图像预测装置1500既适用于解码视频图像的帧间预测,也适用于编码视频图像的帧间预测,应当理解的是,这里的图像预测装置1500可以对应于图2中的帧间预测单元244,或者可以对应于图3中的帧间预测单元344。该图像预测装置1500可以包括预测单元1501和修正单元1502。FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of an image prediction device according to an embodiment of the present application. It should be noted that the image prediction device 1500 is suitable for both inter-frame prediction of decoded video images and inter-frame prediction of encoded video images. It should be understood that the image prediction device 1500 herein may correspond to the frame in FIG. 2 The inter prediction unit 244 may alternatively correspond to the inter prediction unit 344 in FIG. 3. The image prediction device 1500 may include a prediction unit 1501 and a correction unit 1502.
在一种可能的实现方式中:In one possible implementation:
预测单元1501,用于确定当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差;The prediction unit 1501 is configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value, the second initial motion vector prediction value, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed;
修正单元1502,用于根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、所述第二初始运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程,以得到第一修正运动矢量预测值和第二修正运动矢量预测值;The correction unit 1502 is configured to perform a motion vector correction process according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value to obtain the first corrected motion vector predicted value and the second corrected motion vector predicted value ;
所述预测单元1501,还用于根据所述第一修正运动矢量预测值与所述第一运动矢量差确定第一运动矢量预测值,以及根据所述第二修正运动矢量预测值与所述第二运动矢量差确定第二运动矢量预测值;根据所述第一运动矢量预测值和所述第二运动矢量预测值对所述当前待处理图像块进行预测。The prediction unit 1501 is further configured to determine a first motion vector prediction value according to the difference between the first modified motion vector prediction value and the first motion vector, and determine the first motion vector prediction value according to the second modified motion vector prediction value and the first motion vector prediction value. The second motion vector prediction value is determined by the difference of the two motion vectors; and the current image block to be processed is predicted according to the first motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value.
示例性地,所述预测单元1501,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差的方面,具体用于:Exemplarily, the prediction unit 1501 determines the first initial motion vector prediction value, the second initial motion vector prediction value, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed , Specifically used for:
当从码流中解析出的第一标识指示对当前待处理图像块进行帧间预测采用融合运动矢量差MMVD方式时,确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差。When the first identifier parsed from the code stream indicates that the inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed adopts the fused motion vector difference MMVD method, the first initial motion vector predictor and the second prediction value of the current image block to be processed are determined. The initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference.
示例性地,所述预测单元1501,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值的方面,具体用于:根据从码流中解析出的候选索引(或者根据率失真代价算法)从候选列表中确定对应的候选运动信息,所述候选运动信息包括第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值,所述第三运动矢量预测值作为第一初始运动矢量预测值,所述第四运动矢量预测值作为第二初始运动矢量预测值。Exemplarily, the prediction unit 1501 is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed: The candidate index (or according to the rate-distortion cost algorithm) determines the corresponding candidate motion information from the candidate list. The candidate motion information includes a third motion vector predictor and a fourth motion vector predictor. The third motion vector predictor is used as The first initial motion vector prediction value, and the fourth motion vector prediction value is used as the second initial motion vector prediction value.
示例性地,所述预测单元1501,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值的方面,具体用于:Exemplarily, the prediction unit 1501 is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
确定候选列表中的首个位置的候选运动信息包括的第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值。The third motion vector predictor and the fourth motion vector predictor included in the candidate motion information of the first position in the candidate list are determined as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
示例性地,所述修正单元1502,具体用于:Exemplarily, the correction unit 1502 is specifically configured to:
当所述候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、所述第二初始运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程。When the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs and the currently to-be-processed image block belong to different images, a motion vector correction process is performed according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value.
示例性地,所述预测单元1501,还用于当所述候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差确定第一目标运动矢量预测值,以及根据所述第二初始运动矢量预测值、第二运动矢量差确定第二目标运动矢量预测值;根据所述第一目标运动矢量预测值和所述第二目标运动矢量预测值,对所述当前待处理图像块进行预测。Exemplarily, the prediction unit 1501 is further configured to: when the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, according to the first initial motion vector predicted value, the first motion The vector difference determines the first target motion vector prediction value, and the second target motion vector prediction value is determined according to the second initial motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector difference; according to the first target motion vector prediction value and the The second target motion vector predictor predicts the current image block to be processed.
示例性地,所述预测单元1501,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值的方面,具体用于:Exemplarily, the prediction unit 1501 is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
根据从所述码流中解析出的候选索引(或者根据率失真代价算法)从候选列表中确定对应的候选项,所述候选项包括第一候选运动信息和第二候选运动信息,其中,所述第一候选运动信息包括第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值,所述第二候选运动信息包括第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值;According to the candidate index parsed from the code stream (or according to the rate-distortion cost algorithm), the corresponding candidate is determined from the candidate list. The candidate includes the first candidate motion information and the second candidate motion information. The first candidate motion information includes a fifth motion vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor, and the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
当所述第一候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,确定所述第五运动矢量预测值和所述第六运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值;或者,When the image block to which the first candidate motion information belongs and the currently to-be-processed image block belong to different images, it is determined that the fifth motion vector prediction value and the sixth motion vector prediction value are the first initial motion Vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value; or,
当所述第一候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,确定所述第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所 述第二初始运动矢量预测值。When the image block to which the first candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, it is determined that the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the first initial motion vector predictor Value and the second initial motion vector predicted value.
示例性地,候选列表中的首个位置的候选项包括第一候选运动信息和第二候选运动信息,其中,所述第一候选运动信息包括第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值,所述第二候选运动信息包括第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值;Exemplarily, the candidate at the first position in the candidate list includes first candidate motion information and second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate motion information includes the fifth motion vector predictor and the sixth motion vector predictor , The second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
所述预测单元1501,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值的方面,具体用于:The prediction unit 1501 is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
当所述第一候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,确定第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值;When the image block to which the first candidate motion information belongs and the currently to-be-processed image block belong to different images, it is determined that the fifth motion vector predictor and the sixth motion vector predictor are the first initial motion vector predictor and The second initial motion vector prediction value;
当所述第一候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,确定所述第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值。When the image block to which the first candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, it is determined that the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the first initial motion vector predictor Value and the second initial motion vector predicted value.
示例性地,所述修正单元1502,在根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、所述第二初始运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程的方面,具体用于:Exemplarily, the correction unit 1502 is specifically configured to perform a motion vector correction process according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value:
获取所述第一初始运动矢量预测值对应的第一参考预测块,以及所述第二初始运动矢量预测值对应的第二参考预测块;Acquiring a first reference prediction block corresponding to the first initial motion vector prediction value, and a second reference prediction block corresponding to the second initial motion vector prediction value;
根据所述第一参考预测块确定第一修正参考预测块,根据所述第二参考预测块确定第二修正参考预测块;Determine a first modified reference prediction block according to the first reference prediction block, and determine a second modified reference prediction block according to the second reference prediction block;
其中,所述第一修正参考预测块与所述第二修正参考预测块间的差异小于或者等于所述第一参考预测块与所述第二参考预测块间的差异,所述第一修正参考预测块为第一预设区域中的且与所述第一参考预测块大小相同的图像块,所述第一预设区域包括所述第一参考预测块,所述第二修正参考预测块为第二预设区域中的且与所述第二参考预测块大小相同的图像块,所述第二预设区域包括所述第二参考预测块;所述第一修正参考预测块对应于所述第一修正运动矢量预测值,第二修正参考预测块对应于所述第二修正运动矢量预测值。Wherein, the difference between the first modified reference prediction block and the second modified reference prediction block is less than or equal to the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, and the first modified reference prediction block A prediction block is an image block in a first preset area that has the same size as the first reference prediction block, the first preset area includes the first reference prediction block, and the second modified reference prediction block is An image block in a second preset area that has the same size as the second reference prediction block, the second preset area includes the second reference prediction block; the first modified reference prediction block corresponds to the The first modified motion vector predictor, and the second modified reference prediction block corresponds to the second modified motion vector predictor.
示例性地,所述修正单元1502,在根据所述第一参考预测块确定第一修正参考预测块,根据所述第二参考预测块确定第二修正参考预测块的方面,具体用于:Exemplarily, the modification unit 1502 is specifically configured to: determine a first modified reference prediction block according to the first reference prediction block and determine a second modified reference prediction block according to the second reference prediction block:
根据第一参考预测块对进行运动搜索,得到至少一个第二参考预测块对;Performing a motion search according to the first reference prediction block pair to obtain at least one second reference prediction block pair;
其中,所述第一参考预测块对包括所述第一参考预测块和所述第二参考预测块;所述第二参考预测块对包括第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块,所述第三参考预测块是基于所述第一参考预测块在所述第一预设区域内进行运动搜索得到的,所述第四参考预测块是基于所述第二参考预测块在所述第二预设区域内进行运动搜索得到;Wherein, the first reference prediction block pair includes the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block; the second reference prediction block pair includes a third reference prediction block and a fourth reference prediction block, and the The third reference prediction block is obtained based on the motion search of the first reference prediction block in the first preset area, and the fourth reference prediction block is obtained based on the second reference prediction block in the second It is obtained by motion search in the preset area;
确定所述至少一个第二参考预测块对中每个第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异;Determining the difference between the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in each second reference prediction block pair in the at least one second reference prediction block pair;
确定所述至少一个第二参考预测块对中差异最小的参考预测块对;Determining a reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference among the at least one second reference prediction block pair;
在确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异小于所述第一参考预测块和所述第二参考预测块间的差异时,根据差异最小的第二参考预测块对进行运动搜索,得到至少一个第三参考预测块对;When it is determined that the difference between the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is smaller than the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, according to the difference Performing a motion search on the smallest second reference prediction block pair to obtain at least one third reference prediction block pair;
其中,所述第三参考预测块对包括第五参考预测块和第六参考预测块,所述第五参考预测块是基于差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块在所述第一预设区域 内进行运动搜索得到的,所述第六参考预测块是基于差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第四参考预测块在所述第二预设区域内进行运动搜索得到;Wherein, the third reference prediction block pair includes a fifth reference prediction block and a sixth reference prediction block, and the fifth reference prediction block is based on the third reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference. Obtained by performing a motion search in the first preset area, and the sixth reference prediction block is based on a second reference prediction block with the smallest difference to a fourth reference prediction block included in a motion search in the second preset area get;
确定所述差异最小的第三参考预测块对包括的第五参考预测块为所述第一修正参考预测块,确定所述差异最小的第三参考预测块对包括的第六参考预测块为所述第二修正参考预测块。It is determined that the fifth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is the first modified reference prediction block, and it is determined that the sixth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is all The second modified reference prediction block.
示例性地,所述修正单元1502,还用于:Exemplarily, the correction unit 1502 is further configured to:
在确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异大于所述第一参考预测块和所述第二参考预测块间的差异时,确定所述第一参考预测块为所述第一修正参考预测块,确定所述第二参考预测块为第二修正参考预测块。When it is determined that the difference between the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is greater than the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, it is determined The first reference prediction block is the first modified reference prediction block, and it is determined that the second reference prediction block is a second modified reference prediction block.
示例性地,所述修正单元1502,还用于:Exemplarily, the correction unit 1502 is further configured to:
在确定差异最小的第三参考预测块对包括的第五参考预测块和第六参考预测块间的差异大于差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异时,确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块为所述第一修正参考预测块,确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第四参考预测块为第二修正参考预测块。When it is determined that the difference between the fifth reference prediction block and the sixth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is greater than the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference When it is determined that the third reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is the first modified reference prediction block, it is determined that the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is The second modification refers to the prediction block.
在另一种可能的实现方式中:In another possible implementation:
预测单元,用于确定第一待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差;A prediction unit, configured to determine a first initial motion vector prediction value, a second initial motion vector prediction value, a first motion vector difference, and a second motion vector difference of the first image block to be processed;
修正单元,用于根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差确定第一运动矢量预测值,以及根据所述第二初始运动矢量预测值、第二运动矢量差确定第二运动矢量预测值;The correction unit is configured to determine a first motion vector predictor according to the first initial motion vector predictor and the first motion vector difference, and determine a second motion according to the second initial motion vector predictor and the second motion vector difference Vector predicted value;
所述预测单元,还用于根据所述第一运动矢量预测值、所述第二运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程,以得到第一修正运动矢量预测值和第二修正运动矢量预测值;根据所述第一修正运动矢量预测值和所述第二修正运动矢量预测值对所述第一待处理图像块进行预测。The prediction unit is further configured to perform a motion vector correction process according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value to obtain the first corrected motion vector predicted value and the second corrected motion vector predicted value ; Predict the first image block to be processed according to the first modified motion vector prediction value and the second modified motion vector prediction value.
所述预测单元,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差的方面,具体用于:The prediction unit is specifically used for determining the first initial motion vector prediction value, the second initial motion vector prediction value, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed:
当从码流中解析出的第一标识指示对当前待处理图像块进行帧间预测采用融合运动矢量差MMVD方式时,确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差。When the first identifier parsed from the code stream indicates that the inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed adopts the fused motion vector difference MMVD method, the first initial motion vector predictor and the second prediction value of the current image block to be processed are determined. The initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference.
示例性地,所述预测单元,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值的方面,具体用于:Exemplarily, the prediction unit is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
根据从码流中解析出的候选索引(或者根据率失真代价算法)从候选列表中确定对应的候选运动信息,所述候选运动信息包括第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值,所述第三运动矢量预测值作为第一初始运动矢量预测值,所述第四运动矢量预测值作为第二初始运动矢量预测值;或者,Determine the corresponding candidate motion information from the candidate list according to the candidate index parsed from the code stream (or according to the rate-distortion cost algorithm). The candidate motion information includes the third motion vector predictor and the fourth motion vector predictor. The third motion vector predicted value is used as the first initial motion vector predicted value, and the fourth motion vector predicted value is used as the second initial motion vector predicted value; or,
确定候选列表中的首个位置的候选运动信息包括的第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值。The third motion vector predictor and the fourth motion vector predictor included in the candidate motion information of the first position in the candidate list are determined as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
示例性地,所述修正单元,在根据所述第一运动矢量预测值、所述第二运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程的方面,具体用于:Exemplarily, the correction unit is specifically configured to perform a motion vector correction process according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value:
当所述候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,根据所 述第一运动矢量预测值、所述第二运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程。When the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs and the currently to-be-processed image block belong to different images, a motion vector correction process is performed according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value.
示例性地,所述预测单元,还用于:Exemplarily, the prediction unit is further used for:
当所述候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,根据所述第一运动矢量预测值和所述第二运动矢量预测值,对所述当前待处理图像块进行预测。When the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, the current image block to be processed is determined according to the first motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value. Make predictions.
示例性地,所述预测单元1501,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值的方面,具体用于:Exemplarily, the prediction unit 1501 is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
根据从码流中解析出的候选索引(或者根据率失真代价算法)从候选列表中确定对应的候选项,所述候选项包括第一候选运动信息和第二候选运动信息,其中,所述第一候选运动信息包括第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值,所述第二候选运动信息包括第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值;Determine the corresponding candidate from the candidate list according to the candidate index parsed from the code stream (or according to the rate-distortion cost algorithm), the candidate including the first candidate motion information and the second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate A candidate motion information includes a fifth motion vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor, and the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
当所述第一候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,确定所述第五运动矢量预测值和所述第六运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值;或者,When the image block to which the first candidate motion information belongs and the currently to-be-processed image block belong to different images, it is determined that the fifth motion vector prediction value and the sixth motion vector prediction value are the first initial motion Vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value; or,
当所述第一候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,确定所述第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值。When the image block to which the first candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, it is determined that the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the first initial motion vector predictor Value and the second initial motion vector predicted value.
示例性地,所述预测单元1501,在确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值的方面,具体用于:Exemplarily, the prediction unit 1501 is specifically configured to determine the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed:
候选列表中的首个位置的候选项包括第一候选运动信息和第二候选运动信息,其中,所述第一候选运动信息包括第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值,所述第二候选运动信息包括第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值;The candidate at the first position in the candidate list includes first candidate motion information and second candidate motion information, where the first candidate motion information includes a fifth motion vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor. The second candidate motion information includes the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor;
当所述第一候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,确定第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值;When the image block to which the first candidate motion information belongs and the currently to-be-processed image block belong to different images, it is determined that the fifth motion vector predictor and the sixth motion vector predictor are the first initial motion vector predictor and The second initial motion vector prediction value;
当所述第一候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,确定所述第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值。When the image block to which the first candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, it is determined that the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the first initial motion vector predictor Value and the second initial motion vector predicted value.
示例性地,所述修正单元1502,在根据所述第一运动矢量预测值、所述第二运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程的方面,具体用于包括:Exemplarily, the correction unit 1502 is specifically configured to perform a motion vector correction process according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value, including:
获取所述第一运动矢量预测值对应的第一参考预测块,以及所述第二运动矢量预测值对应的第二参考预测块;Acquiring a first reference prediction block corresponding to the first motion vector prediction value, and a second reference prediction block corresponding to the second motion vector prediction value;
根据所述第一参考预测块确定第一修正参考预测块,根据所述第二参考预测块确定第二修正参考预测块;Determine a first modified reference prediction block according to the first reference prediction block, and determine a second modified reference prediction block according to the second reference prediction block;
其中,所述第一修正参考预测块与所述第二修正参考预测块间的差异小于或者等于所述第一参考预测块与所述第二参考预测块间的差异,所述第一修正参考预测块为第一预设区域中的且与所述第一参考预测块大小相同的图像块,所述第一预设区域包括所述第一参考预测块,所述第二修正参考预测块为第二预设区域中的且与所述第二参考预测块大小相同的图像块,所述第二预设区域包括所述第二参考预测块;所述第一修正参考预测块对应于所述第一修正运动矢量预测值,第二修正参考预测块对应于所述第二修正运动矢量预测值。Wherein, the difference between the first modified reference prediction block and the second modified reference prediction block is less than or equal to the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, and the first modified reference prediction block A prediction block is an image block in a first preset area that has the same size as the first reference prediction block, the first preset area includes the first reference prediction block, and the second modified reference prediction block is An image block in a second preset area that has the same size as the second reference prediction block, the second preset area includes the second reference prediction block; the first modified reference prediction block corresponds to the The first modified motion vector predictor, and the second modified reference prediction block corresponds to the second modified motion vector predictor.
本申请实施例中,仅包括的预测单元1501和修正单元1502的装置1500可以对应于帧间预测单元,既可以应用于编码端,也可以应用于解码端。In the embodiment of the present application, the apparatus 1500 including only the prediction unit 1501 and the correction unit 1502 may correspond to an inter-frame prediction unit, and may be applied to both the encoding end and the decoding end.
示例性地,在解码端,图15中预测单元1501和修正单元1502的位置对应于图3中帧间预测单元344的位置,换言之,预测单元1501和修正单元1502的功能的具体实现可以参见图3中的帧间预测单元344的具体细节。Exemplarily, at the decoding end, the positions of the prediction unit 1501 and the correction unit 1502 in FIG. 15 correspond to the positions of the inter prediction unit 344 in FIG. 3, in other words, the specific implementation of the functions of the prediction unit 1501 and the correction unit 1502 can be seen in FIG. Specific details of the inter prediction unit 344 in 3.
示例性地,在编码端,图15中,预测单元1501和修正单元1502的的位置对应于图2中帧间预测单元244的位置,换言之,预测单元1501和修正单元1502的的功能的具体实现可以参见图2中的帧间预测单元244的具体细节。Exemplarily, at the encoding end, in FIG. 15, the positions of the prediction unit 1501 and the correction unit 1502 correspond to the positions of the inter prediction unit 244 in FIG. 2, in other words, the specific implementation of the functions of the prediction unit 1501 and the correction unit 1502 Refer to the specific details of the inter prediction unit 244 in FIG. 2.
应理解,上述装置1500可执行上述图8或图13所示的方法,装置1500可以是视频编码装置、视频解码装置、视频编解码系统或者其他具有视频编解码功能的设备。装置1500既可以用于在编码过程中进行图像预测,也可以用于在解码过程中进行图像预测。It should be understood that the foregoing apparatus 1500 may execute the method shown in FIG. 8 or FIG. 13, and the apparatus 1500 may be a video encoding apparatus, a video decoding apparatus, a video encoding and decoding system, or other equipment with a video encoding and decoding function. The apparatus 1500 can be used to perform image prediction during the encoding process, and can also be used to perform image prediction during the decoding process.
详细细节请参见本文中对图像预测方法的介绍,为简洁起见,这里不再赘述。For details, please refer to the introduction of image prediction methods in this article. For the sake of brevity, I will not repeat them here.
本领域技术人员能够领会,结合本文公开描述的各种说明性逻辑框、模块和算法步骤所描述的功能可以硬件、软件、固件或其任何组合来实施。如果以软件来实施,那么各种说明性逻辑框、模块、和步骤描述的功能可作为一或多个指令或代码在计算机可读媒体上存储或传输,且由基于硬件的处理单元执行。计算机可读媒体可包含计算机可读存储媒体,其对应于有形媒体,例如数据存储媒体,或包括任何促进将计算机程序从一处传送到另一处的媒体(例如,根据通信协议)的通信媒体。以此方式,计算机可读媒体大体上可对应于(1)非暂时性的有形计算机可读存储媒体,或(2)通信媒体,例如信号或载波。数据存储媒体可为可由一或多个计算机或一或多个处理器存取以检索用于实施本申请中描述的技术的指令、代码和/或数据结构的任何可用媒体。计算机程序产品可包含计算机可读媒体。Those skilled in the art can understand that the functions described in conjunction with the various illustrative logical blocks, modules, and algorithm steps disclosed herein can be implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software, the functions described by various illustrative logical blocks, modules, and steps may be stored or transmitted as one or more instructions or codes on a computer-readable medium, and executed by a hardware-based processing unit. The computer-readable medium may include a computer-readable storage medium, which corresponds to a tangible medium, such as a data storage medium, or a communication medium that includes any medium that facilitates the transfer of a computer program from one place to another (for example, according to a communication protocol) . In this manner, computer-readable media may generally correspond to (1) non-transitory tangible computer-readable storage media, or (2) communication media, such as signals or carrier waves. Data storage media can be any available media that can be accessed by one or more computers or one or more processors to retrieve instructions, codes, and/or data structures for implementing the techniques described in this application. The computer program product may include a computer-readable medium.
作为实例而非限制,此类计算机可读存储媒体可包括RAM、ROM、EEPROM、CD-ROM或其它光盘存储装置、磁盘存储装置或其它磁性存储装置、快闪存储器或可用来存储指令或数据结构的形式的所要程序代码并且可由计算机存取的任何其它媒体。并且,任何连接被恰当地称作计算机可读媒体。举例来说,如果使用同轴缆线、光纤缆线、双绞线、数字订户线(DSL)或例如红外线、无线电和微波等无线技术从网站、服务器或其它远程源传输指令,那么同轴缆线、光纤缆线、双绞线、DSL或例如红外线、无线电和微波等无线技术包含在媒体的定义中。但是,应理解,所述计算机可读存储媒体和数据存储媒体并不包括连接、载波、信号或其它暂时媒体,而是实际上针对于非暂时性有形存储媒体。如本文中所使用,磁盘和光盘包含压缩光盘(CD)、激光光盘、光学光盘、数字多功能光盘(DVD)和蓝光光盘,其中磁盘通常以磁性方式再现数据,而光盘利用激光以光学方式再现数据。以上各项的组合也应包含在计算机可读媒体的范围内。By way of example and not limitation, such computer-readable storage media may include RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage devices, magnetic disk storage devices or other magnetic storage devices, flash memory, or structures that can be used to store instructions or data Any other media that can be accessed by the computer in the form of desired program code. And, any connection is properly termed a computer-readable medium. For example, if you use coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave to transmit instructions from a website, server, or other remote source, then the coaxial cable Wire, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio and microwave are included in the definition of media. However, it should be understood that the computer-readable storage media and data storage media do not include connections, carrier waves, signals, or other temporary media, but are actually directed to non-transient tangible storage media. As used herein, magnetic disks and optical discs include compact discs (CD), laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs (DVD), and Blu-ray discs. Disks usually reproduce data magnetically, while discs use lasers to reproduce data optically. data. Combinations of the above should also be included in the scope of computer-readable media.
可通过例如一或多个数字信号处理器(DSP)、通用微处理器、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程逻辑阵列(FPGA)或其它等效集成或离散逻辑电路等一或多个处理器来执行指令。因此,如本文中所使用的术语“处理器”可指前述结构或适合于实施本文中所描述的技术的任一其它结构中的任一者。另外,在一些方面中,本文中所描述的各种说明性逻辑框、模块、和步骤所描述的功能可以提供于经配置以用于编码和解码的专用硬件和/或软件模块内,或者并入在组合编解码器中。而且,所述技术可完全实施于一或多个电路或逻辑元件中。It can be processed by one or more digital signal processors (DSP), general-purpose microprocessors, application-specific integrated circuits (ASIC), field programmable logic arrays (FPGA), or other equivalent integrated or discrete logic circuits, for example To execute instructions. Therefore, the term "processor" as used herein may refer to any of the foregoing structure or any other structure suitable for implementing the techniques described herein. In addition, in some aspects, the functions described by the various illustrative logical blocks, modules, and steps described herein may be provided in dedicated hardware and/or software modules configured for encoding and decoding, or combined Into the combined codec. Moreover, the technology may be fully implemented in one or more circuits or logic elements.
本申请的技术可在各种各样的装置或设备中实施,包含无线手持机、集成电路(IC)或一组IC(例如,芯片组)。本申请中描述各种组件、模块或单元是为了强调用于执行所揭示 的技术的装置的功能方面,但未必需要由不同硬件单元实现。实际上,如上文所描述,各种单元可结合合适的软件和/或固件组合在编码解码器硬件单元中,或者通过互操作硬件单元(包含如上文所描述的一或多个处理器)来提供。The technology of this application can be implemented in a variety of devices or devices, including wireless handsets, integrated circuits (ICs), or a set of ICs (for example, chipsets). Various components, modules, or units are described in this application to emphasize the functional aspects of the device for implementing the disclosed technology, but they do not necessarily need to be implemented by different hardware units. In fact, as described above, various units can be combined in the codec hardware unit with appropriate software and/or firmware, or through interoperable hardware units (including one or more processors as described above). provide.
在上述实施例中,对各个实施例的描述各有侧重,某个实施例中没有详述的部分,可以参见其他实施例的相关描述。In the above-mentioned embodiments, the description of each embodiment has its own focus. For a part that is not described in detail in an embodiment, reference may be made to related descriptions of other embodiments.
以上所述,仅为本申请示例性的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应该以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only exemplary specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited thereto. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or changes within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Replacement shall be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (43)

  1. 一种视频图像预测方法,其特征在于,包括:A video image prediction method, characterized in that it comprises:
    确定当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差;Determining the first initial motion vector prediction value, the second initial motion vector prediction value, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed;
    根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、所述第二初始运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程,以得到第一修正运动矢量预测值和第二修正运动矢量预测值;Performing a motion vector correction process according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value to obtain the first corrected motion vector predicted value and the second corrected motion vector predicted value;
    根据所述第一修正运动矢量预测值与所述第一运动矢量差确定第一运动矢量预测值,以及根据所述第二修正运动矢量预测值与所述第二运动矢量差确定第二运动矢量预测值;Determine a first motion vector prediction value based on the first modified motion vector prediction value and the first motion vector difference, and determine a second motion vector based on the second modified motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector difference Predictive value;
    根据所述第一运动矢量预测值和所述第二运动矢量预测值对所述当前待处理图像块进行预测。Predicting the current image block to be processed according to the first motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first initial motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the image block to be processed are determined ,include:
    当从码流中解析出的第一标识指示对当前待处理图像块进行帧间预测采用融合运动矢量差MMVD方式时,确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差。When the first identifier parsed from the code stream indicates that the inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed adopts the fused motion vector difference MMVD method, the first initial motion vector predictor and the second prediction value of the current image block to be processed are determined. The initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference.
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the determining the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the currently to-be-processed image block comprises:
    根据从所述码流中解析出的候选索引从候选列表中确定对应的候选运动信息,所述候选运动信息包括第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值,所述第三运动矢量预测值作为第一初始运动矢量预测值,所述第四运动矢量预测值作为第二初始运动矢量预测值;或者,According to the candidate index parsed from the code stream, the corresponding candidate motion information is determined from the candidate list. The candidate motion information includes a third motion vector predictor and a fourth motion vector predictor. The third motion vector predictor Value as the first initial motion vector prediction value, and the fourth motion vector prediction value as the second initial motion vector prediction value; or,
    确定候选列表中的首个位置的候选运动信息包括的第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值。The third motion vector predictor and the fourth motion vector predictor included in the candidate motion information of the first position in the candidate list are determined as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
  4. 如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、所述第二初始运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the performing a motion vector correction process according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value comprises:
    当所述候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、所述第二初始运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程。When the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs and the currently to-be-processed image block belong to different images, a motion vector correction process is performed according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value.
  5. 如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 3, further comprising:
    当所述候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差确定第一目标运动矢量预测值,以及根据所述第二初始运动矢量预测值、第二运动矢量差确定第二目标运动矢量预测值;根据所述第一目标运动矢量预测值和所述第二目标运动矢量预测值,对所述当前待处理图像块进行预测。When the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, the first target motion vector predictor is determined according to the first initial motion vector predictor and the first motion vector difference, and according to The second initial motion vector predictor and the second motion vector difference determine the second target motion vector predictor; according to the first target motion vector predictor and the second target motion vector predictor, the current pending Process image blocks for prediction.
  6. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the determining the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the currently to-be-processed image block comprises:
    根据从所述码流中解析出的候选索引从候选列表中确定对应的候选项,所述候选项包括第一候选运动信息和第二候选运动信息,其中,所述第一候选运动信息包括第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值,所述第二候选运动信息包括第七运动矢量预测值和第八 运动矢量预测值;The corresponding candidate item is determined from the candidate list according to the candidate index parsed from the code stream, the candidate item includes the first candidate motion information and the second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate motion information includes the first candidate motion information. 5. A motion vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor, where the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
    当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,确定所述第五运动矢量预测值和所述第六运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值;或者,When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs and the current image block to be processed belong to different images, it is determined that the fifth motion vector predictor value and the sixth motion vector predictor value are The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value; or,
    当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,确定所述第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值。When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, it is determined that the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
  7. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,候选列表中的首个位置的候选项包括第一候选运动信息和第二候选运动信息,其中,所述第一候选运动信息包括第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值,所述第二候选运动信息包括第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值;The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the candidate at the first position in the candidate list includes first candidate motion information and second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate motion information includes fifth candidate motion information. A motion vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor, the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
    所述确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值,包括:The determining the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the current image block to be processed includes:
    当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,确定第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值;When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs and the currently to-be-processed image block belong to different images, it is determined that the fifth motion vector predictor and the sixth motion vector predictor are the first An initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value;
    当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,确定所述第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值。When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, it is determined that the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
  8. 如权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、所述第二初始运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the executing a motion vector correction process according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value includes:
    获取所述第一初始运动矢量预测值对应的第一参考预测块,以及所述第二初始运动矢量预测值对应的第二参考预测块;Acquiring a first reference prediction block corresponding to the first initial motion vector prediction value, and a second reference prediction block corresponding to the second initial motion vector prediction value;
    根据所述第一参考预测块确定第一修正参考预测块,根据所述第二参考预测块确定第二修正参考预测块;Determine a first modified reference prediction block according to the first reference prediction block, and determine a second modified reference prediction block according to the second reference prediction block;
    其中,所述第一修正参考预测块与所述第二修正参考预测块间的差异小于或者等于所述第一参考预测块与所述第二参考预测块间的差异,所述第一修正参考预测块为第一预设区域中的且与所述第一参考预测块大小相同的图像块,所述第一预设区域包括所述第一参考预测块,所述第二修正参考预测块为第二预设区域中的且与所述第二参考预测块大小相同的图像块,所述第二预设区域包括所述第二参考预测块;所述第一修正参考预测块对应于所述第一修正运动矢量预测值,第二修正参考预测块对应于所述第二修正运动矢量预测值。Wherein, the difference between the first modified reference prediction block and the second modified reference prediction block is less than or equal to the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, and the first modified reference prediction block A prediction block is an image block in a first preset area that has the same size as the first reference prediction block, the first preset area includes the first reference prediction block, and the second modified reference prediction block is An image block in a second preset area that has the same size as the second reference prediction block, the second preset area includes the second reference prediction block; the first modified reference prediction block corresponds to the The first modified motion vector predictor, and the second modified reference prediction block corresponds to the second modified motion vector predictor.
  9. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述第一参考预测块确定第一修正参考预测块,根据所述第二参考预测块确定第二修正参考预测块,包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein determining a first modified reference prediction block according to the first reference prediction block, and determining a second modified reference prediction block according to the second reference prediction block, comprises:
    根据第一参考预测块对进行运动搜索,得到至少一个第二参考预测块对;Performing a motion search according to the first reference prediction block pair to obtain at least one second reference prediction block pair;
    其中,所述第一参考预测块对包括所述第一参考预测块和所述第二参考预测块;所述第二参考预测块对包括第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块,所述第三参考预测块是基于所述第一参考预测块在所述第一预设区域内进行运动搜索得到的,所述第四参考预测块是基于所述第二参考预测块在所述第二预设区域内进行运动搜索得到;Wherein, the first reference prediction block pair includes the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block; the second reference prediction block pair includes a third reference prediction block and a fourth reference prediction block, and the The third reference prediction block is obtained based on the motion search of the first reference prediction block in the first preset area, and the fourth reference prediction block is obtained based on the second reference prediction block in the second It is obtained by motion search in the preset area;
    确定所述至少一个第二参考预测块对中每个第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测 块和第四参考预测块间的差异;Determining the difference between the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in each second reference prediction block pair in the at least one second reference prediction block pair;
    确定所述至少一个第二参考预测块对中差异最小的参考预测块对;Determining a reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference among the at least one second reference prediction block pair;
    在确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异小于所述第一参考预测块和所述第二参考预测块间的差异时,根据差异最小的第二参考预测块对进行运动搜索,得到至少一个第三参考预测块对;When it is determined that the difference between the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is smaller than the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, according to the difference Performing a motion search on the smallest second reference prediction block pair to obtain at least one third reference prediction block pair;
    其中,所述第三参考预测块对包括第五参考预测块和第六参考预测块,所述第五参考预测块是基于差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块在所述第一预设区域内进行运动搜索得到的,所述第六参考预测块是基于差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第四参考预测块在所述第二预设区域内进行运动搜索得到;Wherein, the third reference prediction block pair includes a fifth reference prediction block and a sixth reference prediction block, and the fifth reference prediction block is based on the third reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference. Obtained by performing a motion search in the first preset area, and the sixth reference prediction block is based on a second reference prediction block with the smallest difference to a fourth reference prediction block included in a motion search in the second preset area get;
    确定所述差异最小的第三参考预测块对包括的第五参考预测块为所述第一修正参考预测块,确定所述差异最小的第三参考预测块对包括的第六参考预测块为所述第二修正参考预测块。It is determined that the fifth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is the first modified reference prediction block, and it is determined that the sixth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is all The second modified reference prediction block.
  10. 如权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 9, further comprising:
    在确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异大于所述第一参考预测块和所述第二参考预测块间的差异时,确定所述第一参考预测块为所述第一修正参考预测块,确定所述第二参考预测块为第二修正参考预测块。When it is determined that the difference between the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is greater than the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, it is determined The first reference prediction block is the first modified reference prediction block, and it is determined that the second reference prediction block is a second modified reference prediction block.
  11. 如权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 9, further comprising:
    在确定差异最小的第三参考预测块对包括的第五参考预测块和第六参考预测块间的差异大于差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异时,确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块为所述第一修正参考预测块,确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第四参考预测块为第二修正参考预测块。When it is determined that the difference between the fifth reference prediction block and the sixth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is greater than the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference When it is determined that the third reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is the first modified reference prediction block, it is determined that the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is The second modification refers to the prediction block.
  12. 一种视频图像预测方法,其特征在于,包括:A video image prediction method, characterized in that it comprises:
    确定第一待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差;Determining the first initial motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the first image block to be processed;
    根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差确定第一运动矢量预测值,以及根据所述第二初始运动矢量预测值、第二运动矢量差确定第二运动矢量预测值;Determining a first motion vector prediction value according to the first initial motion vector prediction value and the first motion vector difference, and determining a second motion vector prediction value according to the second initial motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector difference;
    根据所述第一运动矢量预测值、所述第二运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程,以得到第一修正运动矢量预测值和第二修正运动矢量预测值;Performing a motion vector correction process according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value to obtain the first corrected motion vector predicted value and the second corrected motion vector predicted value;
    根据所述第一修正运动矢量预测值和所述第二修正运动矢量预测值对所述第一待处理图像块进行预测。The first image block to be processed is predicted according to the first modified motion vector prediction value and the second modified motion vector prediction value.
  13. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差,包括:The method of claim 12, wherein the first initial motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed are determined ,include:
    当从码流中解析出的第一标识指示对当前待处理图像块进行帧间预测采用融合运动矢量差MMVD方式时,确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差。When the first identifier parsed from the code stream indicates that the inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed adopts the fused motion vector difference MMVD method, the first initial motion vector predictor and the second prediction value of the current image block to be processed are determined. The initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference.
  14. 如权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值,包括:The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the determining the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the currently to-be-processed image block comprises:
    根据从所述码流中解析出的候选索引从候选列表中确定对应的候选运动信息,所述候选运动信息包括第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值,所述第三运动矢量预测值作 为第一初始运动矢量预测值,所述第四运动矢量预测值作为第二初始运动矢量预测值;或者,According to the candidate index parsed from the code stream, the corresponding candidate motion information is determined from the candidate list. The candidate motion information includes a third motion vector predictor and a fourth motion vector predictor. The third motion vector predictor Value as the first initial motion vector prediction value, and the fourth motion vector prediction value as the second initial motion vector prediction value; or,
    确定候选列表中的首个位置的候选运动信息包括的第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值。The third motion vector predictor and the fourth motion vector predictor included in the candidate motion information of the first position in the candidate list are determined as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
  15. 如权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一运动矢量预测值、所述第二运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程,包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the performing a motion vector correction process according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value comprises:
    当所述候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,根据所述第一运动矢量预测值、所述第二运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程。When the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs and the currently to-be-processed image block belong to different images, a motion vector correction process is performed according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value.
  16. 如权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 14, further comprising:
    当所述候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,根据所述第一运动矢量预测值和所述第二运动矢量预测值,对所述当前待处理图像块进行预测。When the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, the current image block to be processed is determined according to the first motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value. Make predictions.
  17. 如权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值,包括:The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein determining the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the currently to-be-processed image block comprises:
    根据从所述码流中解析出的候选索引从候选列表中确定对应的候选项,所述候选项包括第一候选运动信息和第二候选运动信息,其中,所述第一候选运动信息包括第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值,所述第二候选运动信息包括第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值;The corresponding candidate item is determined from the candidate list according to the candidate index parsed from the code stream, the candidate item includes the first candidate motion information and the second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate motion information includes the first candidate motion information. 5. A motion vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor, where the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
    当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,确定所述第五运动矢量预测值和所述第六运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值;或者,When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs and the current image block to be processed belong to different images, it is determined that the fifth motion vector predictor value and the sixth motion vector predictor value are The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value; or,
    当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,确定所述第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值。When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, it is determined that the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
  18. 如权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值,包括:The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the determining the first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value of the currently to-be-processed image block comprises:
    候选列表中的首个位置的候选项包括第一候选运动信息和第二候选运动信息,其中,所述第一候选运动信息包括第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值,所述第二候选运动信息包括第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值;The candidate at the first position in the candidate list includes first candidate motion information and second candidate motion information, where the first candidate motion information includes a fifth motion vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor. The second candidate motion information includes the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor;
    当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,确定第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值;When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs and the currently to-be-processed image block belong to different images, it is determined that the fifth motion vector predictor and the sixth motion vector predictor are the first An initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value;
    当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,确定所述第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值。When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, it is determined that the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
  19. 如权利要求12-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一运动矢量预测值、所述第二运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程,包括:The method according to any one of claims 12-18, wherein the executing a motion vector correction process according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value includes:
    获取所述第一运动矢量预测值对应的第一参考预测块,以及所述第二运动矢量预测值对应的第二参考预测块;Acquiring a first reference prediction block corresponding to the first motion vector prediction value, and a second reference prediction block corresponding to the second motion vector prediction value;
    根据所述第一参考预测块确定第一修正参考预测块,根据所述第二参考预测块确定第二修正参考预测块;Determine a first modified reference prediction block according to the first reference prediction block, and determine a second modified reference prediction block according to the second reference prediction block;
    其中,所述第一修正参考预测块与所述第二修正参考预测块间的差异小于或者等于所述第一参考预测块与所述第二参考预测块间的差异,所述第一修正参考预测块为第一预设区域中的且与所述第一参考预测块大小相同的图像块,所述第一预设区域包括所述第一参考预测块,所述第二修正参考预测块为第二预设区域中的且与所述第二参考预测块大小相同的图像块,所述第二预设区域包括所述第二参考预测块;所述第一修正参考预测块对应于所述第一修正运动矢量预测值,第二修正参考预测块对应于所述第二修正运动矢量预测值。Wherein, the difference between the first modified reference prediction block and the second modified reference prediction block is less than or equal to the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, and the first modified reference prediction block A prediction block is an image block in a first preset area that has the same size as the first reference prediction block, the first preset area includes the first reference prediction block, and the second modified reference prediction block is An image block in a second preset area that has the same size as the second reference prediction block, the second preset area includes the second reference prediction block; the first modified reference prediction block corresponds to the The first modified motion vector predictor, and the second modified reference prediction block corresponds to the second modified motion vector predictor.
  20. 一种视频图像预测装置,其特征在于,包括:A video image prediction device, characterized by comprising:
    预测单元,用于确定当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差;A prediction unit, configured to determine the first initial motion vector predictor, the second initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference of the current image block to be processed;
    修正单元,用于根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、所述第二初始运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程,以得到第一修正运动矢量预测值和第二修正运动矢量预测值;A correction unit, configured to perform a motion vector correction process according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value to obtain a first corrected motion vector predicted value and a second corrected motion vector predicted value;
    所述预测单元,还用于根据所述第一修正运动矢量预测值与所述第一运动矢量差确定第一运动矢量预测值,以及根据所述第二修正运动矢量预测值与所述第二运动矢量差确定第二运动矢量预测值;根据所述第一运动矢量预测值和所述第二运动矢量预测值对所述当前待处理图像块进行预测。The prediction unit is further configured to determine a first motion vector prediction value according to the difference between the first modified motion vector prediction value and the first motion vector, and determine the first motion vector prediction value according to the second modified motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value. The motion vector difference determines a second motion vector predictor; and predicts the current image block to be processed according to the first motion vector predictor and the second motion vector predictor.
  21. 如权利要求20所述的装置,其特征在于,所述预测单元具体用于:The device according to claim 20, wherein the prediction unit is specifically configured to:
    当从码流中解析出的第一标识指示对当前待处理图像块进行帧间预测采用融合运动矢量差MMVD方式时,确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差。When the first identifier parsed from the code stream indicates that the inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed adopts the fused motion vector difference MMVD method, the first initial motion vector predictor and the second prediction value of the current image block to be processed are determined. The initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference.
  22. 如权利要求20或21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述预测单元具体用于:The apparatus according to claim 20 or 21, wherein the prediction unit is specifically configured to:
    根据从所述码流中解析出的候选索引从候选列表中确定对应的候选运动信息,所述候选运动信息包括第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值,所述第三运动矢量预测值作为第一初始运动矢量预测值,所述第四运动矢量预测值作为第二初始运动矢量预测值。According to the candidate index parsed from the code stream, the corresponding candidate motion information is determined from the candidate list. The candidate motion information includes a third motion vector predictor and a fourth motion vector predictor. The third motion vector predictor Value as the first initial motion vector prediction value, and the fourth motion vector prediction value as the second initial motion vector prediction value.
  23. 如权利要求20或21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述预测单元具体用于:The apparatus according to claim 20 or 21, wherein the prediction unit is specifically configured to:
    确定候选列表中的首个位置的候选运动信息包括的第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值。The third motion vector predictor and the fourth motion vector predictor included in the candidate motion information of the first position in the candidate list are determined as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
  24. 如权利要求22或23所述的装置,其特征在于,所述修正单元具体用于:The device according to claim 22 or 23, wherein the correction unit is specifically configured to:
    当所述候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、所述第二初始运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程。When the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs and the currently to-be-processed image block belong to different images, a motion vector correction process is performed according to the first initial motion vector predicted value and the second initial motion vector predicted value.
  25. 如权利要求22或23所述的装置,其特征在于,所述预测单元,还用于当所述候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差确定第一目标运动矢量预测值,以及根据所述第二初始运动矢量预测值、第二运动矢量差确定第二目标运动矢量预测值;根据所述第一目标运动矢量预测值和所述第二目标运动矢量预测值,对所述当前待处理图像块进行预测。The device according to claim 22 or 23, wherein the prediction unit is further configured to: when the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs and the currently to-be-processed image block belong to the same image, according to the first An initial motion vector predictor and a first motion vector difference to determine a first target motion vector predictor, and determine a second target motion vector predictor according to the second initial motion vector predictor and a second motion vector difference; The first target motion vector predictor and the second target motion vector predictor predict the current image block to be processed.
  26. 如权利要求20或21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述预测单元具体用于:The apparatus according to claim 20 or 21, wherein the prediction unit is specifically configured to:
    根据从所述码流中解析出的候选索引从候选列表中确定对应的候选项,所述候选项包括第一候选运动信息和第二候选运动信息,其中,所述第一候选运动信息包括第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值,所述第二候选运动信息包括第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值;The corresponding candidate item is determined from the candidate list according to the candidate index parsed from the code stream, the candidate item includes the first candidate motion information and the second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate motion information includes the first candidate motion information. 5. A motion vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor, where the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
    当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,确定所述第五运动矢量预测值和所述第六运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值;或者,When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs and the current image block to be processed belong to different images, it is determined that the fifth motion vector predictor value and the sixth motion vector predictor value are The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value; or,
    当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,确定所述第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值。When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, it is determined that the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
  27. 如权利要求20或21所述的装置,其特征在于,候选列表中的首个位置的候选项包括第一候选运动信息和第二候选运动信息,其中,所述第一候选运动信息包括第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值,所述第二候选运动信息包括第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值;The device according to claim 20 or 21, wherein the candidate at the first position in the candidate list includes first candidate motion information and second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate motion information includes fifth candidate motion information. A motion vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor, the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
    所述预测单元具体用于:The prediction unit is specifically used for:
    当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,确定第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值;When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs and the currently to-be-processed image block belong to different images, it is determined that the fifth motion vector predictor and the sixth motion vector predictor are the first An initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value;
    当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,确定所述第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值。When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, it is determined that the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
  28. 如权利要求20-27任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述修正单元具体用于:The device according to any one of claims 20-27, wherein the correction unit is specifically configured to:
    获取所述第一初始运动矢量预测值对应的第一参考预测块,以及所述第二初始运动矢量预测值对应的第二参考预测块;Acquiring a first reference prediction block corresponding to the first initial motion vector prediction value, and a second reference prediction block corresponding to the second initial motion vector prediction value;
    根据所述第一参考预测块确定第一修正参考预测块,根据所述第二参考预测块确定第二修正参考预测块;Determine a first modified reference prediction block according to the first reference prediction block, and determine a second modified reference prediction block according to the second reference prediction block;
    其中,所述第一修正参考预测块与所述第二修正参考预测块间的差异小于或者等于所述第一参考预测块与所述第二参考预测块间的差异,所述第一修正参考预测块为第一预设区域中的且与所述第一参考预测块大小相同的图像块,所述第一预设区域包括所述第一参考预测块,所述第二修正参考预测块为第二预设区域中的且与所述第二参考预测块大小相同的图像块,所述第二预设区域包括所述第二参考预测块;所述第一修正参考预测块对应于所述第一修正运动矢量预测值,第二修正参考预测块对应于所述第二修正运动矢量预测值。Wherein, the difference between the first modified reference prediction block and the second modified reference prediction block is less than or equal to the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, and the first modified reference prediction block A prediction block is an image block in a first preset area that has the same size as the first reference prediction block, the first preset area includes the first reference prediction block, and the second modified reference prediction block is An image block in a second preset area that has the same size as the second reference prediction block, the second preset area includes the second reference prediction block; the first modified reference prediction block corresponds to the The first modified motion vector predictor, and the second modified reference prediction block corresponds to the second modified motion vector predictor.
  29. 如权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,所述修正单元具体用于:The device according to claim 28, wherein the correction unit is specifically configured to:
    根据第一参考预测块对进行运动搜索,得到至少一个第二参考预测块对;Performing a motion search according to the first reference prediction block pair to obtain at least one second reference prediction block pair;
    其中,所述第一参考预测块对包括所述第一参考预测块和所述第二参考预测块;所述第二参考预测块对包括第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块,所述第三参考预测块是基于所述第一参考预测块在所述第一预设区域内进行运动搜索得到的,所述第四参考预测块是基于所述第二参考预测块在所述第二预设区域内进行运动搜索得到;Wherein, the first reference prediction block pair includes the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block; the second reference prediction block pair includes a third reference prediction block and a fourth reference prediction block, and the The third reference prediction block is obtained based on the motion search of the first reference prediction block in the first preset area, and the fourth reference prediction block is obtained based on the second reference prediction block in the second It is obtained by motion search in the preset area;
    确定所述至少一个第二参考预测块对中每个第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异;Determining the difference between the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in each second reference prediction block pair in the at least one second reference prediction block pair;
    确定所述至少一个第二参考预测块对中差异最小的参考预测块对;Determining a reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference among the at least one second reference prediction block pair;
    在确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异小于所述第一参考预测块和所述第二参考预测块间的差异时,根据差异最小的第二参 考预测块对进行运动搜索,得到至少一个第三参考预测块对;When it is determined that the difference between the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is smaller than the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, according to the difference Performing a motion search on the smallest second reference prediction block pair to obtain at least one third reference prediction block pair;
    其中,所述第三参考预测块对包括第五参考预测块和第六参考预测块,所述第五参考预测块是基于差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块在所述第一预设区域内进行运动搜索得到的,所述第六参考预测块是基于差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第四参考预测块在所述第二预设区域内进行运动搜索得到;Wherein, the third reference prediction block pair includes a fifth reference prediction block and a sixth reference prediction block, and the fifth reference prediction block is based on the third reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference. Obtained by performing a motion search in the first preset area, and the sixth reference prediction block is based on a second reference prediction block with the smallest difference to a fourth reference prediction block included in a motion search in the second preset area get;
    确定所述差异最小的第三参考预测块对包括的第五参考预测块为所述第一修正参考预测块,确定所述差异最小的第三参考预测块对包括的第六参考预测块为所述第二修正参考预测块。It is determined that the fifth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is the first modified reference prediction block, and it is determined that the sixth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is all The second modified reference prediction block.
  30. 如权利要求29所述的装置,其特征在于,所述修正单元,还用于:The device according to claim 29, wherein the correction unit is further configured to:
    在确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异大于所述第一参考预测块和所述第二参考预测块间的差异时,确定所述第一参考预测块为所述第一修正参考预测块,确定所述第二参考预测块为第二修正参考预测块。When it is determined that the difference between the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is greater than the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, it is determined The first reference prediction block is the first modified reference prediction block, and it is determined that the second reference prediction block is a second modified reference prediction block.
  31. 如权利要求30所述的装置,其特征在于,所述修正单元,还用于:The device according to claim 30, wherein the correction unit is further configured to:
    在确定差异最小的第三参考预测块对包括的第五参考预测块和第六参考预测块间的差异大于差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块和第四参考预测块间的差异时,确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第三参考预测块为所述第一修正参考预测块,确定差异最小的第二参考预测块对包括的第四参考预测块为第二修正参考预测块。When it is determined that the difference between the fifth reference prediction block and the sixth reference prediction block included in the third reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is greater than the third reference prediction block and the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference When it is determined that the third reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is the first modified reference prediction block, it is determined that the fourth reference prediction block included in the second reference prediction block pair with the smallest difference is The second modification refers to the prediction block.
  32. 一种视频图像预测装置,其特征在于,包括:A video image prediction device, characterized by comprising:
    预测单元,用于确定第一待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差;A prediction unit, configured to determine a first initial motion vector prediction value, a second initial motion vector prediction value, a first motion vector difference, and a second motion vector difference of the first image block to be processed;
    修正单元,用于根据所述第一初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差确定第一运动矢量预测值,以及根据所述第二初始运动矢量预测值、第二运动矢量差确定第二运动矢量预测值;The correction unit is configured to determine a first motion vector predictor according to the first initial motion vector predictor and the first motion vector difference, and determine a second motion according to the second initial motion vector predictor and the second motion vector difference Vector predicted value;
    所述预测单元,还用于根据所述第一运动矢量预测值、所述第二运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程,以得到第一修正运动矢量预测值和第二修正运动矢量预测值;根据所述第一修正运动矢量预测值和所述第二修正运动矢量预测值对所述第一待处理图像块进行预测。The prediction unit is further configured to perform a motion vector correction process according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value to obtain the first corrected motion vector predicted value and the second corrected motion vector predicted value ; Predict the first image block to be processed according to the first modified motion vector prediction value and the second modified motion vector prediction value.
  33. 如权利要求32所述的装置,其特征在于,所述预测单元具体用于:The apparatus according to claim 32, wherein the prediction unit is specifically configured to:
    当从码流中解析出的第一标识指示对当前待处理图像块进行帧间预测采用融合运动矢量差MMVD方式时,确定所述当前待处理图像块的第一初始运动矢量预测值、第二初始运动矢量预测值、第一运动矢量差、以及第二运动矢量差。When the first identifier parsed from the code stream indicates that the inter-frame prediction of the current image block to be processed adopts the fused motion vector difference MMVD method, the first initial motion vector predictor and the second prediction value of the current image block to be processed are determined. The initial motion vector predictor, the first motion vector difference, and the second motion vector difference.
  34. 如权利要求32或33所述的装置,其特征在于,所述预测单元具体用于:The device according to claim 32 or 33, wherein the prediction unit is specifically configured to:
    根据从所述码流中解析出的候选索引从候选列表中确定对应的候选运动信息,所述候选运动信息包括第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值,所述第三运动矢量预测值作为第一初始运动矢量预测值,所述第四运动矢量预测值作为第二初始运动矢量预测值;或者,According to the candidate index parsed from the code stream, the corresponding candidate motion information is determined from the candidate list. The candidate motion information includes a third motion vector predictor and a fourth motion vector predictor. The third motion vector predictor Value as the first initial motion vector prediction value, and the fourth motion vector prediction value as the second initial motion vector prediction value; or,
    确定候选列表中的首个位置的候选运动信息包括的第三运动矢量预测值和第四运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值。The third motion vector predictor and the fourth motion vector predictor included in the candidate motion information of the first position in the candidate list are determined as the first initial motion vector predictor and the second initial motion vector predictor.
  35. 如权利要求34所述的装置,其特征在于,所述修正单元具体用于:The device according to claim 34, wherein the correction unit is specifically configured to:
    当所述候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,根据所 述第一运动矢量预测值、所述第二运动矢量预测值,执行运动矢量修正过程。When the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs and the currently to-be-processed image block belong to different images, a motion vector correction process is performed according to the first motion vector predicted value and the second motion vector predicted value.
  36. 如权利要求34所述的装置,其特征在于,所述预测单元,还用于:The apparatus according to claim 34, wherein the prediction unit is further configured to:
    当所述候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,根据所述第一运动矢量预测值和所述第二运动矢量预测值,对所述当前待处理图像块进行预测。When the image block to which the candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, the current image block to be processed is determined according to the first motion vector prediction value and the second motion vector prediction value. Make predictions.
  37. 如权利要求32或33所述的装置,其特征在于,所述预测单元具体用于:The device according to claim 32 or 33, wherein the prediction unit is specifically configured to:
    根据从所述码流中解析出的候选索引从候选列表中确定对应的候选项,所述候选项包括第一候选运动信息和第二候选运动信息,其中,所述第一候选运动信息包括第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值,所述第二候选运动信息包括第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值;The corresponding candidate item is determined from the candidate list according to the candidate index parsed from the code stream, the candidate item includes the first candidate motion information and the second candidate motion information, wherein the first candidate motion information includes the first candidate motion information. 5. A motion vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor, where the second candidate motion information includes a seventh motion vector predictor and an eighth motion vector predictor;
    当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,确定所述第五运动矢量预测值和所述第六运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值;或者,When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs and the current image block to be processed belong to different images, it is determined that the fifth motion vector predictor value and the sixth motion vector predictor value are The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value; or,
    当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,确定所述第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值。When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, it is determined that the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
  38. 如权利要求32或33所述的装置,其特征在于,所述预测单元具体用于:The device according to claim 32 or 33, wherein the prediction unit is specifically configured to:
    候选列表中的首个位置的候选项包括第一候选运动信息和第二候选运动信息,其中,所述第一候选运动信息包括第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值,所述第二候选运动信息包括第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值;The candidate at the first position in the candidate list includes first candidate motion information and second candidate motion information, where the first candidate motion information includes a fifth motion vector predictor and a sixth motion vector predictor. The second candidate motion information includes the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor;
    当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于不同图像时,确定第五运动矢量预测值和第六运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值;When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs and the currently to-be-processed image block belong to different images, it is determined that the fifth motion vector predictor and the sixth motion vector predictor are the first An initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value;
    当所述第一候选运动信息或者第二候选运动信息所属的图像块与所述当前待处理图像块属于同一图像时,确定所述第七运动矢量预测值和第八运动矢量预测值为所述第一初始运动矢量预测值和所述第二初始运动矢量预测值。When the image block to which the first candidate motion information or the second candidate motion information belongs belongs to the same image as the current image block to be processed, it is determined that the seventh motion vector predictor and the eighth motion vector predictor are the The first initial motion vector prediction value and the second initial motion vector prediction value.
  39. 如权利要求32-38任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述修正单元具体用于:The device according to any one of claims 32-38, wherein the correction unit is specifically configured to:
    获取所述第一运动矢量预测值对应的第一参考预测块,以及所述第二运动矢量预测值对应的第二参考预测块;Acquiring a first reference prediction block corresponding to the first motion vector prediction value, and a second reference prediction block corresponding to the second motion vector prediction value;
    根据所述第一参考预测块确定第一修正参考预测块,根据所述第二参考预测块确定第二修正参考预测块;Determine a first modified reference prediction block according to the first reference prediction block, and determine a second modified reference prediction block according to the second reference prediction block;
    其中,所述第一修正参考预测块与所述第二修正参考预测块间的差异小于或者等于所述第一参考预测块与所述第二参考预测块间的差异,所述第一修正参考预测块为第一预设区域中的且与所述第一参考预测块大小相同的图像块,所述第一预设区域包括所述第一参考预测块,所述第二修正参考预测块为第二预设区域中的且与所述第二参考预测块大小相同的图像块,所述第二预设区域包括所述第二参考预测块;所述第一修正参考预测块对应于所述第一修正运动矢量预测值,第二修正参考预测块对应于所述第二修正运动矢量预测值。Wherein, the difference between the first modified reference prediction block and the second modified reference prediction block is less than or equal to the difference between the first reference prediction block and the second reference prediction block, and the first modified reference prediction block A prediction block is an image block in a first preset area that has the same size as the first reference prediction block, the first preset area includes the first reference prediction block, and the second modified reference prediction block is An image block in a second preset area that has the same size as the second reference prediction block, the second preset area includes the second reference prediction block; the first modified reference prediction block corresponds to the The first modified motion vector predictor, and the second modified reference prediction block corresponds to the second modified motion vector predictor.
  40. 一种视频编码器,其特征在于,所述视频编码器用于编码当前待处理图像块,包括:A video encoder, characterized in that the video encoder is used to encode the current image block to be processed, and includes:
    帧间预测模块,包括如权利要求20、28-32、39任一项所述的图像预测装置,其中所 述帧间预测模块用于预测得到所述当前待处理图像块的像素值的预测值;The inter-frame prediction module includes the image prediction device according to any one of claims 20, 28-32, and 39, wherein the inter-frame prediction module is used to predict the predicted value of the pixel value of the current image block to be processed ;
    熵编码模块,用于将指示信息编入码流,所述指示信息用于指示所述当前待处理图像块的初始运动信息,所述初始运动信息包括第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值;The entropy coding module is used to encode indication information into a bitstream, the indication information is used to indicate the initial motion information of the current image block to be processed, and the initial motion information includes a first initial motion vector predictor and a second initial motion vector. Motion vector prediction value;
    重建模块,用于基于所述当前待处理图像块的像素值的预测值重建所述当前待处理图像块。The reconstruction module is configured to reconstruct the current image block to be processed based on the predicted value of the pixel value of the current image block to be processed.
  41. 一种视频解码器,其特征在于,所述视频解码器用于从码流中解码出当前待处理图像块,包括:A video decoder, characterized in that the video decoder is used to decode a current image block to be processed from a code stream, and includes:
    熵解码模块,用于从码流中解码出指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示当前解码图像块的初始运动信息,所述初始运动信息包括第一初始运动矢量预测值和第二初始运动矢量预测值;The entropy decoding module is used to decode indication information from the code stream. The indication information is used to indicate the initial motion information of the currently decoded image block. The initial motion information includes a first initial motion vector predictor and a second initial motion vector Predictive value;
    帧间预测模块,包括如权利要求20至39中任一项所述的图像预测装置,所述帧间预测模块用于预测得到所述当前待处理图像块的像素值的预测值;The inter-frame prediction module includes the image prediction device according to any one of claims 20 to 39, wherein the inter-frame prediction module is configured to predict the predicted value of the pixel value of the current image block to be processed;
    重建模块,用于基于所述当前待处理图像块的像素值的预测值重建所述当前待处理图像块。The reconstruction module is configured to reconstruct the current image block to be processed based on the predicted value of the pixel value of the current image block to be processed.
  42. 一种视频解码设备,其特征在于,包括:相互耦合的非易失性存储器和处理器,所述处理器调用存储在所述存储器中的程序代码以执行如权利要求1-19任一项所描述的方法。A video decoding device, characterized by comprising: a non-volatile memory and a processor coupled with each other, the processor calls the program code stored in the memory to execute any one of claims 1-19 Described method.
  43. 一种视频编码设备,其特征在于,包括:相互耦合的非易失性存储器和处理器,所述处理器调用存储在所述存储器中的程序代码以执行如权利要求1、8-12、19任一项所描述的方法。A video encoding device, which is characterized by comprising: a non-volatile memory and a processor coupled with each other, and the processor calls the program code stored in the memory to execute as claimed in claims 1, 8-12, 19. Any of the methods described.
PCT/CN2019/077726 2019-03-11 2019-03-11 Video image prediction method and device WO2020181476A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/077726 WO2020181476A1 (en) 2019-03-11 2019-03-11 Video image prediction method and device
CN201980093851.6A CN113557738B (en) 2019-03-11 2019-03-11 Video image prediction method and device
CN202310526825.6A CN116600139A (en) 2019-03-11 2019-03-11 Video image decoding method, video image encoding method and video image encoding device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/077726 WO2020181476A1 (en) 2019-03-11 2019-03-11 Video image prediction method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020181476A1 true WO2020181476A1 (en) 2020-09-17

Family

ID=72426320

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/077726 WO2020181476A1 (en) 2019-03-11 2019-03-11 Video image prediction method and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (2) CN116600139A (en)
WO (1) WO2020181476A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114095736A (en) * 2022-01-11 2022-02-25 杭州微帧信息科技有限公司 Fast motion estimation video coding method
CN114449283A (en) * 2020-10-30 2022-05-06 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Data processing method and device, computer equipment and storage medium

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106713933A (en) * 2010-01-19 2017-05-24 三星电子株式会社 Image decoding method
CN107113424A (en) * 2014-11-18 2017-08-29 联发科技股份有限公司 Bidirectional predictive video coding method based on the motion vector from single directional prediction and merging candidate
WO2017194773A1 (en) * 2016-05-13 2017-11-16 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Motion vector difference coding and decoding
CN109155847A (en) * 2016-03-24 2019-01-04 英迪股份有限公司 Method and apparatus for encoding/decoding video signal
CN109218733A (en) * 2017-06-30 2019-01-15 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method and relevant device of determining motion vector predictor

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018113658A1 (en) * 2016-12-22 2018-06-28 Mediatek Inc. Method and apparatus of motion refinement for video coding
US10750203B2 (en) * 2016-12-22 2020-08-18 Mediatek Inc. Method and apparatus of adaptive bi-prediction for video coding
US10477237B2 (en) * 2017-06-28 2019-11-12 Futurewei Technologies, Inc. Decoder side motion vector refinement in video coding

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106713933A (en) * 2010-01-19 2017-05-24 三星电子株式会社 Image decoding method
CN107113424A (en) * 2014-11-18 2017-08-29 联发科技股份有限公司 Bidirectional predictive video coding method based on the motion vector from single directional prediction and merging candidate
CN109155847A (en) * 2016-03-24 2019-01-04 英迪股份有限公司 Method and apparatus for encoding/decoding video signal
WO2017194773A1 (en) * 2016-05-13 2017-11-16 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Motion vector difference coding and decoding
CN109218733A (en) * 2017-06-30 2019-01-15 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method and relevant device of determining motion vector predictor

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114449283A (en) * 2020-10-30 2022-05-06 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Data processing method and device, computer equipment and storage medium
CN114449283B (en) * 2020-10-30 2024-06-07 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Data processing method, device, computer equipment and storage medium
CN114095736A (en) * 2022-01-11 2022-02-25 杭州微帧信息科技有限公司 Fast motion estimation video coding method
CN114095736B (en) * 2022-01-11 2022-05-24 杭州微帧信息科技有限公司 Fast motion estimation video coding method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116600139A (en) 2023-08-15
CN113557738A (en) 2021-10-26
CN113557738B (en) 2023-04-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12047559B2 (en) Video picture prediction method and apparatus
CN115243048B (en) Video image decoding and encoding method and device
WO2020228560A1 (en) Method and device for obtaining a list of candidate motion vectors, and codec
TWI806212B (en) Video encoder, video decoder, and related methods
CN112055200A (en) MPM list construction method, and chroma block intra-frame prediction mode acquisition method and device
WO2020143585A1 (en) Video encoder, video decoder, and corresponding method
WO2020232845A1 (en) Inter-frame prediction method and device
WO2020181476A1 (en) Video image prediction method and device
CN112118447B (en) Construction method, device and coder-decoder for fusion candidate motion information list
CN111432219B (en) Inter-frame prediction method and device
CN111263166B (en) Video image prediction method and device
WO2020259353A1 (en) Entropy coding/decoding method for syntactic element, device, and codec
WO2020114509A1 (en) Video image encoding and decoding method and apparatus
CN111372086A (en) Video image decoding method and device
US12108046B2 (en) Inter prediction method and apparatus
CN113615191B (en) Method and device for determining image display sequence and video encoding and decoding equipment
CN112135129B (en) Inter-frame prediction method and device
WO2020187062A1 (en) Method and apparatus for optimization for use in merge with motion vector difference technology, and encoder-decoder
WO2020186882A1 (en) Triangle prediction unit mode-based processing method and device
WO2020108168A9 (en) Video image prediction method and device
CN111726630A (en) Processing method and device based on triangular prediction unit mode

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19919485

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19919485

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1